Document:

EX-4.4

 Exhibit 4.4 

UNITED AIRLINES 

FLIGHT ATTENDANT 

401(k) PLAN 

2002 RESTATEMENT 

INCLUDING SIXTEEN AMENDMENTS 

CONFORMED RESTATEMENT 

AS OF JANUARY 1, 2013 
  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	PAGE	 
	 SECTION 1: Introduction
	  	 	1-1	  
	 1.1.
	 	Plan Name; Prior Plan; Purpose; Description	  	 	1-1	  
	 1.2.
	 	Applicable Laws	  	 	1-1	  
	 1.3.
	 	Compliance with Code Section 414(u)	  	 	1-2	  
	 1.4.
	 	Defined Terms	  	 	1-2	  
		
	 SECTION 2: Participation
	  	 	2-1	  
	 2.1.
	 	Eligibility to Participate	  	 	2-1	  
	 2.2.
	 	Change of Employment Status	  	 	2-1	  
	 2.3.
	 	Participation Upon Reemployment or Transfer	  	 	2-2	  
	 2.4.
	 	Classification	  	 	2-2	  
	 2.5.
	 	Leased Employees	  	 	2-2	  
	 2.6.
	 	Termination of Participation	  	 	2-2	  
	 2.7.
	 	Participation Not Contract of Employment	  	 	2-2	  
		
	 SECTION 3: Contributions
	  	 	3-1	  
	 3.1.
	 	Elective Deferral Contributions	  	 	3-1	  
	 3.2.
	 	Actual Deferral Percentage Limitations	  	 	3-3	  
	 3.3.
	 	Limitations on Company Contributions	  	 	3-5	  
	 3.4.
	 	Rollover Contributions	  	 	3-5	  
	 3.5.
	 	Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals and Income	  	 	3-6	  
	 3.6.
	 	Limitation on Annual Additions	  	 	3-6	  
	 3.7.
	 	Special Contribution of UAL Stock	  	 	3-9	  
	 3.8.
	 	Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds	  	 	3-9	  
	 3.9.
	 	Company Matching Contribution	  	 	3-10	  
	 3.10.
	 	Company Direct Contribution	  	 	3-11	  
	 3.11.
	 	Profit Sharing Contribution	  	 	3-11	  
	 3.12.
	 	Special Contribution of Settlement Proceeds	  	 	3-11	  
	 3.13.
	 	Roth 401(k) Contributions	  	 	3-12	  
		
	 SECTION 4: Funding Part
	  	 	4-1	  
	 4.1.
	 	Funding of Benefits	  	 	4-1	  
	 4.2.
	 	Entities Acting Under the Funding Part	  	 	4-1	  
	 4.3.
	 	Limit of Company’s Obligation; Absence of Guaranty	  	 	4-1	  
	 4.4.
	 	No Reversion to Company	  	 	4-1	  
		
	 SECTION 5: Investments and Accounting
	  	 	5-1	  
	 5.1.
	 	Accounts	  	 	5-1	  
	 5.2.
	 	Investment Funds	  	 	5-1	  
	 5.3.
	 	Investment of Accounts	  	 	5-1	  
	 5.4.
	 	Transfers from Stated Return Fund to Blended Income Fund	  	 	5-2	  
	 5.5.
	 	Transfers to or From the Blended Income Fund	  	 	5-3	  
	 5.6.
	 	Adjustment of Participant Accounts	  	 	5-3	  
	 5.7.
	 	Allocation of Company Contributions	  	 	5-3	  
	 5.8.
	 	Statement of Account	  	 	5-3	  
	 5.9.
	 	Prior Plan Contributions	  	 	5-4	  
	 5.10.
	 	Investment in Company Securities	  	 	5-4	  

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	PAGE	 
	 SECTION 6: Vesting; Distribution of Account Balances
	  	 	6-1	  
	 6.1.
	 	Vesting	  	 	6-1	  
	 6.2.
	 	Form of Distribution	  	 	6-3	  
	 6.3.
	 	Distribution Following Death	  	 	6-6	  
	 6.4.
	 	Commencement of Distribution	  	 	6-6	  
	 6.5.
	 	Annuity Requirement	  	 	6-7	  
	 6.6.
	 	Spouse’s Benefits	  	 	6-8	  
	 6.7.
	 	In-Service Plan Distributions	  	 	6-10	  
	 6.8.
	 	Distribution on Account of Financial Hardship	  	 	6-11	  
	 6.9.
	 	Designation of Beneficiary	  	 	6-13	  
	 6.10.
	 	Missing Participants or Beneficiaries	  	 	6-14	  
	 6.11.
	 	Payments to Minors and Other Persons Under Legal Disability	  	 	6-15	  
	 6.12.
	 	Small Amounts	  	 	6-15	  
	 6.13.
	 	Direct Rollover	  	 	6-15	  
	 6.14.
	 	Interests Not Transferable; Qualified Domestic Relations Orders	  	 	6-16	  
	 6.15.
	 	Minimum Distribution Requirement	  	 	6-17	  
		
	 SECTION 7: Plan Loans
	  	 	7-1	  
	 7.1.
	 	Loan Provisions	  	 	7-1	  
		
	 SECTION 8: Plan Administration
	  	 	8-1	  
	 8.1.
	 	Plan Administration	  	 	8-1	  
	 8.2.
	 	Membership and Authority of Committee	  	 	8-1	  
	 8.3.
	 	Delegation By Committee	  	 	8-1	  
	 8.4.
	 	Uniform Rules	  	 	8-2	  
	 8.5.
	 	Information to be Furnished to Committee	  	 	8-2	  
	 8.6.
	 	Committee’s Decision Final	  	 	8-2	  
	 8.7.
	 	Exercise of Committee’s Duties	  	 	8-2	  
	 8.8.
	 	Remuneration and Expenses	  	 	8-2	  
	 8.9.
	 	Resignation or Removal of Committee Member	  	 	8-2	  
	 8.10.
	 	Appointment of Successor Committee Members	  	 	8-3	  
	 8.11.
	 	Interested Committee Member	  	 	8-3	  
	 8.12.
	 	Notices	  	 	8-3	  
	 8.13.
	 	Evidence	  	 	8-3	  
	 8.14.
	 	Action by Company	  	 	8-3	  
		
	 SECTION 9: Claims Procedure And Retirement Board
	  	 	9-1	  
	 9.1.
	 	Filing of a Benefit Claim	  	 	9-1	  
	 9.2.
	 	Denial of a Benefit Claim	  	 	9-1	  
	 9.3.
	 	Request for Review	  	 	9-1	  
	 9.4.
	 	Review by Committee or Retirement Board	  	 	9-1	  
	 9.5.
	 	Retirement Board	  	 	9-4	  
		
	 SECTION 10: Amendment and Termination
	  	 	10-1	  
	 10.1.
	 	Amendment	  	 	10-1	  
	 10.2.
	 	Termination	  	 	10-1	  
	 10.3.
	 	Distribution on Termination	  	 	10-1	  

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 ii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	PAGE	 
	 10.4.
	 	Notice of Amendment or Termination	  	 	10-2	  
	 10.5.
	 	Plan Merger, Consolidation, Etc.	  	 	10-2	  
	 10.6.
	 	Vesting Upon Termination, Partial Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions	  	 	10-2	  
		
	 SECTION 1: Plan Purpose
	  	 	7	  
	 1.1.
	 	General	  	 	7	  
	 1.2.
	 	Collective Bargaining	  	 	7	  
	 1.3.
	 	Effective Date	  	 	7	  
	 1.4.
	 	Definitions	  	 	7	  
		
	 SECTION 2: Participation
	  	 	10	  
	 2.1.
	 	Employee Groups	  	 	10	  
	 2.2.
	 	Employee Classifications	  	 	11	  
		
	 SECTION 3: Distribution and Allocation of Shares
	  	 	11	  
	 3.1.
	 	Allocation	  	 	11	  
	 3.2.
	 	Distribution	  	 	11	  
		
	 SECTION 4: Plan Administration
	  	 	12	  
		
	 SECTION 5: Amendment or Termination
	  	 	13	  
		
	 SECTION 6: Miscellaneous
	  	 	13	  
	 6.1.
	 	Governing Law	  	 	13	  
	 6.2.
	 	Conflict	  	 	13	  

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 iii 

 UNITED AIRLINES 

FLIGHT ATTENDANT 401(K) PLAN 

2002 RESTATEMENT 

INCLUDING SIXTEEN AMENDMENTS 

CONFORMED RESTATEMENT 

AS OF JANUARY 1, 2013 
 SECTION 1:
INTRODUCTION 
  

	1.1.	Plan Name; Prior Plan; Purpose; Description. 

  

	 	(a)	The United Airlines 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”), formerly known as the United Air Lines, Inc. Flight Attendant Employees’ 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan and known before January 1, 1992 as the United
Air Lines, Inc. Flight Attendant Employees’ Savings Plan (the “Prior Plan”), has been maintained continuously since January 1, 1979, by United Air Lines, Inc. to assist covered flight attendants in providing for their future
financial security. 

  

	 	(b)	The Plan was amended and restated as of January 1, 1992, to add a salary reduction arrangement and is intended to: (1) qualify as a profit sharing plan under Code Sections 401(a) and 501(a); (2) meet the
requirements of a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k); and (3) conform to the requirements of ERISA. 

  

	 	(c)	Where the context requires, words in the masculine gender will include the feminine and neuter genders, the singular will include the plural, and the plural will include the singular. 

 

	 	(d)	The provisions of the Plan may be modified or supplemented by supplements to the Plan. Any such supplement will form a part of the Plan and be attached hereto. In case of any conflict between the Plan and any
supplement, the supplement will control to the extent specified in the Supplement. 

  

	 	(e)	The provisions of this Plan as amended and restated apply only to an employee who terminates employment on or after the Restatement Date. The rights and benefits, if any, of an employee who terminates prior to the
Restatement Date shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Prior Plan in effect on the date such employee terminated employment. 

  

	1.2.	Applicable Laws. The laws of the State of Illinois shall be the controlling state law in all matters relating to the Plan and shall be applicable to the extent that they are not preempted by the laws of the
United States of America. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-1 

	1.3.	Compliance with Code Section 414(u). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in
accordance with Code Section 414(u). 

  

	1.4.	Defined Terms. The following terms when used with initial capitalization have the following meanings: 

Account. An “Account” with respect to a Participant means any and all accounts maintained on his or her behalf pursuant to
Section 5.1, as the context requires. 
 Actual Deferral Percentage (“ADP”). “Actual Deferral Percentage” or
“ADP” means, for a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the actual deferral ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent) of the amount of Elective
Deferral Contributions actually paid over to the Funding Part on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to the Participant’s Testing Wages for such Plan Year. The actual deferral ratio for a Participant who fails to make Elective Deferral
Contributions is zero. 
 Affiliate. “Affiliate” means any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of
corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) that includes the Company; any trade or business under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Company; any organization (whether or not incorporated) that is a member of
an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Company; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o). Strictly for purposes of
Section 3.6, the term “Affiliate” will be modified to take into account the rules contained in Code Section 415(h). 

Annuity Starting Date. “Annuity Starting Date” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an
annuity or, in the case of a form of benefit other than an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to such benefit. 

Association. “Association” means the Association of Flight Attendants, AFL-CIO. 

Bankruptcy Exit Date. “Bankruptcy Exit Date” means, effective January 1, 2006, the effective date of the Company’s
confirmed plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 
 Beneficiary. “Beneficiary” means the
natural or legal person, persons or entity who by operation of law, or under the terms of the Plan, are entitled to receive payments in the event of a Participant’s death. 

Break in Service. A “Break in Service” means, effective January 1, 2006, with respect to an employee is the period
commencing on the employee’s ‘employment severance date’ and ending on the employee’s ‘reemployment commencement date,’ both as defined in the definition of Vesting Service; provided, that if an employee becomes absent
on account of (a) the employee’s pregnancy, (b) the birth of the employee’s child, (c) the placement of a child with the employee on account of the employee’s adoption of the child or (d) the employee’s caring
for a child immediately following the child’s birth or placement with the employee, and the employee 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-2 

 
furnishes to the Administrator, upon request, such information as the Administrator requires to determine the reasons for the employee’s absence or continued absence, then solely for the
purpose of determining whether the employee has incurred a Break in Service, the employee’s employment severance date will be the first anniversary of the date on which the employment severance date occurs for the purpose of determining the
employee’s Vesting Service. 
 Business Day. “Business Day” means each day the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Code. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any successor laws thereto, and regulations promulgated
thereunder, and any other binding pronouncements of an agency of the federal government that has jurisdiction with respect thereto. 

Committee. “Committee” means, prior to June 28, 2004, the Pension and Welfare Plans Administration Committee of the
Company (sometimes referred to as PAWPAC), a committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to which the Board has delegated the authority to act for an on behalf of the Company with respect to the Plan to the extent provided herein.
Effective June 28, 2004, the defined term “Committee” is replaced with the term “Plan Administrator” each place it appears in the Plan. 

Company. “Company” means United Air Lines, Inc. and any successor entity thereto. 

Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds. “Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds” means, effective August 1, 2006, the
Company contribution made pursuant to Section 3.8 of this Plan. 
 Covered Employee. “Covered Employee” means any
person who is employed by the Company in the United States or abroad and is designated by the Company as a Flight Attendant (excluding flight attendant trainees who have not yet graduated). The term Covered Employee does not include any Leased
Employee, or any employee who would be a Leased Employee if he or she were not a common law employee of the Company. 
 Deferral
Limit. The “Deferral Limit” for a calendar year is the amount determined under Code Section 402(g), as adjusted for cost of living increases. 

Direct Contribution Percentage. Effective January 1, 2006, a Participant’s “Direct Contribution Percentage” is
determined as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	For each Participant whose most recent hire date (as an employee of the Company (or an Affiliate)) preceded January 1, 2006, and on or after January 1, 2006, is both a Covered Employee and on the
Company’s ‘flight attendant system seniority list’ (including a Participant who was on Furlough on January 1, 2006, and returns from that Furlough and is or becomes a Covered Employee who is on the Company’s ‘flight
attendant system seniority list’), such Participant’s Direct Contribution Percentage (effective for the period he or she is a Covered Employee) is: 

  

	 	(i)	2% during the period from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006; 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-3 

	 	(ii)	2.5% during the period from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007; and 

  

	 	(iii)	3% for periods on and after January 1, 2008. 

  

	 	(b)	For each Participant who is not described in paragraph (a), such Participant’s Direct Contribution Percentage (effective for the period he or she is a Covered Employee) is: 

 

	 	(i)	0% during the period from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006; 

  

	 	(ii)	1% during the period from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007; 

  

	 	(iii)	2% during the period from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008; and 

  

	 	(iv)	3% for periods on and after January 1, 2009. 

 Earnings. “Earnings” means
a Flight Attendant’s compensation paid or made available during the Plan Year for services rendered as a Covered Employee, including, but not limited to, sick leave pay and vacation pay paid before termination of employment, but excluding all
other forms of compensation of any kind, such as: lump sum vacation pay for unused vacation time paid on account of termination of employment; travel, cleaning and moving allowances; meal expense reimbursements and allowances; and program awards.
Earnings shall include any amount that is deferred by a Participant pursuant to an earnings reduction election with respect to amounts that would otherwise be paid during the Plan Year which the Company makes as a contribution on behalf of the
Participant and which is not includible in the gross income of the Participant under Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3) or 402(h). Effective only from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2009, Earnings shall include any award paid
under the UAL Corporation Success Sharing Program – Performance Incentive Plan. However, for purposes of determining any Company contribution (other than a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contribution), Earnings shall not, at any
time, include any award paid under the UAL Corporation Success Sharing Program – Profit Sharing Plan. Earnings shall not include any taxable distribution of UAL Corporation common stock in connection with the Company’s confirmed
plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. For a Covered Employee who is not eligible to receive a Company Matching Contribution or a Company Direct Contribution, Earnings shall not include any cash payment made to such
Covered Employee that is in lieu of such Matching Contribution or Direct Contribution. Effective August 1, 2006, Earnings shall not include any taxable distribution to a Flight Attendant of the proceeds generated from the sale of UAL
convertible notes issued pursuant to UAL Corporation’s confirmed plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Effective January 1, 2009, Earnings shall not include (i) any distribution under the A:14 incentive
program or (ii) any payment under the Chase Visa Cash Commission Program. Effective January 1, 2010, Earnings shall not include any distribution under the A:14/UP Cash Incentive Program (as such program may be amended or any successor to
such program). 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-4 

 In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of the
Plan to the contrary, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the annual Earnings of each Covered Employee taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted in accordance with Code
Section 401(a)(17)(B). If the period for determining Earnings consists of fewer than 12 months (except on account of a Participant’s mid-year commencement or cessation of participation), the $200,000 Earnings limit (as adjusted for cost of
living increases) will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12. 

Effective Date. “Effective Date” means January 1, 1979, the date on which the Plan become effective. 

Elective Deferral Contributions or Elective Deferrals. “Elective Deferral Contributions” or “Elective Deferrals”
means any contributions made to the Plan at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, pursuant to an earnings reduction election or other deferral mechanism including Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees,
but excluding Excess Elective Deferrals of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferral Contributions made under the Plan or plans of the Company and are distributed pursuant to Section 4.5 in order to comply with
Code Section 401(a)(30). With respect to any taxable year of a Participant, a Participant’s Elective Deferrals is the sum of all contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or
deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 401(k), any simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 402(h)(1)(B), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, any plan
as described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any employer contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Elective Deferral
Contributions shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess annual additions. Elective Deferral Contributions made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan, shall be limited to the dollar amount set by Code Section 402(g),
as adjusted, as in effect at the beginning of such taxable year. 
 ERISA. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 as enacted in P.L. 93-406, including any amendments thereto. 
 Excess Contributions. “Excess
Contributions” means with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of: 
  

	 	(a)	The aggregate amount of Elective Deferral Contributions actually taken into account in computing the ADP of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over 

 

	 	(b)	The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the Actual Deferral Percentage test (determined by reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the ADP, beginning with the
highest of such percentages). 

 Excess Elective Deferrals. “Excess Elective Deferrals” means those Elective
Deferral Contributions that are includable in a Participant’s gross income under Code Section 402(g) to the extent such Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions for a taxable year exceed the Deferral Limit. The determination of
Excess Elective Deferrals under this Plan will be made pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Plan. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-5 

 Flight Attendant. “Flight Attendant” means an employee of the Company who is
designated by the Company as a flight attendant (other than a Temporary Reclassification) and is a member of a group of employers covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Association. 

Funding Part. “Funding Part” means that part of the Plan, including the Trust and other funding documents under which all of
the benefits provided by the Plan are funded and paid. 
 Furlough. “Furlough” means an employee’s separation from
service with an Employer in connection with which the employee has reemployment rights as may be defined as a “Furlough” in the applicable collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Association. For avoidance of doubt,
“Furlough” excludes a voluntary furlough that is not treated by the Company as a separation from service in accordance with (i) the Company’s personnel practices or (ii) the applicable collective bargaining agreement between
the Company and the Association. 
 Highly Compensated Employee. 

 

	 	(a)	A “Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year is any employee who: 

  

	 	(i)	at any time during such Plan Year or the 12-month period preceding such Plan Year, owns or owned (or is considered as owning or having owned within the meaning of Code section 318) more than five percent of the
outstanding stock of the Company or an Affiliate or stock possessing more than five percent of the total combined voting power of all outstanding stock of the Company or an Affiliate; or 

 

	 	(ii)	during the 12-month period preceding such Plan Year, received compensation in excess of $80,000 (or such dollar amount, adjusted to reflect increases in the cost of living, as in effect under Code section 414(q)(1)(B)
for the calendar year during which the Plan Year in question begins). 

  

	 	(b)	For purposes of this section: 

  

	 	(i)	an ‘employee’ is any individual (other than an individual who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income (within the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from the Company or an Affiliate that
constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)) who, during the Plan Year for which the determination is being made, performs services for the Company or an Affiliate as 

 

	 	(A)	a common-law employee, 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-6 

	 	(B)	an employee pursuant to Code section 401(c)(1) or 

  

	 	(C)	a Leased Employee; and 

  

	 	(ii)	‘compensation’ for any period means an employee’s Section 415 Wages for the period. 

  

	 	(iii)	a former employee of the Company or an Affiliate shall be treated as a former Highly Compensated Employee of the Company or an Affiliate if the former employee was a Highly Compensated Employee of the Company or an
Affiliate when the former employee terminated employment or the former employee was a Highly Compensated Employee of the Company or an Affiliate at any time after attaining age 55. The determination of who is a former Highly Compensated Employee is
based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for that determination year in accordance with Section 1.414(q)-1T, Q&A-4 of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations and Notice 97-45 or later
guidance under the Code. 

 Hour of Service. “Hour of Service,” with respect to an employee, means, effective
January 1, 2006, each hour for which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Company or an Affiliate. 

Independent Fiduciary. “Independent Fiduciary” means an independent investment advisor appointed by the Company to act as a
‘named fiduciary’ (within the meaning of Section 402 of ERISA) with respect to the UAL Stock Fund. 
 Investment
Committee. “Investment Committee” means the Investment Committee for the United Airlines Flight Attendant 401(k) Plan, or such other committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to which the Board has delegated the
authority to act for an on behalf of the Company with respect to the Company’s responsibilities for management and/or investment of Plan assets, including without limitation the Company’s responsibilities under Section 5. 

Investment Fund. “Investment Fund” means any of the investment options established pursuant to Section 5.2. 

Leased Employee. The term “leased employee” is defined as any person, other than a common law employee of the Company (or an
Affiliate), who pursuant to an agreement between the Company (or an Affiliate) and any other person (the “leasing organization”) has performed services for the Company (or an Affiliate) (or for the Company (or an Affiliate) and related
persons as determined pursuant to Code Section 414(n)(5)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and under the Company’s (or an Affiliate’s) primary direction or control. 

Limitation Year. “Limitation Year” means the calendar year. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-7 

 Matching Contributions. “Matching Contributions” means, effective
January 1, 2006, the Company contributions made on behalf of a Participant under the Plan on account of the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions and the Company contribution under Section 3.9(b)(i). 

Non-Highly Compensated Employee. “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” means any employee who is not a Highly Compensated
Employee. 
 NYSE Close. “NYSE Close” means the closing time of the New York Stock Exchange (which is generally 4:00 p.m.
Eastern Time) on that Business Day. 
 Participant. “Participant” means any current or former Covered Employee who has met
the Eligibility requirements of Article 2 and has not ceased to be a Participant pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.6. 

PAWPAC. “PAWPAC” means the Pension and Welfare Plans Administration Committee of the Company. 

Permanently Disabled. “Permanently Disabled,” with respect to a Participant, means that as a direct result of bodily injury
or illness which occurs while the Participant is an active employee and for which the Participant is under the care of a legally licensed physician, (i) the Participant is continuously prevented from performing each and every duty of any
occupation or employment for which he or she is reasonably qualified or may reasonably become qualified by reason of education, training, or experience, and (ii) it is determined by the Committee that such condition will be permanent, with such
determination made in accordance with reasonable standards and policies adopted and consistently applied by the Committee. Bodily injury or illness arising from intentionally self-inflicted injuries, while sane or insane; suicide or any attempt
thereat, while sane or insane; declared or undeclared war or any act thereof; or service in the armed forces of any country or international authority will not be included within the meaning of Permanently Disabled for purposes of the Plan. 

Plan. “Plan” means the United Airlines Flight Attendant 401(k) Plan established and continued by this instrument. 

Plan Administrator. “Plan Administrator” means, effective June 28, 2004, the Company and has the meaning described in
Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA and Code Sec. 414(g), provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2007, “Plan Administrator” means the United Air Lines, Inc. Retirement and Welfare Administration Committee
(sometimes referred to as RAWAC); provided further that, notwithstanding the foregoing, effective June 1, 2011, “Plan Administrator” means an Administrative Committee consisting of the Managing Director—Benefits and the
Director—Retirement Benefits, regardless of specific title, of the Company. 
 Plan Rule. A “Plan Rule” is a rule,
policy, practice or procedure adopted by the Committee or its delegate. 
 Plan Year. “Plan Year” means: (i) for Plan
Years before 1988, the calendar year; (ii) for Plan Year 1988, the period beginning on January 1, 1988 and ending on November 30, 1988; (iii) for Plan Years after 1988 and ending before December 1, 2001, the fiscal year
beginning on 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-8 

 
December 1 and ending on the next following November 30; (iv) for the 2001 Plan Year, the period beginning on December 1, 2001 and ending on December 31, 2001; and
(v) for Plan years after 2001, the calendar year. 
 Post-December 31, 1991 Account. “Post-December 31, 1991
Account” means the amounts contributed on behalf of a Participant on or after January 1, 1992 under the Plan adjusted for gains, losses, withdrawals, contributions, forfeitures and other credits and charges. 

Pre-January 1, 1992 Account. “Pre-January 1, 1992 Account” means the Participant’s Account balance under the
Prior Plan and as thereafter adjusted for gains, losses, withdrawals, contributions, forfeitures and other credits and charges. 
 Prior
Plan. “Prior Plan” means the United Air Lines, Inc. Flight Attendant Employees’ Savings Plan effective January 1, 1979 until its amendment and restatement effective January 1, 1992. 

Profit Sharing Contributions. “Profit Sharing Contributions” means the Company contributions made on behalf of an eligible
Participant under the Plan pursuant to Section 3.11. 
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. “Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity” means (a) a single life annuity in the case of a Participant who does not have a Spouse and (b) in the case of a Participant who does have a Spouse, a reduced monthly annuity for the life of the Participant with, as of the
first day of the month next following the Participant’s death, a survivor annuity for the life of his or her surviving Spouse (to whom he or she is married on his or her Annuity Starting Date) that is equal to at least 50% of the monthly
benefit amount payable during the life of the Participant. The exact percentage payable to the Spouse shall be elected by the Participant and shall equal 50% in the absence of such an election. 

Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. A “Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity” means an annuity providing payments
for the life of the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, the actuarial equivalent of which is equal to 50% of the balances in the Participant’s Pre-January 1, 1992 Accounts at death. Any portion of a Participant’s Pre-January 1,
1992 Account balances not used to provide the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity under Section 6 will be distributed to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary as provided elsewhere in Section 6. 

Restatement Date. The “Restatement Date” is January 1, 2002, or such earlier date specified herein or in Exhibit A. 

Rollover Contribution. A “Rollover Contribution” is an amount described in Code Section 402(c) or 408(d)(3) and shall
include a direct rollover pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(31). 
 Section 415 Wages. An individual’s “Section 415
Wages” for any period is his or her “compensation” within the meaning of Code Sec. 415(c)(3) for the period from the Company and any Affiliate, and shall include any elective deferrals pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred
arrangement, otherwise payable to the individual, and any other amounts that are not includible in an individual’s gross income by reason of Code Secs. 125, 132(f)(4) or 457. The Administrator may, for any period, determine items of
remuneration that, in accordance with Code Sec. 415(c)(3) will be included in Section 415 Wages for such period, provided such determination is uniform throughout any period. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-9 

 Spouse. “Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom the Participant is
legally married within the meaning of the Defense of Marriage Act, P.L. 104-199, as amended and codified from time to time. 
 Surviving
Spouse. A Participant’s “Surviving Spouse” means the Spouse to whom the Participant was married on the date of his or her death and who is living at the date of the Participant’s death, and, for purposes of Section 6.6,
as such term is modified by Section 6.6(b). 
 Temporary Reclassification. “Temporary Reclassification” means a designation
of an employee from another employee classification to Flight Attendant or from Flight Attendant to another employee classification if such change is designated by the Company as a temporary reclassification and is for a period of time which, when
taken together with other such temporary reclassifications, if any, of such employee, does not exceed either (i) a total of five calendar months within any Plan Year or (ii) five consecutive calendar months. 

Termination of Employment. A Participant will have a “Termination of Employment” if he or she has (i) completely severed
his or her employment relationship with the Company and all Affiliates, (ii) is absent for more than 90 days following the commencement of a Furlough or layoff, or (iii) has become Permanently Disabled. Neither transfers of employment
among the Company and Affiliates nor absence from active service by reason of leave (other than in connection with a Participant becoming Permanently Disabled) will constitute a “Termination of Employment.” 

Testing Wages. An individual’s “Testing Wages” for any Plan Year is his or her Section 415 Wages for the Plan Year,
provided, however, in no event will a person’s Testing Wages for any Plan Year be taken into account to the extent it exceeds $200,000 (or such larger amount as may be permitted for the calendar year during which such Plan Year begins under
Code Sec. 401(a)(17)). 
 Trust. “Trust” means the Trust created under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust entered into
by the Company and Trustee pursuant to this Plan. 
 Trust Fund. “Trust Fund” means all of the assets of the Plan held by
the Trustee at any time under the Trust. 
 Trustee. “Trustee” means the person, persons or entity appointed by the Board
of Directors of the Company to administer the Trust or any duly appointed and qualified successor Trustee. 
 UAL Stock. “UAL
Stock” means, effective December 31, 2005, the common stock of UAL Corporation authorized and issued in connection with UAL Corporation’s confirmed plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-10 

 Vesting Service. A Covered Employee’s “Vesting Service” means, effective
January 1, 2006, the sum of his or her ‘periods of service’ as an employee with the Company and any Affiliate (measured in the case of any Affiliate from not earlier than the date on which it became an Affiliate), commencing as of the
employee’s employment commencement date or reemployment commencement date, as the case may be, and ending with the employee’s next employment severance date, as determined in accordance with the following rules: 

 

	 	(a)	an employee’s ‘employment commencement date’ is the date on which he or she first performs an Hour of Service; 

  

	 	(b)	for purposes of this section only, an employee’s ‘employment severance date’ is the date on which the employee terminates employment with the Company and all Affiliates because he or she quits, retires,
is discharged, is placed on Furlough or dies; 

  

	 	(c)	an employee’s ‘reemployment commencement date’ is the first date, following a period of severance from employment which is not required to be taken into account under item (d), on which the employee
performs an Hour of Service; 

  

	 	(d)	if the employee’s employment is severed by reason of a quit, discharge, Furlough or retirement and he or she subsequently performs an Hour of Service within 12 months following the employment severance date, the
period of such severance will not be taken into account, but instead bridged as a period of service; 

  

	 	(e)	service by a ‘Leased Employee’ and service by an individual with any other organization that is required to be taken into account pursuant to Code sections 414(n) and 414(o) will be deemed to be Vesting
Service for purposes of the Plan if such Leased Employee or individual becomes a Covered Employee; 

  

	 	(f)	fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days and ‘periods of service’ shall be counted and aggregated on the basis that 365 days of service constitutes a year of service. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 1-11 

 SECTION 2: PARTICIPATION 

 

	2.1.	Eligibility to Participate. 

  

	 	(a)	Each Covered Employee of the Company who was a Participant in the Prior Plan immediately before the Restatement Date will continue as a Participant in the Plan on and after that date. Each other employee of the Company
will become a Participant in the Plan on the first day he or she is a Covered Employee, except to the extent that his or her participation in the Plan is restricted or prohibited under the tax or other laws of a country other than the United States.

  

	 	(b)	The fact that the laws of a country other than the United States require a Participant’s contributions to be on an after-tax basis will not restrict a Covered Employee’s ability to participate in this Plan.
Each Covered Employee shall be entitled to elect to make Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan from and after the date he or she becomes a Participant until the date on which such employee terminates employment with the Company or is no longer
a Covered Employee. 

  

	 	(c)	Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.1, any Covered Employee who is designated by the Company as an international Flight Attendant and who is an active participant under the United Airlines UK
Group Stakeholder Plan, shall not be entitled to make Elective Deferral Contributions or receive any Company contributions under this Plan during any such period of active participation under such other plan. 

 

	2.2.	Change of Employment Status. A Participant who ceases to be employed as a Covered Employee but who continues in the employ of the Company or who transfers to employment with an Affiliate will continue to be
treated as a Participant in the Plan, except as follows: 

  

	 	(a)	In accordance with Plan Rules, until the date such Participant again becomes a Covered Employee (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter): 

 

	 	(i)	Any election to make Elective Deferral Contributions in accordance with Section 3.1 shall not apply to compensation earned on or after the date of such cessation and no changes to any such election shall be
permitted; and 

  

	 	(ii)	No new loans against the Participant’s Account shall be permitted and, with respect to any outstanding loan against the Participant’s Account as of the date of such cessation, any remaining loan repayments
shall be made in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator from time to time.” 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 2-1 

	 	(b)	In the case of a Participant who has no Account balances from the Prior Plan and who continues in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, may request that his or her Plan balance be transferred, as soon as is
practicable, to the defined contribution plan offered to employees in the Participant’s new classification, provided that such plan will receive the transfer. 

If an employee of the Company or an Affiliate is reclassified as a Covered Employee, then, if such employee is a participant in a defined
contribution plan offered to employees in his or her former classification and if such other plan permits it, such Covered Employee’s balances in such other plan may be transferred, as soon as is practicable, to this Plan. If an Employee has a
loan outstanding under such other defined contribution plan, no transfer shall be made until such loan is repaid. 
  

	2.3.	Participation Upon Reemployment or Transfer. If a Participant ceases to be a Covered Employee or terminates employment with the Company, such employee will recommence participation in the Plan immediately upon
being reclassified as a Covered Employee or upon return to employment with the Company as a Covered Employee. 

  

	2.4.	Classification. The classification of an employee for all purposes under the Plan is determined by the Company and does not include a Temporary Reclassification. The Company’s designation of an employee as a
Flight Attendant for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan is a determination reserved solely to the Company and will not be modified by any subsequent classification or reclassification made by a judicial or administrative
determination. 

  

	2.5.	Leased Employees. A Leased Employee, and any employee who would be a Leased Employee if he or she were not a common law employee of the Company, will not be eligible to participate in the Plan. 

 

	2.6.	Termination of Participation. A Participant will cease to be a Participant as of the later of the date on which he or she ceases to be a Covered Employee eligible to participate under Section 2.1 or all
benefits, if any, to which he or she is entitled under the Plan have been distributed. 

  

	2.7.	Participation Not Contract of Employment. The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment and participation in the Plan will not, of itself, give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the
Company, nor give any person any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 2-2 

 SECTION 3: CONTRIBUTIONS 

 

	3.1.	Elective Deferral Contributions. 

  

	 	(a)	Election. A Participant may elect, in accordance with Plan Rules, to reduce, within the limits specified below, the amount of his or her Earnings for pay periods commencing on and after the effective date of such
election and to have such amount contributed to the Plan on his or her behalf by the Company as Elective Deferral Contributions. Each such election will specify an amount by which the Participant elects to have his or her Earnings reduced for each
pay period equal to at least one percent or an even multiple thereof not to exceed 30% (25% prior to April 1, 2002) of his or her Earnings for each pay period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any payroll period after April 1, 2002 in
the 2002 Plan Year, a Participant may elect to make a supplemental Elective Deferral Contribution in excess of 30%, but not more than the deferral percentage established by Plan Rules, and, for any payroll period after January 6, 2003 in the
2003 Plan Year or later, a Participant may elect to make a supplemental Elective Deferral Contribution from 1% to 90% of the Participant’s Earnings which are available after all other payroll deductions up to the limitations on contributions
described in Section 3 of the Plan, provided in each case prior to the 2007 Plan Year that the Participant’s annual deferral percentage does not exceed 30%. Further, all employees who are eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions
under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year will be eligible to have additional Elective Deferral Contributions treated as catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code section
414(v). Such catch-up contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code sections 402(g) and 415. The Plan will not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of
the Plan implementing the requirements of Code section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b) or 416 by reason of such catch-up contributions. 

Any election under this Section 3.1 shall be subject to the limitations of local law or the law of the country in which the Participant
is domiciled according to Company records. In addition, any such election will be effective at the time and in the manner specified in Plan Rules after the date of the receipt of a complete and accurate election by the Plan Administrator and will
thereafter continue in effect during all periods of his or her participation, except to the extent such election is changed or revoked in accordance with this Section 3.1. A reference in this Plan to an election to make Elective Deferral
Contributions means the Participant has elected to have his or her Earnings reduced in consideration of the Company’s obligation to make Elective Deferral Contributions in the same amount to the Plan on the Participant’s behalf. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective July 1, 2006, for Covered Employees whose entire Earnings are subject to U.S. income tax rules
(i.e., are U.S. citizens or resident aliens), such Covered Employee’s Earnings shall automatically be 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-1 

 
reduced by one percent (1%), which amount shall be deemed to be the Participant’s deferral election, unless such Covered Employee, at any time, specifically elects in accordance with Plan
Rules to defer a portion of his or her Earnings or elects to receive cash in lieu of the automatic deferral election. A Covered Employee’s Earnings will not be reduced unless he or she is provided at least 45 days prior notice of the
availability of the election to receive cash in lieu of the automatic deferral election. The amount by which a Covered Employee’s Earnings are automatically reduced shall be treated as an Elective Deferral Contribution and upon contribution to
the Plan shall be credited to the Covered Employee’s Elective Deferral Contribution Account. 
  

	 	(b)	Deferral Limit. In no event may a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions exceed the Deferral Limit for any calendar year. 

 

	 	(c)	Change, Revocation, and Resumption of Elective Deferral Contributions by Participants. A Participant may elect, in accordance with Plan Rules, and within the limits specified in paragraph (a), to
increase or decrease (to as low as zero percent) the rate of his or her Elective Deferral Contributions or revoke his or her election; provided that, with respect to any Participant who is on a leave of absence in accordance with the Company’s
personnel practices and the applicable collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Association, such Participant shall not be allowed to change the rate of his or her Elective Deferral Contributions or revoke his or her election
during his or her leave of absence. Such election will be effective at the time and in the manner specified in Plan Rules after the date of receipt of a complete and accurate election by the Committee. 

 

	 	(d)	Committee Discretion to Reduce or Revoke Elective Deferral Contributions. The Committee may, at any time, decrease a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions by even multiples of one percent or, at any
time, revoke a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions upon a determination by it that unless such contributions are reduced or revoked, the additions to the Participant’s Account under the Plan will exceed the Deferral Limit or the
limitation on annual additions under Section 3.6 for the calendar year or that the reduction or revocation is deemed advisable in order to meet the limitations of Section 3.2. 

 

	 	(e)	Automatic Revocation. A Participant’s Elective Deferral Contribution election shall be automatically revoked upon termination of employment with the Company or for any pay period in which the
Participant’s Earnings are insufficient, after all statutory deductions are made as required by operation of law or having a higher priority than Elective Deferral Contributions, to permit deducting a Participant’s Elective Deferral
Contribution. 

  

	 	(f)	Reentry. Upon a Participant’s return to active employment from an unpaid leave of absence or disciplinary suspension, and if immediately before such leave of absence or suspension there was in effect with
respect to him or her an election to make Elective Deferral Contributions, such contributions will be automatically resumed at the rate in effect under such election if he or she then meets the requirements of Section 2.1. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-2 

	 	(g)	Restriction in the Event of Hardship Distribution. If, on or after September 17, 2001, a Participant receives a financial hardship distribution in accordance with Section 6.8, then the Participant will
be prohibited from making Elective Deferral Contributions for six (6) months after receipt of the hardship distribution. 

  

	 	(h)	Time of Deposit. The Company will deposit with the Trustee, without interest, a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions as soon as administratively practicable after the date on which the Participant
would have received the Earnings but for his or her election under Section 3.1(a). 

  

	3.2.	Actual Deferral Percentage Limitations. 

  

	 	(a)	ADP Test. The Plan must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(3). The Plan will satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(3) for a Plan Year if, for that Plan Year, the Plan satisfies
the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(1) with respect to “eligible Participants” and one of the following tests: 

  

	 	(i)	The Actual Deferral Percentage for the Plan Year for the group of eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year is not more than the Actual Deferral Percentage for the preceding Plan Year
for eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year, multiplied by 1.25; or 

  

	 	(ii)	The Actual Deferral Percentage for the Plan Year for the group of eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year does not exceed the Actual Deferred Percentage for the preceding Plan Year
for eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year by more than two percentage points, and the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Plan Year for the group of eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year is not more than the Actual Deferral Percentage for the preceding Plan Year of the eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year, multiplied by 2.0. 

 

	 	(b)	Special Rules. 

  

	 	(i)	For purposes of Section 3.2(a), an “eligible Participant” is any Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year in question or would be eligible but for a suspension
imposed under Section 6.9(b)(ii)(B)(3). 

  

	 	(ii)	 The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferral Contributions
allocated to his or her Accounts under two or more arrangements described in Code Sec. 401(k) that are maintained by the Company or an 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-3 

	 	
Affiliate will be determined as though such Elective Deferral Contributions were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred
arrangements that have different plan years, the Elective Deferral Contributions made under all such cash or deferred arrangements during the Plan Year shall be aggregated for purposes of the testing provisions of this Section 3.2.

  

	 	(iii)	For the purpose of performing the ADP test, Elective Deferral Contributions (including amounts treated as such) must be made before the last day of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which such
contributions relate. 

  

	 	(iv)	The Committee will maintain records sufficient to demonstrate the satisfaction of the ADP test. 

  

	 	(v)	The determination and treatment of the ADP amounts of any Participant will satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. 

 

	 	(vi)	Excess Elective Deferrals that are distributed pursuant to Section 3.5 before April 15th of the taxable year succeeding the taxable year to which they relate shall be counted for purposes of the ADP test,
provided that Excess Elective Deferrals distributed to Non-Highly Compensated Employees will not be counted in the ADP test. 

  

	 	(vii)	Elective contributions under any other plan that is aggregated with this plan to satisfy the requirements of Code section 410(b) will be included in the ADP test. 

 

	 	(viii)	To the extent permitted by Treasury Regulations and determined by the Plan Administrator, all or any portion of any contribution to the Plan or any other contribution to the Plan or any other qualified plan maintained
by the Employer or Affiliate will be included in the ADP test. 

  

	 	(c)	Determination of Excess Contributions to be Distributed. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the amount of the Excess Contributions to be attributed to a Participant to be distributed
pursuant to paragraph (d) will be determined by successively decreasing the amount of Elective Deferrals for Highly Compensated Employees who, for the Plan Year, had the largest dollar amount of Elective Deferrals made on their behalf to the
next lower dollar amount, and continuing this procedure until an amount equal to the Excess Contributions has been removed from the Accounts of the Highly Compensated Employees. 

 

	 	(d)	Distribution of Excess Contributions. Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, attributed to a Participant under Paragraph (c) above will be distributed no later than the last
day of the succeeding Plan Year to Participants who were Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-4 

	 	(e)	Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the last day of the Plan Year preceding the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to Excess
Contributions is the sum of (A) income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is (A) such Participant’s Excess Contributions for the
year and the denominator of which is (B) the Participant’s Account balance(s) at the beginning of the year attributable to Elective Deferrals without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year, plus contributions made
during the year. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, in the event that any Excess Contributions are distributed to any Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to Section 3.2(d), the income or loss allocable to such
Excess Contributions for the “gap period” between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution shall also be distributed; provided that, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the “gap
period” provisions of the preceding clause shall no longer apply. 

  

	 	(f)	Accounting for Excess Contributions. Excess Contributions will be distributed from the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account for the Plan Year. 

 

	3.3.	Limitations on Company Contributions. The Company’s total contribution for any Plan Year is conditioned on its deductibility under Code Section 404 and will comply with the limitation on annual
additions set forth in Section 3.6. 

  

	3.4.	Rollover Contributions. On the direction of the Committee, the Trustee will receive a Rollover Contribution and trust-to-trust transfer contributions on behalf of a Participant, provided that in the event
of a trust-to-trust transfer such contributions originate from a plan that qualifies for the exception in Code Section 401(a)(11)(B)(iii) to the pre-retirement and joint and survivor annuity requirements of Code Section 401(a)(11)(A) and
with respect to all rollovers or transfers, that the contribution complies with Code Section 402(a), Code Section 408(d)(3), or any other applicable Code sections. 

The Plan will accept Rollover Contributions of eligible rollover distributions made after December 31, 2001, from: 

 

	 	(a)	a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions; 

  

	 	(b)	an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee contributions; 

  

	 	(c)	an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-5 

 Effective January 1, 2013, the Plan will also accept an eligible rollover distribution from
a Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1). 
  

	3.5.	Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals and Income. 

  

	 	(a)	Determining Excess Elective Deferrals. A Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the Committee on or before March 15 of
the following year of the amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to this Plan. 

  

	 	(b)	Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Elective Deferrals will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals is the income or loss
allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account for the Participant’s taxable year, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess Elective Deferrals for the year and the denominator of which is
the Participant’s account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals (including Elective Deferrals for that taxable year) without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year. 

 

	 	(c)	Distribution. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant
to whose account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals under this Plan for such taxable year. In addition, if the applicable limitation for the taxable year is exceeded with respect
to this Plan alone or this Plan and any other plan(s) of the Company, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute such Excess Elective Deferrals (with allocable gains and losses) to the Participant as soon as administratively practicable
after the Company notifies the Committee or the Committee otherwise discovers the error (but no later than April 15 following the close of the Participant’s taxable year). Excess Elective Deferrals distributed in accordance with paragraph
(a) above shall not be treated as Annual Additions under Section 3.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, any earnings allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals for the “gap
period” between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution shall not be distributed to the Participant and shall instead remain in the Participant’s Account. 

 

	3.6.	Limitation on Annual Additions. 

  

	 	(a)	For each Limitation Year, the Annual Addition (as defined below) to a Participant’s Accounts under this Plan and under all other defined contribution plans maintained by the Company, (or an Affiliate) in which he
or she participates, may not exceed the lesser of: 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-6 

	 	(i)	$40,000 (or, if greater, such dollar amount, adjusted to reflect increases in the cost of living, as in effect under Code Section 415(c)(l)(A) for the Limitation Year), or 

 

	 	(ii)	100% of the Participant’s Section 415 Wages during that Limitation Year. The compensation limit referred to in this clause (ii) will not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation
from service (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) that is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition. 

  

	 	(b)	The term “Annual Addition” for any Limitation Year means the sum of the following amounts allocated to a Participant’s Accounts under this Plan and all other such plans for that year: 

 

	 	(i)	Company contributions (including Elective Deferral Contributions); 

  

	 	(ii)	the amount of the Participant’s contributions (other than Rollover Contributions or transferred amounts); 

  

	 	(iii)	Forfeitures; and 

  

	 	(iv)	amounts allocated to an individual medical benefit account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), or 419A(d)(1). 

  

	 	(c)	Prior to December 21, 2005, if, as a result of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Compensation, or such other mitigating circumstances as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue Service
shall prescribe, the Annual Additions for a Participant for a Plan Year exceed the limitations set forth in this Section, the excess amounts shall be treated, as necessary, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(iii),
after any Elective Deferral Contributions (and any gain allocable thereto) under this Plan are first returned to the Participant in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(iv). 

Effective December 31, 2005, if, for any Limitation Year, a Participant in this Plan is also a participant in any other defined
contribution plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, allocations will be made first under such other defined contribution plan and then under this Plan. If a Company contribution or Participant contribution that would otherwise be
contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the limitation under Section 3.6(a), the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions
for the calendar year will equal the maximum amount that may be allocated under Section 3.6(a). Prior to determining the actual amount of a Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Company may determine the
maximum amount that may be contributed on behalf of a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimate of the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, provided the Company uniformly determines Section 415
Compensation for all Participants similarly situated. As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-7 

 
Limitation Year, the maximum amount that may be allocated to a Participant’s Account under Section 3.6(a) will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual
Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year. If as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Section 415 Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of a
Participant’s Earnings Reductions, or such other mitigating circumstances as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue shall prescribe, the Annual Additions for a Participant for a Limitation Year exceed the limitation set forth in
Section 3.6(a), the excess amounts shall be adjusted, as necessary, as follows: 
  

	 	(i)	first, by reducing the Company’s contributions of UAL Stock under Section 3.7, to be held in a suspense account and reallocated among all Participants in accordance with Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.415-6(b)(6)(iii);
and 

  

	 	(ii)	second, by returning any Elective Deferrals (other than ‘catch-up contributions’ within the meaning of Code section 414(v)); and 

 

	 	(iii)	third, by reducing the Company’s remaining contributions to be held in a suspense account and reallocated among all Participants in accordance with Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.415-6(b)(6)(iii). 

Effective January 1, 2006, if, for any Limitation Year, a Participant in this Plan is also a participant in any other defined
contribution plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, allocations will be made first under such other defined contribution plan and then under this Plan. If a Company contribution or Participant contribution that would otherwise be
contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the limitation under Section 3.6(a), the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions
for the calendar year will equal the maximum amount that may be allocated under Section 3.6(a). Prior to determining the actual amount of a Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Company may determine the
maximum amount that may be contributed on behalf of a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimate of the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, provided the Company uniformly determines Section 415
Compensation for all Participants similarly situated. As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the maximum amount that may be allocated to a Participant’s Account under Section 3.6(a) will be determined on
the basis of the Participant’s actual Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year. If as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Section 415 Compensation, a reasonable
error in determining the amount of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals, or such other mitigating circumstances as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue shall prescribe, the Annual Additions for a Participant for a Limitation Year exceed the
limitation set forth in Section 3.6(a), the excess amounts shall be adjusted, as necessary, as follows: 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-8 

	 	(i)	first, by reducing the Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds under Section 3.8 (effective August 1, 2006), to held and applied in accordance with Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.415-6(b)(6)(iii); 

 

	 	(ii)	second, by reducing the Company’s contributions of UAL Stock under Section 3.7, to be held and applied in accordance with Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.415-6(b)(6)(iii); 

 

	 	(iii)	third, by returning any Elective Deferrals (other than ‘catch-up contributions’ within the meaning of Code section 414(v) and Section 3.1(a)) and any gains attributable to such Elective Deferrals;

  

	 	(iv)	fourth, by reducing the Company’s remaining contributions, other than the Company Matching Contribution, to held and applied in accordance with Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.415-6(b)(6)(iii); and 

 

	 	(v)	fifth, by reducing the Company Matching Contribution, to be held and applied in accordance with Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.415-6(b)(6)(iii). 

 

	 	(d)	Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the limitations pursuant to this Section 3.6 shall be determined in accordance
with the applicable provisions of final Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 415 and any other regulations, rulings or administrative guidance issued pursuant thereto by the Internal Revenue Service. 

 

	3.7.	Special Contribution of UAL Stock. The Employer may make one or more special contributions of UAL Stock to the Employer Equity Distribution Accounts of Participants who are eligible to participate under
the Plan for the Plan Year. A contribution of UAL Stock under this Section 3.7 will be allocated among eligible Participants based on the proportion that a Participant’s Earnings for the Plan Year bear to the aggregate amount of Earnings
for all Participants for the Plan Year, provided such allocation, together with any prior allocations of UAL Stock made under this Section 3.7, does not cause the Participant’s allocation to exceed the amount of UAL Stock determined to be
available for the benefit of such Participant under the UAL Corporation Employee Equity Distribution Plan (as in effect on December 31, 2005), a copy of which is attached to this Plan as Exhibit B. 

 

	3.8.	 Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds. For Plan Years ending in 2006 and 2007, the Employer will make a special contribution to the
Accounts of those Participants who are eligible to receive an allocation of proceeds generated from the sale of convertible notes issued by UAL Corporation (“UAL”) pursuant to the terms of the UAL Corporation Convertible Notes Plan of
Allocation and Distribution, attached hereto as Exhibit C. A contribution under this Section 3.8 will be allocated among eligible Participants based on the methodology contained therein. In order to ensure that any such contribution shall not
exceed the limits contained in Sections 3.3 and 3.6, or any other limitation applicable under the Plan or the Code, the Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds may be made 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-9 

	 	
in more than one increment over the course of the applicable Plan Year and after the close of the Plan Year, but prior to March 15, 2007. Any Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds under
this Section 3.8 shall be invested in accordance with Section 5.3. 

  

	3.9.	Company Matching Contribution. 

  

	 	(a)	For each Plan Year commencing on or after January 1, 2007 and subject to the limitations and conditions of the Plan, the Company will contribute to the Trust a Matching Contribution on behalf of a Covered Employee
whose entire Earnings are subject to U.S. income tax rules (i.e., a U.S. citizen or a resident alien) and who has not elected to be covered by a defined contribution plan maintained by the Company in a jurisdiction outside of the United
States. The Matching Contribution is equal to 100% of such Covered Employee’s Elective Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year that are not in excess of three percent (3%) of the Participant’s Earnings for the Plan Year. A
Participant’s Matching Contribution will be credited to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account. 

  

	 	(b)	For the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2006 and ending December 31, 2006, the Company will contribute to the Trust the Company Matching Contributions on behalf of a Covered Employee whose entire Earnings are
subject to U.S. income tax rules. The amount of the Matching Contribution will be determined as follows: 

  

	 	(i)	for the period from January 1, 2006 through June 30, 2006, a Company Matching Contribution will be determined without regard to the amount of the Covered Employee’s Elective Deferral Contributions in an
amount equal to three percent (3%) of the Covered Employee’s Earnings for the period from January 1, 2006 through June 30, 2006; and 

  

	 	(ii)	for the period from July 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the Company Matching Contribution will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Covered Employee’s Elective Deferral Contributions on or after
July 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006 not in excess of three percent (3%) of the Covered Employee’s Earnings for the period from July 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006. 

The Company’s contribution under this Section 3.9(b) will be credited to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account. While
the contributions under subsection (b)(i) above are not “matching contributions” within the meaning of Code Section 401(m), for purposes of this Plan they are identified as such, and subject to any Code restrictions that would
otherwise apply to “matching contributions”. Therefore, all of the Company’s contributions under this Section 3.9(b) will be credited to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account. 

 

	 	(c)	 The Company Matching Contributions under Paragraphs (a) and (b) to be made on behalf of a Participant will be determined each pay period
based on the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions and Earnings for that pay period and 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-10 

	 	
contributed to the Trust not less frequently than monthly, provided however, the Company is not obligated to make a Matching Contribution on behalf of a Participant until the first day of the
first month following the Bankruptcy Exit Date. 

  

	 	(d)	Subject to paragraph (e) and the limitations contained in the Plan, if, as of the end of the Plan Year (or more frequently at the election of the Company), the aggregate amount of Matching Contributions made on
behalf of a Participant under paragraph (a) or (b) is less than 100% of the applicable portion of the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year (or shorter period determined by the Company), the Company will make
an additional, “true-up” Matching Contribution on behalf of the Participant in an amount equal to the difference. 

  

	 	(e)	No Matching Contribution will be made with respect to any portion of a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contribution returned pursuant to Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of the Plan. 

 

	3.10.	Company Direct Contribution. Effective January 1, 2006, subject to the limitations and conditions of the Plan, the Company will pay a Direct Contribution to the Trustee for the Plan Year on behalf of
a Covered Employee whose entire Earnings are subject to U.S. income tax rules (i.e., a U.S. citizen or resident alien) in an amount equal to the product of the Covered Employee’s Direct Contribution Percentage times the Covered
Employee’s Earnings for the applicable pay period. The Direct Contribution will be determined each pay period and contributed to the Trustee not less frequently than monthly, provided, however, the Company is not obligated to make a Direct
Contribution on behalf of a Covered Employee until the first day of the month following the Bankruptcy Exit Date. 

  

	3.11.	Profit Sharing Contribution. Subject to the other limitations and conditions under the Plan, the Company may make Profit Sharing Contributions for a Plan Year on behalf of those eligible Participants and
in such amounts as agreed to in advance in writing by both the Company and the Association. Any Profit Sharing Contributions made by the Company for a Plan Year shall be delivered to the Trustee on or before the due date (including extensions
thereof) for the filing of the federal income tax return of the Company for the tax year on which or during which the last day of such Plan Year falls. A Participant’s Profit Sharing Contributions will be credited to the Participant’s
Profit Sharing Contribution Account. 

  

	3.12.	Special Contribution of Settlement Proceeds. For the Plan Year ending in 2008, the Company will make a special contribution to any entity or entities authorized to receive such contributions under the
Funding Part, on behalf of each Participant who is eligible to receive an allocation under the Plan, equal to the Participant’s allocable portion of the settlement proceeds from the Summers v. UAL Corporation ESOP Committee litigation,
as determined in accordance with the settlement agreement dated as of August 16, 2005, and the allocation plan approved by the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois by its order dated November 22, 2005.

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-11 

	3.13.	Roth 401(k) Contributions. 

  

	 	(a)	Effective January 1, 2013, pursuant to Code Section 402A, Participants may make Roth 401(k) Contributions in accordance with this Section 3.13. 

 

	 	(b)	A Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions may irrevocably designate any portion of his or her prospective Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth 401(k) Contributions; provided that such
contributions are made from Earnings paid by the Company. 

  

	 	(c)	A Participant’s interest in his or her Roth 401(k) Contributions will at all times be fully vested and non-forfeitable. 

  

	 	(d)	The amount of Roth 401(k) Contributions a Participant may make under this Section 3.13 shall be determined under the rules and procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator from time to time. 

 

	 	(e)	Roth 401(k) Contributions shall be included in the Participant’s taxable income at the time the Participant would have received such amount if he or she had not entered into the applicable authorization, but shall
otherwise be treated as Elective Deferral Contributions for all purposes of the Plan, except as otherwise specified under the rules and procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator from time to time. 

 

	 	(f)	For purposes of this Section 3.13, a “Roth 401(k) Contribution” shall mean an elective deferral that is designated irrevocably at the time of the deferral election as a Roth 401(k) contribution that is
being made in lieu of all or a portion of the Elective Deferral Contributions the Participant is otherwise eligible to make under the Plan as described in Section 3.1. Roth 401(k) Contributions shall be treated by the Company as includible in
the Participant’s income at the time the Participant would have received that amount in cash if the Participant had not made a deferral election. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 3-12 

 SECTION 4: FUNDING PART 

 

	4.1.	Funding of Benefits. Funds contributed under the Plan are held and invested, until distribution, by the Trustee, in accordance with the terms of the Trust, which implements and forms a part of the Plan.

  

	4.2.	Entities Acting Under the Funding Part. Any right, duty (including the duty to make payment of any Plan benefits) or obligation reserved to or imposed upon any entity acting under the Funding Part is in no
way preempted, increased or diminished by virtue or any provision of this Plan and shall remain the sole right, duty or obligation of that entity. 

  

	4.3.	Limit of Company’s Obligation; Absence of Guaranty. All benefits payable under the Plan will be paid or provided for solely from the assets held under the Funding Part and the Company will have no
liability or responsibility other than to make contributions and to perform such other duties and meet such other obligations as are herein provided. Neither the Committee nor the Company in any way guarantee the Trust Fund from loss or
depreciation. The liability of the Trustee, the Company, or the Committee to make any payment under the Plan will be limited to the assets held under the Funding Part which are available for that purpose. 

 

	4.4.	No Reversion to Company. The Company has no right, title or interest in the Trust Fund, nor will any part of the Trust Fund revert or be repaid to the Company, directly or indirectly, unless:

  

	 	(a)	the Internal Revenue Service initially determines that the Plan, as applied to the Company, does not meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a), in which event the contributions made to the Plan by the Company
shall be returned to it; 

  

	 	(b)	a contribution is made by the Company by mistake of fact and such contribution is returned to the Company within one year after payment to the Trustee; or 

 

	 	(c)	a contribution conditioned on the deductibility thereof is disallowed as an expense for federal income tax purposes and such contribution (to the extent disallowed) is returned to the Company within one year after the
disallowance of the deduction. 

 The amount of any contribution that may be returned to the Company pursuant to paragraph
(b) or (c) above must be reduced by any portion thereof previously distributed from the Trust Fund and by any losses of the Trust Fund allocable thereto, and in no event may the return of such contribution cause any Participant’s
account balances to be less than the amount of such balances had the contribution not been made under the Plan. If any Elective Deferral Contributions are returned to the Company in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section, as soon
as is practicable following such return, the Company shall pay to each Participant an amount equal to that portion of such returned contribution as equals the Company’s returned contribution made on behalf of each such Participant. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 4-1 

 SECTION 5: INVESTMENTS AND ACCOUNTING 

 

	5.1.	Accounts. The Investment Committee will maintain an Account for each Participant. Each Account shall contain subaccounts considered necessary or desirable to accomplish the accounting provisions of the
Plan, including separate accountings for 

  

	 	(a)	Elective Deferral Contributions, 

  

	 	(b)	Prior Plan Employee Contributions, 

  

	 	(c)	Prior Plan Company Contributions, 

  

	 	(d)	Pre-January 1, 1992 Account, 

  

	 	(e)	Post-December 31, 1991 Account, 

  

	 	(f)	Rollover Contributions, if any, 

  

	 	(g)	effective December 31, 2005, Employer Equity Distribution Account, 

  

	 	(h)	effective August 1, 2006, Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds Account, 

  

	 	(i)	effective January 1, 2006 Matching Contribution Account, 

  

	 	(j)	effective January 1, 2006 a Direct Contribution Account, 

  

	 	(k)	effective January 1, 2007, a Profit Sharing Contribution Account, 

  

	 	(l)	effective January 1, 2013, a Roth 401(k) Contribution Account, 

 and all income, losses,
appreciation and depreciation on each separate accounting. 
  

	5.2.	Investment Funds. In order to allow each Participant to determine the manner in which his or her Accounts will be invested, the Trustee will maintain, within the Trust, three or more separate Investment
Funds of such nature and possessing such characteristics as the Investment Committee may specify from time to time. Each Participant’s Accounts will be invested in the Investment Funds as directed by the Participant in accordance with the
procedures set forth in Section 5.3. The Investment Committee may, from time to time, direct the Trustee to establish additional Investment Funds, terminate any existing Investment Fund, or substitute Investment Funds for an existing Investment
Fund. 

  

	5.3.	Investment of Accounts. Prior to December 1, 2005, the Account or Accounts of a Participant will be invested solely in the Blended Income Fund unless and to the extent the Participant elects
otherwise, as provided below. Effective December 1, 2005, the Account or Accounts of a Participant shall be invested in the default Investment Fund designated by the Investment Committee unless and to the extent the Participant elects
otherwise, as provided below: 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 5-1 

	 	(a)	As of the effective date of a Participant’s first election to make Elective Deferral Contributions or upon a Participant making a Rollover Contribution, and as of any Business Day thereafter, a Participant may
elect that, in lieu of investment solely in the Blended Income Fund, the contributions credited to his or her Account for any period ending after the date as of which the election is made or the Rollover Contribution is completed, be invested (in
increments that are whole multiples of one percent) in any one or more of the Investment Funds. 

  

	 	(b)	As of any Business Day, a Participant may elect that a percentage (equal to a whole multiple of one percent), dollar amount, or number of shares or units of the balance in his or her Account or Accounts invested in an
Investment Fund, as of the NYSE Close on that Business Day (or the next Business Day if the election is received after the NYSE Close), be transferred to and invested in another Investment Fund or Funds. 

 

	 	(c)	Each election made under this Section 5.3 must be made in accordance with Plan Rules and will be effective at the time and in the manner provided in Plan Rules after a complete and accurate election is filed with
the Investment Committee. An investment election made by a Participant in accordance with this Section will continue in effect until revoked or changed by the Participant in accordance with this Section. Participants on leave, layoff, or furlough,
those whose employment is terminated, or those absent on disability may make elections in accordance with this Section. The Investment Committee will direct the Trustee as to the transfer of assets to and from Investment Funds in accordance with the
elections of Participants made in accordance with this Section. 

  

	 	(d)	Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Investment Committee may direct the Trustee to suspend Participant investment activity (including such activity in connection with withdrawals, loans
and distributions) in any or all Investment Funds, or impose special rules or restrictions of uniform application, for a period determined by the Investment Committee to be necessary in connection with: 

 

	 	(i)	the establishment or termination of any Investment Fund; 

  

	 	(ii)	the receipt by the Trustee from, or transfer by the Trustee to, another trust of account balances in connection with an acquisition or divestiture or otherwise; 

 

	 	(iii)	a change of Trustee, investment manager or recordkeeper; or 

  

	 	(iv)	such other circumstances determined by the Investment Committee as making such suspension or special rules or restrictions necessary or appropriate. 

 

	5.4.	 Transfers from Stated Return Fund to Blended Income Fund. Before a Participant may transfer all or any portion of his or her Account
invested in the Stated Return Fund into the Blended Income Fund, he or she must first transfer any such amount to one or 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 5-2 

	 	
more of the following Investment Funds for a period of 90 days: the Balanced Fund, the U.S. Equity Index Commingled Pool, the Growth Company Fund, or the Overseas Fund. During such 90-day period,
all or any portions of such amount may be transferred between or among any two or more of the four Investment Funds listed above. 

  

	5.5.	Transfers to or From the Blended Income Fund. Amounts in the Blended Income Fund may be transferred to “non-competing funds” at any time. Transfers to or from competing funds may not be made for
a period of 90 days after transfer from the Blended Income Fund. Non-Competing Funds are those funds listed at Section 5.2(b), (c), (d), (e), (k), (1), (m) and (p). The 90-day restriction as applied to the UAL Stock Fund applies only to
transfers from the Blended Income Fund into the UAL Stock Fund. 

  

	5.6.	Adjustment of Participant Accounts. As of each Business Day, the Investment Committee will: 

  

	 	(a)	First, adjust the credit balances in the portion of the Accounts of all Participants invested in each Investment Fund upward or downward, pro rata, according to the credit balances in each Investment Fund so that
the total of the credit balances in each Investment Fund will equal the then “adjusted net worth” (as defined below) of that Investment Fund; 

  

	 	(b)	Next, allocate and credit Company contributions, if any, that are to be credited as of that date in accordance with Section 5.7; 

 

	 	(c)	Next, charge pro rata to each Account any expenses of administering the Plan paid from the Plan on that Business Day; 

  

	 	(d)	Next, charge to the proper Accounts all withdrawals, payments, or distributions made or requested since the last preceding Business Day that have not been charged previously; and 

 

	 	(e)	Finally, charge and credit the appropriate Accounts to reflect any exchanges or transfers between or among Investment Funds on that date. 

The “adjusted net worth” of an Investment Fund as at any Business Day means the then net worth of such Fund at the NYSE Close as
determined by the Trustee after making the foregoing adjustments. 
  

	5.7.	Allocation of Company Contributions. Subject to Section 3.6, as of each Business Day on which the Company contributes Elective Deferral Contributions on behalf of Participants, such contributions will
be allocated and credited to the respective Elective Deferral Accounts of such Participants in accordance with each such Participant’s election to make Elective Deferral Contributions. 

 

	5.8.	Statement of Account. As soon as practicable after the last day of each calendar quarter, a statement, reflecting the condition of the Participant’s Accounts in the Trust Fund as of that date, will be
provided for such Participant. No Participant, except one authorized by the Investment Committee, will have the right to inspect the records reflecting the Accounts of any other Participant. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 5-3 

	5.9.	Prior Plan Contributions. Before January 1, 1992, as a condition for sharing in Company contributions under the Prior Plan, eligible employees were required to make contributions under the Plan. Under
the provisions of the Prior Plan, a Participant could elect to make “matched contributions” for a calendar year in an amount equal to not less than one percent nor more than six percent (in multiples of one percent) of his or her earnings
paid to him or her during that year. In addition, during any period that a Participant was making the maximum matched contribution permitted, he or she could also elect to make “unmatched contributions” in an amount equal to not less than
one percent nor more than four percent (in multiples of one percent) of his or her earnings paid to him or her during that year. On and after January 1, 1992, neither Participant matched nor unmatched contributions are permitted or required
under the Plan. However, all such contributions made pursuant to the Prior Plan will continue to be held under the Plan which will be treated as a transferee plan under Code Section 401(a)(11) and will be subject to the provisions of the Plan;
provided, however, to the extent the provisions of the Prior Plan regarding a Participant’s right to any benefit under the Prior Plan (including the form and timing of distributions of any such benefit) have not been continued by the provisions
of the Plan, the provisions of the Prior Plan will apply with respect to the benefit. 

  

	5.10.	Investment in Company Securities. 

 Prior to December 31, 2005: 

 

	 	(a)	General. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to be contrary, the maximum amount of Company Common Stock or any other Class of Company Securities that may be acquired by this Plan will be limited as
set forth below. 

  

	 	(b)	Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined by this Plan will have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(i)	“Class of Company Securities” means the outstanding shares or principal amount of each of the following: (A) UAL Corporation Series B Preferred Stock or the depository shares representing such stock,
(B) Series A Debentures due 2004 issued by the Company, and (C) Series B Debentures due 2014 issued by the Company. 

  

	 	(ii)	“Company Common Stock” means new UAL Stock, par value $0.01 per share. 

  

	 	(iii)	“Company Plans” means this Plan, any other current or future tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or UAL Corporation (excluding the ESOP), and any stock purchase plan maintained by
the Company or UAL Corporation, together with any trusts or other funding vehicles associated with such plans. A participant in the Company Plans means any person with any account balance in any Company Plan. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 5-4 

	 	(iv)	“Effective Time” has the meaning given in the Recapitalization Agreement. 

  

	 	(v)	“Employee Group” means each of the following groups of employees of the Company, UAL Corporation, or their subsidiaries, together with associated former employees, Beneficiaries, and alternate payees:

  

	 	(A)	the ALPA Employee Group, which means employees represented by the Air Line Pilots Association; 

  

	 	(B)	the IAM Employee Group, which means employees represented by the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers (“IAM”); 

 

	 	(C)	the AFA Employee Group, which means employees represented by the Association of Flight Attendants (“AFA”); and 

  

	 	(D)	the Management and Salaried Employee Group, which means employees classified by the Company as Management Employees, Salaried Employees, or Meteorologist Employees and other employees who perform the functions performed
by salaried and managerial, employees of the Company and UAL Corporation (including any functions that such employees will perform in the future). 

  

	 	(vi)	“ESOP” means the UAL Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended from time to time, together with its related trust(s). 

 

	 	(vii)	“ESOP Preferred Stocks” means the following stocks issued by UAL Corporation: the Class 1 ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock, the Class 2 ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock, the Class P ESOP Voting Junior
Preferred Stock, the Class M ESOP Voting Junior Preferred Stock, and the Class S ESOP Voting Junior Preferred Stock. 

  

	 	(viii)	“Recapitalization Agreement” is defined in subparagraph 6.1(b)(iv)(E). 

  

	 	(ix)	“Restated Certificate” means the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of UAL Corporation. 

  

	 	(x)	“Supplemental ESOP” means the UAL Corporation Supplemental ESOP and the related trust(s). 

  

	 	(xi)	For the purposes of this Section 5.10, “acquire” means any net increase in the holding of the applicable securities, whether attributable to employee contributions, employer contributions, rollover
contributions, investment transfers, or diversification elections made pursuant to the ESOP, any other Company Plans, or any other means. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 5-5 

	 	(c)	Limitations on Investment in Company Common Stock. 

  

	 	(i)	As of any day during the six-month period beginning on the Effective Time, Participants hereunder, together with any other members of the Management and Salaried Employee Group, may not acquire, in the aggregate, under
this Plan and/or under any other Company Plans, more than 2% of the outstanding Company Common Stock held by persons other than the ESOP and the Supplemental ESOP (in addition to any Company Common Stock received by members of the Management and
Salaried Employee Group in the reclassification, as defined in the Recapitalization Agreement). Purchases and sales of Company Common Stock will be netted at the end of each day to determine if the 2% limit is reached. 

 

	 	(ii)	During the six-month period beginning on the date after the period described in subparagraph (i) above and ending on the last day of the “measuring period,” as defined in Article FOURTH, Parts 2 and 3,
Section 6 of the Restated Certificate, Participants may not acquire any Company Common Stock under this Plan and/or under any other Company Plans. 

  

	 	(iii)	At any time on or after the Effective Date, the participants in the Company Plans may not hold or acquire, in the aggregate, through this Plan and/or any other Company Plans, more than the lesser of (A) 30% of the
shares of outstanding Company Common Stock held by persons other than the ESOP and the Supplemental ESOP, or (B) 20% of the aggregate number of shares of outstanding Company Common Stock, including the number of shares of Company Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of the ESOP Preferred Stocks outstanding or issuable (including Available Unissued ESOP Shares, as defined in Article FIFTH, Section 1.5 of the Restated Certificate). 

 

	 	(iv)	Participants hereunder, together with any other members of the Management and Salaried Employee Group, may not hold or acquire, in the aggregate, through this Plan and/or any other Company Plans, more than 10% of the
outstanding Company Common Stock at any time on or after the Effective Date. 

  

	 	(d)	Limitations of Classes of Company Securities. 

  

	 	(i)	At any time on or after the Effective Date, participants in the Company Plans may not hold or acquire, in the aggregate, through this Plan and/or any other Company Plans, more than 20% of any Class of Company
Securities; or 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 5-6 

	 	(ii)	Participants hereunder, together with any other members of the Management and Salaried Employee Group, may not hold or acquire, in the aggregate, through this Plan and/or any other Company Plans, more than 10% of any
Class of Company Securities at any time on or after the Effective Date. 

  

	 	(e)	Administration. The Company will monitor the limitations set forth in this Section 5.10, as well as the parallel limitations set forth in other Company plans. The Company will permit acquisitions to occur in
the chronological order in which they are made until such time as the acquisitions are limited by one of the foregoing rules. If the Company learns that one of the foregoing restrictions is exceeded, the Company may retroactively implement such
restrictions by any reasonable means. 

 Effective December 31, 2005, 

 

	 	(a)	General. There is no limitation on the maximum amount of UAL Stock that may be acquired by the Plan. 

  

	 	(b)	Investment of Contributions of UAL Stock. UAL Stock that is contributed to a Participant’s Employer Equity Distribution Account pursuant to Section 3.7 will be initially invested in the UAL Stock Fund.

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 5-7 

 SECTION 6: VESTING; DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNT
BALANCES 
  

	6.1.	Vesting. Prior to January 1, 2006, the balance in a Participant’s Account will be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times. Effective January 1, 2006: 

 

	 	(a)	A Participant is always 100% vested in his or her 

  

	 	(i)	Account balance on December 31, 2005 and any earnings thereon; 

  

	 	(ii)	Employer Equity Distribution Account; 

  

	 	(iii)	Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds Account; 

  

	 	(iv)	Elective Deferral Contributions Account; 

  

	 	(v)	Rollover Contributions Account; 

  

	 	(vi)	Profit sharing contribution account; and 

  

	 	(vii)	Roth 401(k) Contribution Account. 

  

	 	(b)	A Participant who was employed by the Company as a Covered Employee on January 1, 2006 or who was on Furlough on January 1, 2006, will be 100% vested in his or her Matching Contribution Account and his or her
Direct Contribution Account. 

  

	 	(c)	In the event a Participant dies or attains age 65 while employed, such Participant will be 100% vested in his or her Matching Contribution Account and Direct Contribution Account. 

 

	 	(d)	In the event a Participant is not described in Paragraph (b) or (c), such Participant will acquire a vested interest in his or her Matching Contribution Account and Direct Contribution Account in accordance with
the following schedule: 

  

					
	 Vesting Service
	  	Vested Percentage	 
	 1 year
	  	 	33	% 
	 2 years
	  	 	67	% 
	 3 or more years
	  	 	100	% 

  

	 	(e)	Loss of Service. If an employee terminates employment and experiences a Break in Service of at least five full years, then: 

  

	 	(i)	if the employee had a vested interest in his or her Account prior to the Break in Service, 

  

	 	(ii)	his or her Vesting Service completed prior to such Break in Service will be taken into account in determining his or her vested interest in his or her Matching Contribution Account and Direct Contribution Account
attributable to contributions made for periods after the Break in Service, and 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-1 

	 	(iii)	the extent of the employee’s vested interest in his or her Matching Contribution Account and Direct Contribution Account as determined under Section 6.1(e) prior to the Break in Service will not be increased
by Vesting Service completed following the Break in Service; or 

  

	 	(iv)	if the employee had no vested interest in his or her Account prior to the Break in Service and the Break in Service equals or exceeds the employee’s service prior to the Break in Service, then the employee’s
service completed prior to the Break in Service will not be taken into account for any purpose under the Plan. 

  

	 	(f)	Forfeiture Upon Distribution. 

  

	 	(i)	If a Participant receives a distribution of the entire vested balance of his or her Accounts after termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliates and before he or she incurs a Break in Service of five
full years, the nonvested portions of the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Direct Contribution Account will, at the time of such distribution, be forfeited. A Participant who has no vested interest in any Account under the Plan
when he or she terminates employment will be deemed to have received a distribution of the entire vested balance of such Accounts at the time of his or her termination of employment. 

 

	 	(ii)	If a Participant described in Clause (i) resumes employment as a Covered Employee and repays to the Trustee the full amount distributed, other than the portion of the distribution attributable to his or her
Rollover Account balances, before the earlier of (A) five years following the date of reemployment as a Covered Employee or (B) the date on which he or she incurs a Break in Service of five full years following the distribution, then, the
amount of any forfeitures will be restored to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Direct Contribution Account, unadjusted for interest or any change in value occurring after the distribution. Such restoration will be made from
forfeitures that arise for the Plan Year for which such restoration is to be made. To the extent such forfeitures are insufficient for such purpose, the Employer with whom the Participant was last employed as a Covered Employee will contribute the
amount required to restore the Account. A Participant described in the last sentence of Clause (i) who is reemployed before incurring a Break in Service of five full years following the date of his or her termination of employment will be
deemed to have repaid his or her deemed distribution upon his or her reemployment as a Covered Employee. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-2 

	 	(g)	Other Forfeitures. 

  

	 	(i)	Except as provided in Paragraph (e), the nonvested portions of a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Direct Contribution Account will continue to be held in a separate subaccount of such Account until
the Participant incurs a Break in Service of five full years, at which time the subaccount balance will be forfeited. If the Participant resumes employment with the Company or an Affiliate prior to incurring a Break in Service of five full years,
such subaccount will be disregarded and the balance will be included in his or her Matching Contribution Account and the Direct Contribution Account. 

  

	 	(ii)	A Participant’s vested interest in his or her Matching Contribution Account and Direct Contribution Account balances following a resumption of employment in accordance with Clause (i) at any given time will
not be less than the amount “X” determined by the formula: X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D), where P is the Participant’s vested percentage at the time of determination; AB is the Matching Contribution Account and Direct Contribution
Account balances at the time of determination; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the Matching Contribution Account and Direct Contribution Account balance at the time of determination, to the subaccount balance immediately
following the distribution. 

  

	 	(h)	Application of Forfeitures. Forfeitures occurring in a Plan Year will first be applied to restore the Accounts of Participants as provided in Paragraph (f)(ii). Any remaining forfeitures will be used to reduce
the Employer’s contributions for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs or to pay reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. 

  

	6.2.	Form of Distribution. 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.5, upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment, the balance in his or her Account or Accounts as of such Termination of Employment will be distributed to or for the benefit of the
Participant, or, in the case of his or her death, to or for the benefit of his or her Beneficiary, by one or a combination of the following methods: 

  

	 	(i)	by payment in a lump sum; 

  

	 	(ii)	 by the purchase of an immediate non-transferable annuity from a life insurance company selected by the Committee providing an annuity benefit in any
form elected by the Participant that is available from such life insurance company and that is available under the Flight Attendant Defined Benefit Pension Plan; provided that, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2009, to
the extent required under Code Section 417(a)(1)(A) and in accordance with rules established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant shall be permitted to elect a “qualified optional survivor annuity” (as defined in Code
Section 417(g)) that 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-3 

	 	
provides a reduced monthly annuity benefit for the Participant’s life with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s Spouse that is 75% of the monthly annuity benefit payable
during the joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse; 

  

	 	(iii)	by equal monthly, quarterly or annual periodic distributions in a dollar amount specified by the Participant in accordance with Plan Rules. Each periodic distribution will be made pro rata from all Investment Funds
except for the UAL Stock Fund, which will be paid only after the Participant’s interests in all other Investment Funds are exhausted. A Participant’s request to initiate, change, or stop periodic distributions will be made on submission of
a written form available from the recordkeeper and is subject to the requirement of Section 6.5. If it is an initial distribution, it must be sent to the Committee; otherwise it must be sent directly to the recordkeeper; or 

 

	 	(iv)	by payment of a distribution of a portion of the Participant’s Accounts in a single sum. The Participant must designate the amount of the distribution to be made, which may be no less than “$100” in lieu
thereof. 

  

	 	(b)	Subject to Sections 6.5 and 6.6, a Participant or, if his or her Termination of Employment occurs on account of the Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary, may elect, in accordance with Plan Rules,
distribution in any of the foregoing methods. Such an election must be signed by the Participant or his or her Beneficiary and filed with the Committee in accordance with Plan Rules. Each election of an annuity form of payment pursuant to paragraph
(a)(ii) above will contain such information as the Committee may require to determine the amount of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s elected form of monthly benefit. If a Participant’s benefit will be paid in a form other than an
annuity or a lump sum, the Participant may designate the Investment Funds from which the distribution will be made. In the absence of such election, distribution shall be made pro-rata from each Investment Fund. 

 

	 	(c)	If a Participant elects a distribution of less than his or her entire Account the distribution will be made from his or her Accounts in the following order: 

 

	 	(i)	Pre-1987 Employee after-tax contributions; 

  

	 	(ii)	Pro-rata amounts of post-1986 Employee after-tax contributions and earnings in both pre-1987 and post-1986 Employee after-tax contributions; 

 

	 	(iii)	Elective Deferral Contributions and earnings thereon; 

  

	 	(iv)	Rollover Contributions and earnings thereon; 

  

	 	(v)	Prior to August 1, 2006, Company Contributions and earnings thereon, and effective August 1, 2006, Prior Plan Company Contributions and earnings thereon; 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-4 

	 	(vi)	Effective August 1, 2006, Contributions to the Employer Equity Distributions Account, if any; 

  

	 	(vii)	Effective August 1, 2006, Company Contributions of Notes Proceeds, if any, and earnings thereon; 

  

	 	(viii)	Effective August 1, 2006 but prior to January 1, 2006, any other Company Contributions and earnings thereon, and effective January 1, 2006, Matching Contributions, to the extent vested as of the date of
such distribution; 

  

	 	(ix)	effective January 1, 2006 Direct Contributions, to the extent vested as of the date of such distribution; 

  

	 	(x)	Effective January 1, 2007, Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, and earnings thereon. 

  

	 	(d)	A Participant who elects a partial distribution may thereafter elect additional partial distributions of his or her Account balance (but may elect no more than one partial distribution in a 12 month period) or may elect
that the balance of his or her Accounts be paid in a form described at paragraph (a)(i), (ii) or (iii). In the case of a Participant who elects a periodic distribution (described in paragraph (a)(iii)), such distributions will be made over the
life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Plan Rules. The periodic distribution amount shall be increased to the extent, and at
such times, as necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution rules of Code Section 401(a)(9). An election to receive benefits in a form described at paragraph (a)(i), (ii) or (iii) shall apply to the entire balance in the
Participant’s Accounts at the time of the election, provided, however, that a Participant who elects a form of distribution described at paragraph (a)(iii), above, may, subject to the spousal consent requirements of Section 6.5 elect to
cease receiving periodic distributions and receive another distribution method in accordance with the foregoing. 

  

	 	(e)	With respect to distributions made on or after December 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Sec. 401(a)(9) in accordance with the regulations under Code Sec. 401(a)(9) that
were proposed in January, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, until the effective date of final regulations or such other date specified in guidance published by the IRS. 

 

	 	(f)	With respect to distributions made after December 31, 2002, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) in accordance with Section 6.15. 

 

	 	(g)	Effective December 31, 2005, a distribution from the Participant’s Employer Equity Distribution Account that is invested in the UAL Stock Fund will be distributed in kind at the direction of the Participant
and in accordance with Plan Rules. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-5 

	6.3.	Distribution Following Death. 

  

	 	(a)	If a Participant dies after payment of his or her benefits has begun, the remaining portion of such benefits must be distributed over a period not exceeding the period over which payments were being made to the
Participant. 

  

	 	(b)	If a Participant dies before payment of his or her benefits has begun, his or her benefits must be distributed to his or her Beneficiary over a period not exceeding the greatest of: (i) five years from the death of
the Participant; (ii) in the case of payments to a designated Beneficiary other than the Participant’s Spouse, the life expectancy of such Beneficiary, provided payments begin within one year of the Participant’s death; or
(iii) in the case of payments to the Participant’s Spouse, the life expectancy of such Spouse, provided payments begin by the date the Participant would have attained age 70 1⁄2. The life expectancy of a Participant, his or her Spouse, or his or her designated Beneficiary will be determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9). 

 

	 	(c)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6.2(e) shall apply to distributions under this Section 6.3 which are made on or after December 1, 2001. 

 

	 	(d)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to distributions made after December 31, 2002, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) in accordance with
Section 6.15. 

  

	6.4.	Commencement of Distribution. Except as provided below in this Section and Section 6.5, payment of the balances in a Participant’s Accounts will be made (or payments will commence) within a
reasonable time after his or her Termination of Employment, but not later than 60 days after (i) the end of the Plan Year in which such date occurs, or (ii) such later date on which the amount of the payment can be ascertained by the
Committee. 

  

	 	(a)	Consent Requirement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or the other provisions of this Section 6, if the total nonforfeitable balances in the Participant’s Accounts is greater than $3,500, to the extent
required by law, no distribution of such balances will be made before the earlier of the date of the Participant’s death or the date the Participant attains age 65 years, unless the Participant and his or her Spouse, if any, and if required by
Section 6.5, otherwise consent. Such consent will be obtained in writing within ninety (90) days prior to a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. The foregoing is amended effective for distributions beginning on or after March 28,
2005, by changing “$3,500” to “$1,000” where it appears. 

  

	 	(b)	 Notice. The Committee will provide notice to those Participants subject to the consent rule of this paragraph (a) of the right to defer
any distributions until the Participant’s Account balance is no longer immediately distributable (earlier of Participant’s death or attainment of age 65). Such notice shall be provided to the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse,
if any, no less than 30 days and no more 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-6 

	 	
than 90 days before the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. With respect to any amounts that are not subject to Section 6.5, distribution may commence less than 30 days but at least
seven days after the notice is given provided that: 

  

	 	(i)	the Committee clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider (1) if applicable, the decision of whether or not to elect to
commence distributions (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (2) if applicable, the decision of whether to elect a direct rollover; and 

 

	 	(ii)	the Participant after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. 

  

	 	(c)	Deferral Right. A Participant who has terminated employment, and whose nonforfeitable Account balances are greater than $3,500, may make a written election in accordance with Plan Rules to defer commencement of
the distribution of his or her benefits to a date not later than the earlier to occur of the April 1 following the end of the calendar year in which such Participant attains age 70 1⁄2 or the date of his or her death. The foregoing is amended effective for distributions beginning on or after March 28, 2005, by changing “$3,500” to “$1,000” where it appears.

  

	 	(d)	Required Benefit Commencement Date. Distribution of the balances in a Participant’s Accounts will be made (or payments will commence) not later than April 1 of the calendar year next following the later
of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2, or the calendar year in which the Participant terminates employment. Such payments must be
made not less frequently than annually and must be in amounts not less than the amounts necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution rules of Code Section 401(a)(9). For purposes of applying the rules of this paragraph, if the Participant is a
“5-percent owner” within the meaning of Code Section 416, then he or she will be deemed to have terminated employment upon attaining age 70 1⁄2.

  

	6.5.	Annuity Requirement. 

  

	 	(a)	Notwithstanding any provision of Sections 6.2 and 6.8, payment of benefits from Pre-January 1, 1992 Accounts under this Section 6 shall be made in the form of an immediate Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
unless, before such date, the Participant elects in writing not to have such benefits paid by such method and, if the Participant is married on his or her Annuity Starting Date, his or her Spouse (to whom he or she is married on the day payment of
benefits is to begin) consents to such election in the manner described below. 

  

	 	(b)	The provisions of this Section 6.5 shall also apply to a Participant’s Post-December 31, 1991 Accounts if the Participant elects an annuity form of payment for such amount. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-7 

	 	(c)	The Committee will furnish each Participant who has a Pre-January 1, 1992 Account or who has elected an annuity form of payment for his or her Post-December 31, 1991 Account, with a written explanation
(“Notice”) of: the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity method of payment; the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of making, an election not to have his or her benefits paid by such method; the
requirement, if the Participant is married, of spousal consent to such an election; a general description of the material features and the relative values, of the optional forms of benefits available under the Plan; and the Participant’s right
to make, and the effect of making, a revocation of such election. Such Notice shall be provided to the Participant and his or her Spouse, if any, not more than 90 days nor less than 30 days before his or her Annuity Starting Date. Any such election
or revocation thereof must be in writing on a form provided by the Committee and signed by the Participant. The election may be revoked by the Participant without his or her Spouse’s consent at any time during the 90-day period ending on the
Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. An election not to have his or her pre-January 1, 1992 Accounts paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be effective only if the Participant, and Spouse, if required, consent to
the election in writing and such consent acknowledges the effect of the election and the Spouse’s signature, if any, is witnessed by a notary public. 

  

	 	(d)	If a Participant elects a distribution in the periodic form described at Section 6.2(a)(iii) above, his or her Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the first period for which a periodic distribution is
made. If his or her Spouse consents to the payment of his or her benefit in such periodic form in accordance with paragraph (c), above, no spousal consent to subsequent periodic distributions in the form and amount elected is required. If a
Participant requests a partial distribution, the distribution shall be made in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity unless the Participant waives such form and his or her Spouse, if any, consents to such waiver all in accordance with
the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.5. The balance of the Participant’s Accounts remaining after such partial distribution shall remain subject to the requirements of this Section 6.5 and 6.6. 

 

	6.6.	Spouse’s Benefits. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary except Section 6.5, the following provisions of this Section 6.6 will apply in the case of the death of a
married Participant who has a Pre-January 1, 1992 Account: 

  

	 	(a)	Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. If a Participant (prior to January 1, 2006, who was married for at least one year on the date of his or her death) dies before his or her Annuity Starting Date with
respect to the balances in his or her Pre-January 1, 1992 Accounts under the Plan, (or if a Participant has elected that payment of his or her Post-December 31, 1991 Accounts be paid in the form of an annuity) all or part of the balances
in such Accounts (and Post-December 31, 1991 Accounts if applicable) will be distributed to his or her Surviving Spouse in the form of a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity unless such Spouse has waived the right to such annuity under
paragraph (c) below. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-8 

	 	(b)	Surviving Spouse. For the purposes of this Section 6.6 only, a Participant’s “Surviving Spouse” means the Spouse to whom the Participant was married at the earlier of the date of his or her
death or the date payment of the net credit balances in his or her Accounts commenced, and who is living at the date of the Participant’s death (prior to January 1, 2006, provided that he or she was married to such spouse for at least one
year). 

  

	 	(c)	Waiver of Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. By a writing filed with the Committee, a Participant may elect to waive the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity at any time during the period beginning
on the later of: (i) the earlier of the first thy of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 years or the date the Participant’s employment is terminated, or (ii) the Participant’s date of hire, and ending on the
earlier of the date benefit payments to the Participant commence or the date of the Participant’s death. An election under this Section will not be effective unless the Participant’s Spouse consents to the election in writing, which
consent acknowledges the effect of the Participant’s election and is witnessed by a notary public. The Committee will provide each Participant during the Participant’s “Notice Period” (as defined below) with a written explanation
of the terms and conditions of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity; the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity; the requirement of spousal consent to such a
waiver; and the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of such a waiver. A Participant’s “Notice Period” means one of the following periods as applies in his or her case: 

 

	 	(i)	The period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 years and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 years.

  

	 	(ii)	If the Participant is hired after he or she has attained age 32 years, the three-year period beginning on the first day of the first Plan Year for which he or she is a Participant. 

 

	 	(iii)	If the Participant terminates employment before attaining age 32 years, the one-year period beginning on the date his or her employment terminates. 

Any waiver of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity made prior to the Participant’s 35th birthday shall become invalid upon the
Participant’s attainment of age 35. If the Participant does not want the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, he or she must again waive such coverage upon attainment of age 35. 

 

	 	(d)	Payment. Payment of the Surviving Spouse’s benefits under this Section 6.6 will commence as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of the Participant’s death and
will end with the month in which the Participant’s Surviving Spouse dies; provided that the Surviving Spouse may elect to commence payment of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, as of any month after the Participant’s death, but
no later than the month in which Participant would have attained age 65. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-9 

	 	(e)	Election by Surviving Spouse. A Participant’s Surviving Spouse may consent to the distribution to the Participant’s Beneficiary of any benefits otherwise payable to such Surviving Spouse upon the death
of the Participant. Such an election will be effective only if it is in writing, acknowledges the effect of the consent and is witnessed by a notary public. If a Participant’s Surviving Spouse makes a written consent under this paragraph (e),
or if there is no Surviving Spouse at the date of the Participant’s death, any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant’s death will be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary as provided elsewhere in this Section 6.

  

	6.7.	In-Service Plan Distributions. 

  

	 	(a)	A Participant who has attained 59 1⁄2 years may elect at any time to withdraw all or a portion of his or her vested Account. Each
such election shall be made in accordance with Plan Rules and shall be effective in the manner and at the time specified in Plan Rules following receipt by the Plan Administrator of a complete and accurate election. Distribution of any withdrawal in
accordance with this Section will be made in a lump sum and taken pro rata from the Participant’s vested Account. 

  

	 	(b)	Subject to Section 6.5, a Participant may elect to withdraw from his or her Prior Plan Employee Contribution Account an amount that is not less than $200 (or the balance in that Account if less) and not greater
than the amount credited to that Account as of the date of withdrawal. Any request for a withdrawal in accordance with this Section must be made in accordance with Plan Rules and will be distributed as soon as practicable after a complete and
accurate request is received by the Committee. Such withdrawals will be paid first from the Participant’s Pre-January 1, 1987 contributions, next from Post-December 31, 1986 contributions together with a pro rata portion of any income
or appreciation thereon, and last from the income or appreciation on Pre-January 1, 1987 contributions. 

  

	 	(c)	Prior to August 1, 2006, a Participant may, from time to time, apply to the Committee for, and the Committee, in its sole discretion, may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner in accordance with applicable
Treasury Regulations, cause a distribution to be made from such Participant’s Elective Deferral Contribution Account (other than any income or appreciation credited to that Account) for reasons of financial hardship in accordance with
Section 6.8. Effective August 1, 2006, a Participant may, from time to time, apply to the Committee for, and the Committee, in its sole discretion, may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory and in accordance with applicable Treasury
Regulations, cause a distribution to be made for reasons of financial hardship in accordance with Section 6.8. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-10 

	 	(d)	Effective January 1, 2009, pursuant to the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008, a Participant who is on active military duty for a period of more than 30 days may thereafter elect to withdraw all
or a portion of his or her Elective Deferral Contributions. Each such election shall be made in accordance with Plan Rules and shall be effective in the manner and at the time specified in Plan Rules following receipt by the Plan Administrator of a
complete and accurate election. Distribution of any withdrawal in accordance with this Section will be made in a lump sum and taken from the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions Account. If a Participant receives a distribution under
this Section 6.7(d), then such Participant’s election to make Elective Deferral Contributions will be suspended for six (6) months after the receipt of such distribution. 

 

	6.8.	Distribution on Account of Financial Hardship. 

  

	 	(a)	Hardship Distributions. Distribution of Elective Deferrals (but not earnings thereon) may be made to a Participant in the event of financial hardship. For this purpose, financial hardship is defined as an
immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant where such distribution is necessary to meet such need because the Participant lacks other available resources. An “immediate” need is one arising within three months after the hardship
application is filed. A “heavy” need is judged on the magnitude of the need compared to the Participant’s ability to meet the need. To qualify for a hardship distribution, a Participant must (i) file a written application
therefor in a form acceptable to the Plan Administrator and receive approval for such a distribution, (ii) have received all distributions (other than the requested hardship distribution) and all non-taxable loans currently available under all
plans, including this Plan, maintained by the Company and (iii) satisfy the additional requirements of this Section 6.8 as set forth below. A financial hardship distribution will be made in the form of a single, lump sum payment.

  

	 	(b)	Special Rules. 

  

	 	(i)	The following financial needs are automatically considered immediate and heavy: 

  

	 	(A)	deductible medical expenses (within the meaning of Code Section 213(d)) of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152); 

 

	 	(B)	the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; 

  

	 	(C)	payment of tuition (plus related educational fees, and room and board expenses) for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant or the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as
defined in Code Section 152); or 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-11 

	 	(D)	the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participant’s principal residence. 

 

	 	(ii)	A distribution will be considered necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if the distribution does not exceed the immediate and heavy need (including taxes and penalties
imposed on the distribution amount) and if (A) or (B) is true: 

  

	 	(A)	The Participant submits a signed statement in a form acceptable to the Committee representing that the need cannot be satisfied in any of the following ways. 

 

	 	(1)	through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise; 

  

	 	(2)	liquidation of the Participant’s assets (including those of his or her spouse and minor children), to the extent the liquidation would not in itself cause an immediate and heavy financial need; 

 

	 	(3)	by discontinuing Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan; or 

  

	 	(4)	by other distributions or loans to the Participant or his or her spouse from other Company plans or plans of any other past or present employer, or by borrowing through a commercial loan on reasonable terms (such as a
United Airlines Employees’ Credit Union loan). 

  

	 	(B)	All of the following conditions are met: 

  

	 	(1)	The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant; 

  

	 	(2)	The Participant has received all distributions (other than the requested hardship distribution) and all non-taxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Company; and 

 

	 	(3)	Effective for hardship distributions made on or after September 17, 2001, the Participant, once the hardship distribution is approved, will be prohibited from making pre- or after-tax contributions to all qualified
and non-qualified deferred compensation plans (including deferred bonus, stock option, and employee stock purchase plans, but not including welfare plans such as medical or life insurance) for at least six (6) months. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-12 

	 	(c)	Effective December 31, 2005 but prior to August 1, 2006, distributions on account of financial hardship may be made from the Participant’s Employer Equity Distribution Account in accordance with the rules
of this Section 6.8. Effective August 1, 2006, notwithstanding any portion of this Section 6.8 to the contrary, distributions for reasons of financial hardship made in accordance with Section 6.7(c) and this Section 6.8 may
be made from the following Accounts of the Participant pro rata: 

  

	 	(i)	Elective Deferral Contribution Account (other than any income or appreciation credited to that Account); 

  

	 	(ii)	effective December 31, 2005, Employer Equity Distribution Account; 

  

	 	(iii)	effective August 1, 2006, Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds Account; 

  

	 	(iv)	effective January 1, 2006, Matching Contribution Account and/or the Participant’s Direct Contribution Account, provided that the Account from which the distribution is made is fully vested at the time
of such distribution; 

  

	 	(v)	effective January 1, 2007, Profit Sharing Contribution Account. 

  

	6.9.	Designation of Beneficiary. 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to Sections 6.3 and 6.5, each Participant from time to time, by signing a form furnished by the Committee, may designate a person or persons or entity (who may be designated concurrently, contingently, or
successively) to whom his or her benefits are to be paid if he or she dies before he or she receives all of his or her benefits. A Beneficiary designation form will be effective only when the form is filed with the Committee while the Participant is
alive and will cancel all Beneficiary designation forms previously filed by the Participant with the Committee. If a deceased Participant failed to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if his or her designated Beneficiary disclaims benefits
under the Plan, or if the designated Beneficiary dies before the Participant or before complete payment of the Participant’s benefits, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to pay the Participant’s benefits to the first class of
the following classes of Beneficiaries then surviving in equal shares if there are more than one in each class: 

  

	 	(i)	Participant’s Surviving Spouse, 

  

	 	(ii)	Participant’s surviving children then living, per capita, and 

  

	 	(iii)	the Participant’s estate. 

  

	 	(b)	For this purpose, “per stirpes” means in equal shares among living children and the issue of deceased children, the latter taking by right of representation and “issue” means all persons who are
descended from the person referred to, either by legitimate birth or legal adoption. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-13 

	 	(c)	If a Participant designates a Beneficiary other than such Participant’s Spouse to receive his or her Accounts in the event of his or her death, such designation shall not take effect unless: 

 

	 	(1)	The Participant’s Spouse consents in writing to the Beneficiary designation (or form of benefits); that designation may not be changed without spousal consent (unless the consent of the Spouse expressly permits
designations by the Participant without the requirement of further consent by the Spouse); and such consent acknowledges the effect of such election and is witnessed by a Notary Public; or 

 

	 	(2)	It is established by the Participant in writing to the satisfaction of the Committee that the consent required under subparagraph (1) may not be obtained because there is no Spouse; because the Spouse cannot be
located; or because of such other circumstances provided by regulations issued under the Code. 

 Any consent by a Spouse (or
establishment that the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse. 
  

	 	(d)	Effective December 1, 2006, notwithstanding any provision of this Section to the contrary, effective as of the date specified by the Plan Administrator, any beneficiary designation form filed prior to such date
that was not filed with Fidelity Investments, the Plan’s record-keeper, in accordance with the rules prescribed by the Plan Administrator shall be considered void and be of no effect. The Plan Administrator shall provide notice to each affected
Participant at least 30 days prior to such date and shall permit each such Participant to file a new beneficiary designation form with the Plan’s record-keeper in accordance with rules prescribed by the Plan Administrator. 

 

	6.10.	Missing Participants or Beneficiaries. In the event the Committee, after reasonable, good faith effort, is unable to locate a Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to a payment and the Participant or
Beneficiary fails to claim his or her benefits or make his or her whereabouts known to the Committee within three years after such efforts to locate the Participant or Beneficiary, the Account will be forfeited and the forfeited amount will be
applied toward the amount of future Company contributions under Section 3.1. The forfeited amount will be restored to the Accounts from which the amount was forfeited, unadjusted for interest or any change in value occurring after the
forfeiture, upon the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s claim for the benefit. If other forfeitures are not available to restore the Accounts, the Company will contribute to the Plan the amount required to restore the Accounts.

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-14 

	6.11.	Payments to Minors and Other Persons Under Legal Disability. When a person entitled to benefits under the Plan is a minor or is under a legal disability, or, in the Committee’s opinion, is in any way
incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Committee may direct the Trustee to pay the benefits to such person’s legal representative or to a relative or friend of such person for such person’s benefit, or
the Committee may direct the application of such benefits for the benefit of such person. Any payment made in accordance with the preceding sentence will be a full and complete discharge of any liability for such payment under the Plan.

  

	6.12.	Small Amounts. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6 (including Sections 6.5 and 6.6) if a Participant’s Account balance payable under the Plan, or the value of the Qualified
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity payable to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse upon his or her death, does not exceed $3,500, the Committee, shall pay such balance or value to the Participant (or, Surviving Spouse, as the case may be) in a lump
sum upon such Participant’s Termination of Employment or death. The foregoing is amended effective for distributions beginning on or after March 28, 2005, by changing “$3,500” to “$1,000” where it appears.

  

	6.13.	Direct Rollover. To the extent required under the applicable provisions of Code Section 401(a)(31), any Participant, the Surviving Spouse of a Participant and any Spouse or former Spouse who is an
alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order receiving an “eligible rollover distribution” from the Plan (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(31)), may direct the Committee to transfer such distributable amount, or a
portion thereof, to an “eligible retirement plan” (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(31)), as a direct rollover, in accordance with Plan Rules. In no event may the amount transferred to an eligible retirement plan be less than $500 or
the entire amount of the distribution if less. Effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, an “eligible retirement plan” will also mean an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under
Code Section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and that agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan
from this Plan. Effective January 1, 2008, an “eligible retirement plan” will also include a Roth individual retirement account described in Code Section 408A. The definition of “eligible retirement plan” will also
apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). No amount that is distributed on account of
hardship will be an “eligible rollover distribution,” and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan. A portion of a distribution will not fail to be an
“eligible rollover distribution” merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity
described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion
of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution that is not so includible. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.13, effective January 1, 2009, with respect to any
distribution made to a Beneficiary who is a “designated beneficiary” (as defined by Code Section 401(a)(9)(E)) and who is not the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, such Beneficiary may elect a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer of
the eligible portion of such distribution in accordance with Code Section 402(c)(11). 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-15 

	6.14.	Interests Not Transferable; Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. 

  

	 	(a)	The interests of persons entitled to benefits under the Plan are not subject to the claims of their creditors and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily anticipated, assigned, alienated, or subjected to attachment,
garnishment, levy, execution, or any other legal or equitable process except as may be required by the tax withholding provisions of the Code or any state’s income tax act or by a qualified domestic relations order (“QDRO”) as defined
in Code Section 414(p) or ERISA Section 206(d)(3). A Participant’s interest in the Plan may be assigned in whole or in part to an alternate payee pursuant to a domestic relations order the Committee determines qualifies as a QDRO.

  

	 	(b)	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, an order will not be approved as a QDRO if: 

  

	 	(i)	it provides that an alternate payee is to have an irrevocable interest in a Participant’s benefit before the date that the benefit assigned to the alternate payee is paid to the alternate payee; 

 

	 	(ii)	it provides that an alternate payee may name a death beneficiary or alternate beneficiary of the benefit assigned to the alternate payee; or 

 

	 	(iii)	it provides for anything contrary to the terms of the Plan, the terms of ERISA Section 206(d)(3), or the terms of Code Section 414(p). 

 

	 	(c)	If any portion of a Participant’s Account is assigned to an alternate payee at an earlier time but, under the terms of the QDRO, may not be paid to the alternate payee until a substantially later time, then such
portion will be segregated into a separate account and initially invested as directed in the Blended Income Fund, subject to the alternate payee’s right to direct the investment of such account in the same manner as a Participant under
Section 5. Any subsequent payment to the alternate payee or his or her Beneficiary will include the amount segregated and any earnings thereon. 

  

	 	(d)	If a separate account is established for the benefit of the alternate payee and the alternate payee dies before receiving the entire distribution due to the alternate payee under the QDRO, the unpaid benefit will be
paid to the alternate payee’s Beneficiary determined under Section 6.9 by treating the alternate payee in the same manner as a Participant. 

  

	 	(e)	If a Participant receives a distribution of the balance in all of his or her Accounts, then the alternate payee will also be paid any remaining balance due under the QDRO. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-16 

	 	(f)	Contrary provisions of any QDRO notwithstanding, no payment to an alternate payee will exceed the balance in the Participant’s Accounts, determined as of the time the payment to the alternate payee is made.

  

	 	(g)	Notwithstanding any restrictions on the time of distribution which would otherwise apply under this Plan, distributions with respect to a QDRO may be made at any time required by the order. 

 

	 	(h)	To the extent specified in any QDRO, a Participant’s former spouse will be treated as his or her continued legal spouse for the purposes of this Plan. 

 

	6.15.	Minimum Distribution Requirement. 

  

	 	(a)	General Rules. 

  

	 	(i)	Effective Date. The provisions of this Section 6.15 will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year. 

 

	 	(ii)	Precedence. The requirements of this Section will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. 

  

	 	(iii)	Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Section will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

  

	 	(b)	Definitions. 

 Designated Beneficiary. The “Designated
Beneficiary” is the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 6.10 of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4. 

Distribution Calendar Year. A “Distribution Calendar Year” is the calendar year for which a minimum
distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning
Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 6.15(c)(ii). The required minimum distribution for the
Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for
the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-17 

 Life Expectancy. “Life Expectancy” means the life expectancy as
computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations. 
 Participant’s
Account Balance. The “Participant’s Account Balance” is the account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (“valuation calendar year”) increased by
the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account Balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the
valuation date. The Account Balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the valuation
calendar year. 
 Required Beginning Date. “Required Beginning Date” means the date specified in
Section 6.4(d) of the Plan. 
  

	 	(c)	Time and Manner of Distribution. 

  

	 	(i)	Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. 

 

	 	(ii)	Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as
follows: 

  

	 	(A)	If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the Surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1⁄2, if later.

  

	 	(B)	If there is a Designated Beneficiary, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participant’s death. This paragraph will apply to all distributions, subject to the Designated Beneficiary’s right to elect to receive distributions over his or her life expectancy under Section 6.15(c)(iv) below. 

 

	 	(C)	If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the
calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-18 

	 	(D)	If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the Surviving Spouse begin, this
Section 6.15(c)(ii), other than paragraph (A) above, will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 

For purposes of this Section 6.15(c)(ii) and Section 6.15(e), unless paragraph (D) above applies, distributions are considered
to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If paragraph (D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under paragraph (A) above. If distributions
under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to
the Surviving Spouse under paragraph (A) above, the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 
  

	 	(iii)	Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the
first Distribution Calendar Year, distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 6.15(d) and (e). If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will
be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations. 

  

	 	(iv)	Election to Allow Beneficiaries to Elect 5-Year Rule. Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule in Section 6.15(c)(ii) or the life expectancy rule in this
Section 6.15(c)(iv) and Section 6.15(e)(ii) of the Plan applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a Designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar
year in which distribution would be required to begin under Section 6.15(c)(ii) of the Plan, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, Surviving
Spouse’s) death. If neither the Participant nor Beneficiary makes an election under this paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with Section 6.l5(c)(ii) and Section 6.15(e)(ii) of the Plan. A Designated Beneficiary who is
receiving payments under the 5-year rule may make a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the life expectancy
rule for all Distribution Calendar Years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-year period. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-19 

	 	(d)	Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime.  

  

	 	(i)	Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser
of: 

  

	 	(A)	the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as
of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or 

  

	 	(B)	if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the number in the
Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.

  

	 	(ii)	Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 6.15(d) beginning with the first Distribution
Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death 

  

	 	(e)	Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death. 

  

	 	(i)	Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.  

  

	 	(A)	Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy
of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows: 

  

	 	(1)	The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

 

	 	(2)	 If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the Surviving
Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the Surviving Spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the
Surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining life 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-20 

	 	
expectancy of the Surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the Surviving Spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each
subsequent calendar year. 

  

	 	(3)	If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the
year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

	 	(B)	No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s
death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the Participant’s remaining
life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

	 	(ii)	Death Before Date Distributions Begin.  

  

	 	(A)	Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, and the Designated Beneficiary elects to receive distributions
over his or her life expectancy, then the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the
remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 6.15(e)(i). 

  

	 	(B)	No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s
death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

 

	 	(C)	Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the
Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the Surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under Section 6.15(c)(ii)(A), this Section 6.15(e)(ii) will apply as if the Surviving Spouse
were the Participant. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-21 

	 	(f)	Special Relief for 2009. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.15, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for
the enactment of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H) (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially
equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the participant’s designated
Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years, will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be
given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence (or to modify their existing distribution elections in accordance with the terms of the Plan and applicable law). 

Pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9)(H)(ii)(II), if the 5-year rule for post-death distributions described in Code
Section 401(a)(9)(B)(ii) applies with respect to required minimum distributions to a Participant’s Designated Beneficiary under the Plan, such 5-year period shall be determined without regard to 2009. 

Any distributions pursuant to this Section 6.15 to terminated Participants or Beneficiaries that include 2009 RMDs may not be rolled over
back into the Plan. In addition, a direct rollover will be offered only for distributions that would be eligible rollover distributions without regard to Code Section 401(a)(9)(H). 

 

	6.16	Plan Transfers. 

  

	 	(a)	Transfer from the Plan. If the employee classification of a Participant under this Plan is changed while he or she is an employee of the Company (or other Affiliate) or upon his or her reemployment with the
Company (or other Affiliate) and as a result the Participant becomes covered under another defined contribution plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) and maintained for employees in his or her new employee classification, then the
Participant’s Account will be transferred to such other defined contribution plan, if specifically permitted by such plan, provided that following the transfer such Account balance will continue to be subject to all of the requirements
(including vesting), limitations and options (including all distribution rights) relating to such Account under this Plan. 

  

	 	(b)	 Transfer to the Plan. If an employee of the Company who is a participant in another defined contribution plan qualified under Code
Section 401(a) becomes a Participant hereunder by reason of a change in his or her employee classification while he or she is an employee of the Company (or other Affiliate) or upon his or

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-22 

	 	
her reemployment with the Company (or other Affiliate), then, as soon as practicable following the date he or she becomes a Participant, such employee’s account balance under such other
defined contribution plan, if specifically required by such plan, will be transferred to this Plan, provided that following the transfer such account will continue to be subject to all of the requirements (including vesting), limitations and options
(including all distribution rights) of such other defined contribution plan. Such transferred amounts will be invested as provided under Section 5. 

  

	 	(c)	Code section 411(d)(6) Protected Benefits. No transfer under this Section 6.16 shall reduce or eliminate any benefit protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) determined immediately prior to the transfer
and the Plan Administrator shall administer and interpret the Plan consistent with this requirement. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 6-23 

 SECTION 7: PLAN LOANS. 

 

	 	7.1.	Loan Provisions. Plan Loans are provided under this Plan in accordance with the provisions of Supplement A. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 7-1 

 SECTION 8: PLAN ADMINISTRATION 

Prior to June 28, 2004, this Section 8 shall read as follows: 
  

	8.1.	Plan Administration. The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee. The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” as
described in Section 3(16)(A) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). 

  

	8.2.	Membership and Authority of Committee. The Committee shall consist of one or more persons appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Members of the Committee shall be the “Named
Fiduciaries” (as described in Section 402 of ERISA) under the Plan. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 8, in controlling and managing the operation and administration of the Plan, the Committee shall act by a
majority of its then Members by meeting or by writing filed without meeting and shall have the following powers, rights and duties in addition to those vested in it elsewhere in the Plan: 

 

	 	(a)	To adopt, amend, and rescind such rules, procedures and regulations as, in its opinion, may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the provisions of the Plan.

  

	 	(b)	To enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms and with such applicable rules and regulations as may be adopted by the Committee. 

  

	 	(c)	To determine, in its sole discretion, all questions arising under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the power to determine the rights or eligibility of employees or Participants and their Beneficiaries and their
respective benefits, to recoup any benefits to which a Participant or his or her Beneficiary are not entitled, to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions. 

 

	 	(d)	To maintain and keep adequate records concerning the Plan and concerning its proceedings and acts in such form and detail as the Committee may decide. 

 

	 	(e)	To direct all payments of benefits under the Plan. 

 The certificate of a majority of the
members of the Committee that the Committee has taken or authorized any action shall be conclusive in favor of any person relying on the certificate. 
  

	8.3.	Delegation By Committee. In exercising its authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, the Committee may employ agents and counsel (who may also be employed by or represent the
Company) and to delegate to them or to individual Committee members such powers as the Committee deems desirable. Any such delegation shall be in writing and shall reflect the unanimous action of the Committee members then acting. The writing
contemplated by the foregoing sentence shall fully describe the advice to be rendered or the functions and duties to be performed by the delegate. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 8-1 

	8.4.	Uniform Rules. In managing the Plan, the Committee will uniformly apply rules and regulations adopted by it to all Participants similarly situated. 

 

	8.5.	Information to be Furnished to Committee. The Company shall furnish the Committee such data and information as may be required. The records of the Company as to an employee’s or Participant’s period of
employment, termination of employment and the reason therefor, leave of absence, reemployment and earnings will be conclusive on all persons unless determined to be incorrect. Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan must
furnish to the Committee such evidence, data or information as the Committee considers desirable to carry out the Plan. 

  

	8.6.	Committee’s Decision Final. To the extent permitted by law, any interpretation of the Plan and any decision on any matter within the discretion of the Committee made by the Committee in good faith is binding
on all persons. A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes known, and the Committee shall make such adjustment on account thereof as it considers equitable and practicable. 

 

	8.7.	Exercise of Committee’s Duties. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall discharge its duties hereunder solely in the interests of the Participants in the Plan and their
beneficiaries, and: 

  

	 	(a)	For the exclusive purpose of: 

  

	 	(i)	providing benefits to Plan Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan; and 

  

	 	(ii)	defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; 

  

	 	(b)	And with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
character and with like aims. 

  

	8.8.	Remuneration and Expenses. No remuneration shall be paid to any Committee member as such. However, the reasonable expenses of a Committee member incurred in the performance of a Committee function shall be
reimbursed by the Company in such proportions as the Company decides. 

  

	8.9.	Resignation or Removal of Committee Member. A Committee member may resign at any time by giving ten days’ advance written notice to the Company and the other Committee members. The Company may remove a
Committee member by giving advance written notice to him, and the other Committee members. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 8-2 

	8.10.	Appointment of Successor Committee Members. The Company may fill any vacancy in the membership of the Committee and shall give prompt written notice thereof to the other Committee members. While there is a
vacancy in the membership of the Committee, the remaining Committee members shall have the same powers as the full Committee until the vacancy is filled. 

  

	8.11.	Interested Committee Member. A Committee member may not decide or determine any matter or question concerning his or her own benefits under the Plan or as to how they are to be paid to him or her unless such
decision could be made by him or her under the Plan if he or she were not a Committee member. 

  

	8.12.	Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, any notice or document relating to the Plan required to be given to or filed with the Committee shall be considered to be properly given or filed if
delivered to the Company’s Pension Department (WHQTE), 1200 East Algonquin Road, Elk Grove Township, Illinois, or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Company’s Pension Department (WHQTE), in care of the Company, at
P. 0. Box 66100, Chicago, Illinois 60666. 

  

	8.13.	Evidence. Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented
by the proper party or parties. 

  

	8.14.	Action by Company. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Company under the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors, or by a person or persons authorized by its Board of Directors.

 Effective June 28, 2004, this Section 8 shall read as follows: 

 

	8.1	Plan Administrator. The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan is vested in the Company. The Company is the ‘Plan Administrator’ as described in
Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA. The Company shall be the ‘Named Fiduciary’ (as described in Section 402 of ERISA) under the Plan. Except in cases where the Plan expressly requires action on behalf of the Company be taken by its board
of directors, action on behalf of the Company may be taken by any person or persons, or committee, to whom responsibilities for the operation and administration of the Plan are delegated by the Company, provided action of such person, persons or
committee shall be within the scope of such delegation. 

  

	8.2	Committee Membership and Authority. The Company may, in its discretion, appoint a committee to act as agent of the Company in performing the duties of Plan Administrator. In such case, the committee will consist
of one or more persons appointed by the board of directors of the Company and shall be subject to the following: 

  

	 	(a)	The committee shall act by a majority of its then members by meeting or by writing filed without meeting. 

  

	 	(b)	A committee member may resign at any time by giving ten days’ advance written notice to the Company and the other committee members. The Company may remove a committee member by giving advance written notice to him
or her and the other committee members. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 8-3 

	 	(c)	The Company may fill any vacancy in the membership of the committee and shall give prompt written notice thereof to the other committee members. While there is a vacancy in the membership of the committee, the remaining
committee members shall have the same powers as the full committee until the vacancy is filled. 

  

	 	(d)	A certificate of either the secretary to the committee or a majority of the members of the committee that the committee has taken or authorized any action will be conclusive in favor of any person relying on the
certificate. 

  

	8.3	Powers and Duties of Plan Administrator. Subject to the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have the following powers, rights and duties in addition to those vested in it
elsewhere in the Plan: 

  

	 	(a)	To adopt, amend and rescind such rules, procedures and regulations as, in its opinion, may be necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the provisions of
the Plan. 

  

	 	(b)	To enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms and with such applicable rules and regulations as may be adopted by the Plan Administrator. 

 

	 	(c)	To determine, in its sole discretion, all questions arising under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the power to determine the rights or eligibility of employees or Participants and their Beneficiaries and their
respective benefits, to recoup any benefits to which a Participant or his or her Beneficiary are not entitled, to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions. 

 

	 	(d)	To maintain and keep adequate records concerning the Plan and concerning the Plan Administrator’s proceedings and acts in such form and detail as the Plan Administrator may decide. 

 

	 	(e)	To direct all payments of benefits under the Plan. 

  

	8.4	Delegation By Plan Administrator. In exercising its authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and counsel (who may also be employed by
or represent the Company) and may delegate to them or to other individuals such powers as the Plan Administrator deems desirable. Any such delegation shall be in writing and shall fully describe the advice to be rendered or the functions and duties
to be performed by the delegate, as well as the authority of the delegate to perform such functions and duties. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 8-4 

	8.5	Uniform Rules. In managing the Plan, the Plan Administrator will uniformly apply rules and regulations adopted by it to all Participants similarly situated. 

 

	8.6	Plan Administrator’s Decision Final. To the extent permitted by law, any interpretation of the Plan and any decision on any matter within the discretion of the Plan Administrator made by the Plan
Administrator in good faith is binding on all persons. A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes known, and the Plan Administrator shall make such adjustment on account thereof as it considers equitable and
practicable. 

  

	8.7	Information to be Furnished to Plan Administrator. The Company shall furnish the Plan Administrator with such data and information as may be required. The records of the Company as to an employee’s or
Participant’s period of employment, termination of employment and the reason therefor, leave of absence, reemployment and earnings will be the basis for administering the Plan and will be conclusive on all persons unless determined to be
incorrect. Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan must furnish to the Plan Administrator such evidence, data or information as the Plan Administrator considers necessary or desirable to administer the Plan.

  

	8.8	Exercise of Plan Administrator’s Duties. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall discharge its duties hereunder solely in the interests of the Participants in the Plan
and their beneficiaries, and: 

  

	 	(a)	for the exclusive purpose of: 

  

	 	(i)	providing benefits to the Plan Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan; and 

  

	 	(ii)	defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; and 

  

	 	(b)	with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
character and with like aims. 

  

	8.9	Remuneration and Expenses. No remuneration shall be paid to any employee of the Company as such. However, the reasonable expenses of the Plan Administrator incurred in the performance of a Plan administration
function shall be paid from the Trust Fund to the extent not reimbursed by the Company. 

  

	8.10	Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, any notice or document relating to the Plan required to be given to or filed with: 

 

	 	(a)	the Company or the Plan Administrator shall be considered to be properly given or filed if delivered to the Company’s Pension Program Department (WHQTE), 1200 East Algonquin Road, Elk Grove Township, Illinois
60007, or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Company’s Pension Program Department (WHQTE), in care of the Company, at P.O. Box 66100, Chicago, Illinois 60666; 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 8-5 

	 	(b)	an entity acting under the Funding Part, shall be given or filed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable document or documents constituting the Funding Part. 

 

	8.11	Evidence. Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information that the person acting on it on behalf of the Plan considers pertinent and reliable, and
signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties. 

  

	8.12	Reliance. The Company, its officers and directors, the members of the Retirement Board, and the members of any committee will be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates and reports
furnished by any duly appointed entity acting under the Funding Part, actuary and/or accountant and upon all opinions given by any duly appointed legal counsel and/or investment counsel. 

 

	8.13	Top-Heavy Provisions. The special rules of Code Section 416 applicable to “top-heavy” plans do not apply to the Plan pursuant to Code Section 416(i)(4). 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 8-6 

 SECTION 9: CLAIMS PROCEDURE AND RETIREMENT
BOARD 
  

	9.1.	Filing of a Benefit Claim. Claims with respect to Plan benefits must be filed promptly and in the manner described in Section 8.12. A Participant or other person who files a claim for a Plan benefit
is referred to as a “Claimant” in this Section 9. 

  

	9.2.	Denial of a Benefit Claim. If a benefit claim is wholly or partially denied, notice of the denial will be furnished to the Claimant, within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the claim by WHQTE,
setting forth: 

  

	 	(a)	The specific reason or reasons for the denial; 

  

	 	(b)	Specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; 

  

	 	(c)	A description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, if any, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and 

 

	 	(d)	An explanation of the review procedures described in Sections 9.3 through 9.4. 

 If a denial
notice has not been furnished and the claim has not been acted on within 90 days (180 days if extended) after the claim is filed, the Participant may proceed to request a review under Section 9.3. This 90 day period may be extended by up to an
additional 90 days if circumstances beyond the Committee’s control so require and if notice of such extension is given to the claimant within the 90 day period following the filing of the claim. 

 

	9.3.	Request for Review. Upon receipt of a denial notice, a Claimant, or the authorized representative thereof, may review the documents underlying such claim and on which the denial was based. Within 60 days
following the date of notice of denial of a claim, a Claimant, or the authorized representative thereof, may, by writing properly filed as provided in Section 8.12, request review of such denial. If the Claimant’s request for review
relates to participation in and benefits under the Plan such request for review will be made to the Retirement Board pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.4(b). All other requests for review will be made to the Committee. The request must
state the reasons the Claimant believes the denial is in error and the Claimant may, within 30 days of filing such request, submit written issues and comments to the Retirement Board or the Committee, as applicable. The Committee or the Retirement
Board may for good cause, grant extensions of the filing times specified in this Section 9.3. 

  

	9.4.	Review by Committee or Retirement Board. 

  

	 	(a)	 The Committee will review the claim denials which are not subject to review by the Retirement Board under Section 9.4(b) and, after consultation
with such persons as the Committee deems appropriate, will render a decision to the Claimant, or the authorized representative thereof. This decision will be made not later than 60 days following receipt of the request for review, unless special
circumstances require an extension of time for processing. Notice of such 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 9-1 

	 	
extension will be given to the Claimant within 60 days of the receipt of the request for review, and a decision will be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days following receipt
of the request for review. If a decision is not made within such 60 day period (or 120 day period, if extended), the Participant may treat the claim review as denied. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the decision of the Committee will be
final and binding on all parties. 

  

	 	(b)	The Retirement Board has the exclusive power to hear and determine all disputes, under the procedures hereinafter provided, arising out of the application or interpretation of the Plan concerning participation in and
benefits under the Plan with power to sustain, reverse, alter, modify or amend any decision giving rise to such disputes. 

  

	 	(i)	The jurisdiction of the Retirement Board will be limited to all disputes which may arise out of the interpretation or application of the Plan concerning the participation in or benefits under the Plan, and such
jurisdiction will be exclusive. Such disputes may be submitted to the Retirement Board either by the Association, the Committee, a Flight Attendant, a Participant or any person claiming under a Flight Attendant or Participant. 

 

	 	(ii)	The Retirement Board will establish rules of procedure for the conduct of its business and of hearings before it, which rules will not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 9.4(b). 

 

	 	(iii)	The Retirement Board will act at a meeting or by the written consent of the members without a meeting. 

  

	 	(iv)	A meeting of the Retirement Board may be called by any two members on 30 days’ advance written notice to the other members or without notice if called by mutual agreement of the members. Meetings of the Retirement
Board will be held at the Company’s World Headquarters office unless otherwise agreed to by the members. Three members of the Retirement Board will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions passed or other actions
taken by the Retirement Board at a meeting or by written consent will be by the affirmative vote or agreement of not fewer than three members. Unless otherwise specified in this Plan or in rules unanimously adopted by the members of the Retirement
Board, a majority of the votes cast on an issue will control. At all Retirement Board meetings, Company members present will be entitled to one such vote each, and Association members present will be entitled to one vote each. If at any such
meeting, two Company members are not present, the Company member present may cast two votes. Similarly, if at any such meeting two Association members are not present, the Association member present may cast two votes. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 9-2 

	 	(v)	The Claimant may request an oral argument. After receiving the written issues and comments submitted by a Claimant and any request for an oral hearing, the Retirement Board will review them and, after such consultation
with the Claimant and such other persons as the Retirement Board deems appropriate, will advise the Claimant whether an oral hearing will be scheduled. 

  

	 	(vi)	Hearings will be held at the Company’s executive offices in Elk Grove Township, Illinois, unless the Retirement Board, by a majority vote, otherwise determines. 

 

	 	(vii)	Whether or not a hearing will be held, the Retirement Board will render a decision to the Claimant not later than 60 days following receipt of the appeal, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for
processing, and notice of such extension is given to the Claimant within 60 days of receipt of the appeal, in which case a decision will be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days following receipt of a request for review of a
claim, and if not made within such time limit, the Participant may treat the claim review as denied. 

  

	 	(viii)	The Retirement Board will have the right to review the following in connection with the Plan: 

  

	 	(A)	All data that is necessary and pertinent to the claim being considered by the Retirement Board; and 

  

	 	(B)	Such other data as is necessary and pertinent to the discharge of the duties of the Retirement Board as described in Section 9.4(b). 

 

	 	(ix)	If the Retirement Board deadlocks in the case of any dispute properly before it, the Committee and the Association will, within ten days after notice of such deadlock, agree upon an impartial referee. If the parties
fail to agree upon the selection of a mutually acceptable referee, the Company or the Association will request the National Mediation Board to select a referee, preferably a person with knowledge of pension plans. When an impartial referee is
selected, the Retirement Board will become a five member board to break the deadlock and for all further action of the Retirement Board with respect to the dispute until the final decision is made in the dispute. The impartial referee will act as
the Chairperson of the Retirement Board during the proceedings pertaining to such dispute. 

  

	 	(x)	Except as may be otherwise required by law, the decision of the Retirement Board, as constituted, will be final and binding upon all parties, including the Association, the Company, the Committee, the Trustee, a Flight
Attendant, a Participant and any other person claiming under a Flight Attendant or Participant. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 9-3 

	 	(xi)	The Retirement Board will not have jurisdiction or power to add to or subtract from the Plan of any amendments thereto. 

  

	 	(xii)	No ruling or decision of the Retirement Board in one case will create a basis for a retroactive adjustment in any prior case. 

  

	9.5.	Retirement Board. 

  

	 	(a)	Membership. The Retirement Board will consist of two persons appointed by the Association and two persons appointed by the Company. The Association will select an alternate who may act for either of the two
persons appointed by the Association in the event of absence, or inability to act of one of such members. The Committee will likewise select an alternate who may act for either of the two persons appointed to the Retirement Board by the Committee.

  

	 	(b)	Officers. The Retirement Board will select from among its members a Chairperson and a Secretary (who may, but need not be, a member) who will serve for a period of one year or until their respective successors
are chosen, if later. The Chairperson of the Retirement Board will be alternated, in one-year terms, between a member appointed by the Association and a member appointed by the Committee. The certificate of either the Secretary to the Retirement
Board or a majority of the members of the Retirement Board that the Retirement Board has taken or authorized any action will be conclusive in favor of any person relying on the certificate. 

 

	 	(c)	Fiduciary Standards. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Retirement Board will discharge its duties hereunder solely in the interests of the Participants in the Plan and their beneficiaries,
and: 

  

	 	(i)	for the exclusive purpose of (A) providing benefits to Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, and (B) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; 

 

	 	(ii)	with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
character with like aims. 

  

	 	(d)	Reimbursement and Expenses of Retirement Board Members. No compensation will be paid to a Retirement Board member as such. The travel and other reasonable expenses incurred by a member as a result of her or his
attendance at meetings of the Retirement Board will be reimbursed by the Company in the case of members appointed by the Committee and by the Association in the case of members appointed by it. The members of the Retirement Board appointed by the
Association, at the expense of the Association, and members of the Retirement Board appointed by the Committee, at the expense of the Company, may employ outside consultants who may attend any meeting of the Retirement Board and have access to all
data necessary and pertinent to such meeting. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 9-4 

	 	(e)	Record of Actions. The Retirement Board will keep a record of all of its proceedings and will keep or cause to be kept all such books, accounts, records or other data as may be necessary or advisable in its
judgment. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 9-5 

 SECTION 10: AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 

 

	10.1.	Amendment. While the Company expects and intends to continue the Plan, the Company reserves the right to amend the Plan from time to time with approval of the Association, except as follows:

  

	 	(a)	The duties and liabilities of the Committee cannot be changed substantially without its consent; 

  

	 	(b)	No amendment may reduce the value of a Participant’s benefits to less than the amount he or she would have been entitled to receive if he or she had resigned from the employ of the Company on the date of the
amendment; and 

  

	 	(c)	Except as provided in Section 4.4 under no condition may an amendment result in the return or repayment to the Company of any part of the Trust Fund or the income from it or result in the distribution of the Trust
Fund for the benefit of anyone other than persons entitled to benefits under the Plan. 

  

	 	(d)	Any amendment to the Plan shall be submitted to the Association 30 days in advance of its adoption by the Company. 

  

	10.2.	Termination. The Plan will terminate on the first to occur of the following: 

  

	 	(a)	The date it is terminated by the Company with approval of the Association. 

  

	 	(b)	The date that the Company is judicially declared bankrupt or insolvent. 

  

	 	(c)	The dissolution, merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the Company, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets, except that in any such event, if required by applicable law or private
agreement, arrangements may be made whereby the Plan will be continued by any successor to the Company or any purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets, in which case the successor or purchaser will be substituted for the Company under the
Plan and any trust agreements or other funding vehicles. 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
upon a full or partial termination of the Plan, an affected Participant’s right to his or her Account shall be one hundred percent (100%) nonforfeitable. 
  

	10.3.	Distribution on Termination. If, on termination or partial termination of the Plan, a Participant remains an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, the amount of his or her benefits will be retained in
the Trust Fund until his or her Termination of Employment and then will be paid to him or her in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 6; provided, however, the Committee, in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations, may
direct the Trustee to distribute to each Participant the entire balance of his or her Accounts. If the Participant’s Termination of Employment is coincident with the termination of the Plan, his or her benefits will be paid to him or her in a
lump sum, subject to the provisions of Section 6.5. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 10-1 

	10.4.	Notice of Amendment or Termination. Participants will be notified of an amendment to or termination of the Plan as required by law. 

 

	10.5.	Plan Merger, Consolidation, Etc. In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each Participant’s benefits measured as if the Plan had
terminated immediately after such merger, consolidation, or transfer will be equal to or greater than the benefits he or she would have been entitled to receive if the Plan had terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer.

  

	10.6.	Vesting Upon Termination, Partial Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions. Upon the termination of the Plan or upon the complete discontinuance of contributions, the Accounts of each affected
Participant will vest in full. Upon a partial termination of the Plan, the Accounts of each Participant as to whom the Plan has been partially terminated will vest in full. 

 

	10.7.	ESOP Transfers for Certain Current and Former Employees. An employee or former employee’s account balance under the trust related to the terminated UAL Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan may be
transferred to this Plan in accordance with uniform procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator from time to time. Any such transferred amounts will be invested as provided under Section 5 and, in the case of any missing Participant or
Beneficiary, will be subject to Section 6.10. 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this conformed restatement to
be executed on its behalf this              day of January, 2013. 
  

					
	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	  

		 	Title:	 	  

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 10-2 

 SUPPLEMENT A 

PLAN LOANS 

A-1. Purpose and Effect. The purpose of this Supplement A to the United Airlines Flight Attendant 401(k) Plan is to reflect the
applicable provisions of the Plan relating to Plan Loans, as agreed to by and between the Company and the Association pursuant to the terms of the collective bargaining agreement ratified on October 1, 1997 and executed on December 3,
1997, the following Plan loan provisions became effective April 1, 1998. 
 A-2. Loans to Participants. The Committee, upon
application by a Participant who is an employee of the Company or who is a “party in interest” with respect to the Plan (as such term is defined in section 3(14) of ERISA), may authorize a loan to be made to the Participant from his or her
vested Accounts held in the Trust Fund, subject to the further provisions of this Supplement A. A Participant’s loan application must be made in accordance with Plan Rules. 

A-3. Amount of Loan; Number of Loans.  
  

	 	(a)	No loan shall be made to a Participant if, immediately after such loan, the sum of the outstanding balances (including principal and interest) of all loans made to him or her under this Plan and under any other
qualified retirement plans maintained by the Company or an Affiliate would exceed $50,000, reduced by the excess, if any, of: 

  

	 	(i)	the highest outstanding balance of all loans to the Participant from the plans during the one-year period ending on the day immediately before the date on which the loan is made; over 

 

	 	(ii)	the outstanding balance of loans from the plans to the Participant on the date on which such loan is made. 

  

	 	(b)	No loan shall be made to a Participant if the aggregate amount of that loan and the outstanding balance of any other loans to the Participant from the Plan would exceed one-half of the total vested balance of the
Participant’s Accounts under the Plan as of the date the loan is made. 

  

	 	(c)	The Participant may not have outstanding at one time more than two loans. 

 A-4. Order of
Depletion of Accounts for Loans. Prior to December 31, 2005, each loan to a Participant shall be charged against the Participant’s Elective Deferral Reduction Contribution Account and shall be charged against each Investment Fund in
which his or her Account is invested in the same ratio as the value of his or her interest in such Fund with respect to such Account bears to the total of all his or her interest in that Account. A loan application fee, if any, charged by the
Trustee or another third party will be charged against the Participant’s Accounts in the same order. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Supp. A-1 

 Effective December 31, 2005 but prior to August 1, 2006, each loan to a Participant shall be charged
first against the Participant’s Elective Deferral Reduction Account and then the Employer Equity Distribution Account, and shall be charged against each Investment Fund (other than the UAL Stock Fund) in which his or her Account is invested in
the same ratio as the value of his or her interest in such Fund with respect to such Account bears to the total of all his or her interest in that Account. A loan application fee, if any, charged by the Trustee or another third party will be charged
against the Participant’s Accounts in the same order. 
 Effective August 1, 2006, each loan to a Participant shall be charged first against the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, then against the Participant’s Employer Equity Distribution Account, then against the Participant’s Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds Account, and then against all other Company
Contribution Accounts of the Participant if any. The proceeds for a loan shall be charged against each Investment Fund (other than the UAL Stock Fund or the Fidelity BrokerageLink) in which the Participant’s Account is invested in the same
ratio as the value of his or her interest in such Fund with respect to such Account bears to the total of all his or her interest in that Account. Amounts invested in the UAL Stock Fund or the Fidelity BrokerageLink must be transferred to another
Investment Fund to be available to fund a Participant’s loan. A loan application fee, if any, charged by the Trustee or another third party will be charged against the Participant’s Accounts in the same order. 

Effective January 1, 2006, each loan to a Participant shall be charged first against the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, then the
Participant’s Matching Contribution Account, next the Participant’s Direct Contribution Account, next the Participant’s Employer Equity Distribution Account, next the Participant’s Company Contributions of Notes Proceeds Account
(effective August 1, 2006), and then against all other Company Contribution Accounts of the Participant, if any. The proceeds for a loan shall be charged against each Investment Fund (other than the UAL Stock Fund or the Fidelity BrokerageLink)
in which the Participant’s Account is invested in the same ratio as the value of his or her interest in such Fund with respect to such Account bears to the total of all his or her interest in that Account. Amounts invested in the UAL Stock Fund
or the Fidelity BrokerageLink must be transferred to another Investment Fund to be available to fund a Participant’s loan. A loan application fee, if any, charged by the Trustee or another third party will be charged against the
Participant’s Accounts in the same order. 
 Effective January 1, 2007, each loan to a Participant shall be charged on a pro rata basis against
the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account, the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account, the Participant’s Direct Contribution Account, the Participant’s Employer Equity
Distribution Account, the Participant’s Company Contributions of Notes Proceeds Account, the Participant’s Profit Sharing Contribution Account, and all other Company Contribution Accounts of the Participant, if any. The proceeds for a loan
shall be charged against each Investment Fund (other than the UAL Stock Fund or the Fidelity BrokerageLink) in which the Participant’s Account is invested in the same ratio as the value of his or her interest in such Fund with respect to such
Account bears to the total of all his or her interest in that Account. Amounts invested in the UAL Stock Fund or the Fidelity BrokerageLink must be transferred to another Investment Fund to be available to fund a Participant’s loan. A loan
application fee, if any, charged by the Trustee or another third party will be charged against the Participant’s Accounts in the same order. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Supp. A-2 

 A-5. Promissory Note; Security for Loan; Terms of Repayment. 

(a) Each loan shall be evidenced by a written note providing for: 

(1) a reasonable repayment period of not more than 5 years from the date of the loan (or such longer period as the Committee
may permit for a loan used to acquire a dwelling which, within a reasonable period of time, will be used as the Participant’s principal residence); 

(2) a reasonable rate of interest; 

(3) substantially equal payments of principal and interest over the term of the loan no less frequently than quarterly; and

 (4) such other terms and conditions as Plan Rules prescribe. 

(b) Promissory notes shall be held by the Trustee. 

(c) Payments of principal and interest to the Trustee with respect to any loan to a Participant: 

(1) shall reduce the outstanding balance with respect to that loan; 

(2) shall be credited to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Contribution Account; and 

(3) shall be invested in the Investment Funds in accordance with his or her current investment directions. 

(d) A Participant’s obligation to repay a loan (or loans) from the Plan shall be secured by the Participant’s vested interest in the
Plan. 
 (e) Generally, loan repayments will be made by payroll deductions for each payroll period. However, during any period when payroll
deduction is not possible or is not permitted under applicable law, repayment will be made by check or other form of payment as the recordkeeper may permit. In addition, to the extent permitted under applicable law, loan repayments will continue
during a Participant’s bankruptcy, unless a court of competent jurisdiction orders the Plan to cease such repayments and a copy of such order is provided to the Plan Administrator. 

(f) The loan may be prepaid in full at any time without penalty. 

(g) Any loan to a Participant shall become immediately due and payable upon his or her Termination of Employment with the Company if he or she
does not continue to be a party in interest to the Plan after such termination. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a Participant who is on furlough will not be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Employment if the Plan first receives
notification from the Employer on or after December 18, 2009 of such furlough status. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the outstanding 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Supp. A-3 

 
balance of principal and interest on any loan is not paid at the expiration of its term or upon acceleration in accordance with the preceding sentence, a default shall occur and the Trustee shall
apply all or a portion of the Participant’s vested interest in the Plan in satisfaction of such outstanding obligation, but only to the extent such vested interest (or portion thereof) is then distributable under the terms of the Plan. If
necessary to satisfy the entire outstanding obligation, such application of the Participant’s vested interest may be executed in a series of actions as amounts credited to the Participant’s Account become distributable. 

(h) If distribution is to be made to a Beneficiary, any outstanding promissory note of the Participant shall be canceled and the unpaid balance
of the loan, together with any accrued interest thereon, shall be treated as a distribution to or on behalf of the Participant immediately prior to commencement of distribution to the Beneficiary. 

(i) If a Participant takes an illness leave of absence authorized by the Company and if the leave is unpaid or the Participant’s pay
during the leave (after income and employment tax withholdings) is not sufficient to pay the installments when due, a default will not occur during the period of the leave, but only for a period up to the first anniversary of the date the leave
began. If a failure to pay installments on a loan during an illness leave of absence does not result in a default, the outstanding principal and interest under the Participant’s note will be reamortized over the remaining term of the Note. 

A-6. Administration. 
  

	 	(d)	The Committee shall establish uniform procedures for applying for a loan, evaluating loan applications, and setting reasonable rates of interest, which shall be communicated to Participants in writing.

  

	 	(e)	Plan Rules may specify other terms and conditions as may be necessary or desirable for the administration of loans under this Supplement. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Supp. A-4 

 UNITED AIRLINES 

FLIGHT ATTENDANT 401(k) PLAN 

2002 RESTATEMENT 

Exhibit A – Special Effective Dates 

The following Plan provisions are effective prior to the Restatement Date: 

Definitions 
 Effective for Plan Years beginning on or
after January 1, 1997, the family aggregation rules ceased to apply in determining Earnings, Highly Compensated Employees and the Actual Deferral Percentage Test. 

The definition of “Highly Compensated Employee” in Section 1.4 is effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997. 

The definition of “Leased Employee” in Section 1.4 is effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997. 

The definition of “Section 415 Wages” in Section 1.4 of the Plan is generally effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after
January 1, 1998. Effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, Section 415 Wages includes amounts that are not included in the gross income of the employee by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4). 

ADP Testing 
 The Actual Deferral Percentage Test under
Section 3.2(a) was applied using the prior year testing method or the current year testing method as follows: 
  

			
	 Plan Year
	  	 Method

	 12/1/97 – 11/30/98
	  	current year
	 12/1/98 – 11/30/99
	  	prior year
	 12/1/99 – 11/30/00
	  	prior year
	 12/1/00 – 11/30/01
	  	prior year
	 12/1/01 – 12/31/01
	  	prior year

 Aggregate Defined Contributions/Defined Benefit Plan Limitation 

The combined benefit limitation of Section 5.4 of the Prior Plan for a Participant in both a defined benefit pension plan and defined contribution plan of
the Company and its Affiliates, as described in Code Section 415(e), ceased to be effective under the Plan for Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2000. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Exh. A 

 Distributions 

Effective on and after January 1, 1997, the required beginning date and timing of distribution was changed for non-5% owners to April 1 following the
later of (i) the year the employee attains age 70 1⁄2, or (ii) the year in which the employee experiences a Termination of Employment. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Exh. A 

 Exhibit B 

UAL Corporation 

Employee Stock Distribution Plan 

SECTION 1: PLAN PURPOSE. 
  

	1.1.	General. In connection with the reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code of UAL Corporation (the “Company”) and its Affiliates (collectively “United”),
United employees have agreed to relinquish contractual rights, to reduce their pay rates and to change their work rules as part of the reorganization process in order to reduce costs and improve the Company’s financial position. The purpose of
this Employee Stock Distribution Plan (the “Plan”) is to establish the terms for issuing and allocating shares of common stock of the Company that are to be distributed to or on behalf of employees or former employees of United pursuant to
the Company’s reorganization plan. 

  

	1.2.	Collective Bargaining. As it relates to Qualified Employees who are in the class or craft of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement with United pursuant to which the Employer has agreed to
provide such Qualified Employees with participation in a profit sharing bonus plan, this Plan is maintained pursuant to such agreement. 

  

	1.3.	Effective Date. The Plan will be effective upon the effective date of the Company’s plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 

 

	1.4.	Definitions. Unless otherwise specified, the capitalized terms under the Plan have the meanings given below: 

Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

Cause. “Cause” means (i) dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, or material and deliberate injury or attempted
injury, in each case related to the Employer or any affiliate or its businesses, (ii) unlawful or criminal activity of a serious nature that in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, is likely to have an adverse effect on the Employer, any
affiliate or its reputation, (iii) any willful and deliberate breach of a duty or habitual neglect of duty, or (iv) any breach of any confidentiality, non-compete or non-solicitation agreement with the Employer or any affiliate, provided,
in the case of a Collective Bargaining Employee, such basis for termination of employment is considered “cause” justifying termination under the applicable collective bargaining agreement. 

Code. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including, when the context requires, all
regulations, interpretations and rulings issued thereunder). 
 Collective Bargaining Employee. “Collective
Bargaining Employee” means an employee who (i) is in the class or craft of employees subject to the provisions of a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the representative of such class or craft of employees, and
(ii) is on the Employer’s United States payroll. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Exh. B 

 Committee. “Committee” means the Human Resources Subcommittee of
the Board or such other committee appointed by the Board to exercise the powers and perform the duties assigned to the Human Resources Subcommittee under this Plan. 

Company. “Company” means UAL Corporation. 

Disability. “Disability” means the Employee has been determined to be disabled under the Employer’s
long-term disability plan in which such Employee participates or by the Company pursuant to Plan Rules. 
 Employee Group.
“Employee Group” means one of the groups of Qualified Employees described in Section II.A. 
 Employer.
“Employer” means the Company, United Air Lines, Inc., Mileage Plus, Inc., Ameniti Travel Clubs, Inc., and UAL Loyalty Services, Inc. 

ERISA. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended,
including any related regulations. 
 Foreign Plan. “Foreign Plan” means an individual account, tax-favored
savings plan maintained by the Company on behalf of certain Qualified Employees in the AFA Group who are domiciled outside of the United States and not subject to U.S. federal income taxation. 

Furlough. “Furlough” means a Qualified Employee’s termination of employment with the Employer in
connection with which such Qualified Employee has reemployment rights, or is classified by the Employer as on “furlough status,” or, in the case of a Collective Bargaining Employee, such other employment action as may be defined as a
“furlough” in the applicable collective bargaining agreement. 
 Pilot Seniority List. “Pilot Seniority
List” means the United Airlines pilot system seniority list as of May 1, 2003. 
 Plan Rules. “Plan
Rules” means rules, procedures, policies or practices established by the Company (or the Committee) with respect to the administration of the Plan, which need not be reflected in a written instrument and may be changed at any time without
notice. 
 Plan Year. “Plan Year” means the 12-month period that corresponds to the Company’s fiscal
year. 
 Qualified AMFA Employee. “Qualified AMFA Employee” means an individual employed on or after
May 1, 2003 by an Employer who, on December 31, 2005, or earlier death, Disability, Retirement or termination of employment, was in the class or craft of employees covered by the mechanics collective bargaining agreement between United and
the Aircraft Mechanics Fraternal Association (“AMFA”), other than an employee who was terminated for Cause and not reinstated prior to the first distribution made under this Plan. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Exh. B 

 Qualified Employee. “Qualified Employee” means an employee who
is a Qualified Flight Attendant Employee, Qualified Pilot Employee, Qualified SAM Employee, Qualified AMFA Employee, Qualified IAM Employee, Qualified PAFCA Employee or Qualified TWU Employee. 

Qualified Flight Attendant Employee. “Qualified Flight Attendant Employee” mean an employee of an Employer
who, on December 30, 2005, or earlier termination of employment, was in the class or craft of employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement between United and the Association of Flight Attendants (“AFA”), other than an
employee whose employment terminated on account of his or her death, Retirement, voluntary termination or termination for Cause, and who was on the Flight Attendant seniority list on December 30, 2005. 

Qualified IAM Employee. “Qualified IAM Employee” means an individual employed by an Employer on or after
May 1, 2003 who, on December 31, 2005, or earlier death, Disability, Retirement or termination of employment, was in the class or craft of employees covered by the security officers, food service, ramp and stores, fleet technical
instructors and related employees, maintenance instructors or public contact collective bargaining agreements between United and the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, District 141 (“IAM”), other than an
employee who voluntarily terminated employment or who was terminated for Cause. 
 Qualified PAFCA Employee.
“Qualified PAFCA Employee” means an individual employed by an Employer on or after May 1, 2003 who, on December 31, 2005, or earlier death, Disability, Retirement or termination of employment, was in the class or craft of
employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Professional Airline Flight Control Association (“PAFCA”), other than an employee who was terminated for Cause. 

Qualified Pilot Employee. “Qualified Pilot Employee” means any pilot who was on the Pilot Seniority List,
excluding any “management pilot” or “flight management employee” who, as of December 31, 2005, was in a “J-Level” job classification or higher and is a Qualified SAM Employee. In addition, the four pilots who died
in connection with the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 shall be treated as Qualified Pilot Employees and, for purposes of the distribution of Shares allocable to the ALPA Group pursuant to Exhibit B, shall be treated as though they were
continuously in the active service of the Employer through December 31, 2009. 
 Qualified Plan. “Qualified
Plan” means the individual account retirement plan, intended to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code, that is maintained for the benefit of a Qualified Employee. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Exh. B 

 Qualified SAM Employee. “Qualified SAM Employee” means an
individual who was employed by the Employer on December 31, 2005, or who was on Furlough on December 31, 2005 and who on December 31, 2005 (or earlier termination) was (i) classified (on other than a temporary reclassification
basis) by the Employer as a “management employee” (including a “management pilot” or “flight management employee” who, on December 31, 2005 was in a “J-Level” job classification or higher) or a
“salaried employee”, (ii) employed for an indefinite period (whether full-time or part-time), (iii) employed in an Employer established job classification not covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and (iv) on the
Employer’s U.S. payroll. 
 Qualified TWU Employee. “Qualified TWU Employee” means an individual
employed by an Employer on or after May 1, 2003 who, on December 31, 2005, or earlier death, Disability, Retirement or termination of employment, was in the class or craft of employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement between
United and the Transport Workers Union of America (“TWUA”), other than an employee who was terminated for Cause. 

Retirement. “Retirement” means the Qualified Employee has retired in accordance with the Employer’s
employment policies and regulations. 
 Shares. “Shares” means the shares of common stock of the Company to
be issued on behalf of the Employee Groups described in Section II.B pursuant to the Company’s plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 

Wages. “Wages” shall include the items listed in Appendix A as included in Wages. Wages will include
compensation not paid as a result of an earnings reduction election made by the Qualified Employee under a Code Sec. 125 cafeteria plan or under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Sec. 401(k). “Wages” will not include
the items of compensation or other payments listed in Appendix A as excluded from Wages. 
 SECTION 2: PARTICIPATION. 

 

	2.1.	Employee Groups. Based on an individual’s classification as either a Qualified Flight Attendant Employee, a Qualified Pilot Employee, a Qualified AMFA Employee, a Qualified IAM Employee, a Qualified
PAFCA Employee, a Qualified SAM Employee or a Qualified TWU Employee, such individual will be assigned to one of the following Employee Groups: 

  

	 	1.	AFA Group. The AFA Group includes all Qualified Flight Attendant Employees. 

  

	 	2.	ALPA Group. The ALPA Group includes all Qualified Pilot Employees. 

  

	 	3.	AMFA Group. The AMFA Group includes all Qualified AMFA Employees. 

  

	 	4.	IAM Group. The IAM Group includes all Qualified IAM Employees. 

  

	 	5.	PAFCA Group. The PAFCA Group includes all Qualified PAFCA Employees. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Exh. B 

	 	6.	SAM Group. The SAM Group includes all Qualified SAM Employees. 

  

	 	7.	TWU Group. The TWU Group includes all Qualified TWU Employees. 

  

	2.2.	Employee Classifications. The designation of an individual as an employee of an Employer within the meaning of the Plan, or as a person who is not an employee of an Employer or as being within a particular
employee classification will be conclusive for all purposes of this Plan. For purposes of this Plan, a temporary reclassification or special assignment will be disregarded for purposes of determining a Qualified Employee’s classification. No
reclassification of an individual as an employee of an Employer, whether by judicial or administrative action or otherwise, will be effective to qualify the individual as a Qualified Employee under this Plan except as the Company agrees, and no
reclassification will be given retroactive effect, except as the Company agrees. 

 SECTION 3: DISTRIBUTION
AND ALLOCATION OF SHARES. 
  

	3.1.	Allocation. Shares will be allocated to each Employee Group in accordance with the Company’s plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Act. Each individual assigned to an Employee
Group will be entitled to receive his or her percentage allocation of the Shares allocated to such Employee Group based on the allocation formula for such Employee Group set forth in the applicable Exhibit attached hereto. 

 

	3.2.	Distribution. 

  

	 	(a)	Time of Distribution. Distributions will be made in accordance with the Company’s approved plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 

 

	 	(b)	Contribution to Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan. To the extent allowed by limitations imposed by law on contributions to the Employer’s Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan and allocations thereunder for the
benefit of a Qualified Employee, the Employer will contribute the Shares allocable to a Qualified Employee to the Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan for the benefit of such Qualified Employee. In the event Shares are contributed to a Qualified Plan or
Foreign Plan for the benefit of a Qualified Employee but cannot subsequently be allocated to such Qualified Employee’s account under the Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan, the Qualified Employee will receive a direct distribution of cash in lieu
of such Shares. 

  

	 	(c)	Direct Distribution. To the extent that the Employer is unable to contribute Shares to a Qualified Plan or a Foreign Plan for the benefit of a Qualified Employee, such Shares shall be distributed directly to the
Qualified Employee. 

  

	 	(i)	Rabbi Trust. The Shares will, if necessary, be transferred to the trustee of a Rabbi trust for the purpose of liquidating, on an orderly basis, a sufficient number of Shares to satisfy the Employer’s obligation to
withhold taxes from the distribution. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Exh. B 

	 	(ii)	Withholdings. The Employer (or any other person legally obligated to do so) shall withhold the amount of any federal, state or local income tax, payroll tax or other tax that the payer reasonably determines is required
to be withheld under applicable law with respect to the amount to be withheld. 

  

	 	(iii)	Fees. Distributions to a Qualified Employee will be offset for all fees associated with the distribution of the Shares, including, but not limited to, fees incurred to liquidate Shares to satisfy tax withholdings,
account set-up costs, fees incurred to transfer stock to a broker and commissions. 

  

	 	(d)	Death. Unless otherwise provided in the allocation formula Exhibit for an Employee Group, distribution to a deceased Qualified Employee will be made as follows: 

 

	 	(i)	In the event a Qualified Employee who is entitled to receive a direct distribution Shares dies prior to distribution, the distribution will be made to the Qualified Employee’s heirs determined pursuant to the
applicable laws of inheritance or descent. 

  

	 	(ii)	Any allocation of Shares made on behalf of a Qualified Employee under a Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan will be distributed in accordance with the terms of such Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan. 

 

	 	(e)	Fractional Shares. A distribution to or on behalf of a Qualified Employee that is less than a whole Share will be retained and accumulated by the Company until a whole Share can be distributed or until all Shares
have been issued in connection with the Company’s plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, in which case, each Qualified Employee’s right to any fractional share held by the Company will be forfeited and the
Company shall retain the fractional Share. 

 SECTION 4: PLAN ADMINISTRATION. 

The Company or its delegate has the authority and responsibility to manage and control the general administration of the Plan, except as to matters expressly
reserved in the Plan to either the Board or the Committee. Determinations, decisions and actions of the Company or, if applicable, the Committee, in connection with the construction, interpretation, administration, or application of the Plan will be
final, conclusive, and binding upon any Qualified Employee and any person claiming under or through the Qualified Employee. No employee of an Employer, any member of the Board, any delegate of the Board, or any member of the Committee will be liable
for any determination, decision, or action made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award made under the Plan. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Exh. B 

 SECTION 5: AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. 

The Plan may at any time be amended, modified, suspended or terminated, as the Board in its sole discretion determines. Such amendment, modification, or
termination of the Plan will not require any notice or the consent, ratification, or approval of any party, including any Qualified Employee who is then eligible to participate in the Plan. 

SECTION 6: MISCELLANEOUS. 
  

	6.1.	Governing Law. The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the Plan and any rules, regulations and actions relating to the Plan will be governed by and construed exclusively in
accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of Illinois, notwithstanding the conflicts of law principles of any jurisdiction. 

  

	6.2.	Conflict. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Plan Rules or Plan administration, the Employer’s obligations to Collective Bargaining Employees shall be governed by the
applicable collective bargaining agreements, and any conflict between the terms of the Plan, the Plan Rules or Plan administration and the applicable bargaining agreements with respect to Collective Bargaining Employees shall be resolved in favor of
the Employer’s obligations under the applicable collective bargaining agreements. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

  
 Exh. B 

 Appendix A 

Wages 
 A-1. Inclusions. The
following items are included in the definition of Wages: 
  

	 	•	 	base pay 

  

	 	•	 	overtime pay 

  

	 	•	 	holiday pay 

  

	 	•	 	longevity pay 

  

	 	•	 	sick pay 

  

	 	•	 	lead/purser/service director pay 

  

	 	•	 	high skill premium/longevity pay 

  

	 	•	 	language premium 

  

	 	•	 	international and night flying premium pay 

  

	 	•	 	pay for time taken as vacation 

  

	 	•	 	payment for accrued vacation not taken as vacation when paid on account of (i) a leave or (ii) a termination of employment due to a reduction in force or for military leave 

 

	 	•	 	shift differential pay 

  

	 	•	 	back pay (other than judicial or administrative awards of grievance pay or back pay or settlement thereof) 

  

	 	•	 	delayed activation pay 

  

	 	•	 	bypass pay 

  

	 	•	 	check pilot premium pay 

  

	 	•	 	double town salary expense 

  

	 	•	 	senior/junior manning pay 

  

	 	•	 	operational integrity pay 

  

	 	•	 	temporary reclass pay 

  

	 	•	 	Hawaiian override 

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Appendix A-1 

 A-2. Exclusions. The following items are excluded in the definition of Wages: 

 

	 	•	 	deferred compensation (other than pursuant to Code Sec. 125 or 401(k)) 

  

	 	•	 	moving expense and similar allowances 

  

	 	•	 	KERP I and KERP II awards 

  

	 	•	 	performance incentive awards, profit sharing awards or sales incentive awards 

  

	 	•	 	expense reimbursements and per diems 

  

	 	•	 	severance, termination pay and related payments 

  

	 	•	 	payment for accrued vacation time not taken as vacation when paid on account of termination of employment, other than on account of a reduction in force or for a military leave 

 

	 	•	 	disability and workers compensation payments 

  

	 	•	 	duty-free commissions 

  

	 	•	 	recognition lump sums 

  

	 	•	 	flight expense 

  

	 	•	 	retropay created by execution of a collective bargaining agreement, unless the collective bargaining agreement requires inclusion 

  

	 	•	 	reimbursable cleaning 

  

	 	•	 	Employer contributions to employee benefit plans 

  

	 	•	 	solely for purposes of making an award payment under this Plan, judicial or administrative awards for grievance pay or back pay (including settlements thereof) 

 

	 	•	 	imputed income for employee or dependent life insurance coverage 

  

	 	•	 	imputed income from pass service charges 

  

	 	•	 	taxable travel 

  

	 	•	 	imputed income from domestic partner benefits 

  

	 	•	 	cash payments made pursuant to any agreement, program, arrangement or plan designed to compensate an employee for amounts that may not be credited or allocated to the employee under a qualified retirement plan due to
limitations imposed by tax laws 

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Appendix A-2 

	 	•	 	taxable fringe benefits, including taxable reimbursement of insurance premiums 

  

	 	•	 	expatriate allowances 

  

	 	•	 	hiring bonuses or other special payments relating to the initiation of employment 

  

	 	•	 	amounts realized with respect to restricted stock, non-qualified stock options or stock appreciation rights 

  

	 	•	 	lost luggage advance 

  

	 	•	 	interest payments 

  

	 	•	 	taxable distribution of UAL common stock in connection with UAL Corporation’s confirmed plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Act 

A-3. Special Crediting Rule. Wages earned by a Qualified Employee but received following termination of employment will be treated as received
on the Qualified Employee’s last day of employment with the Employer. 

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Appendix A-3 

 Exhibit A 

AFA Group 
 Each Qualified Flight
Attendant Employee assigned to the AFA Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the AFA Group determined as follows: 

1. Foreign Qualified Flight Attendant Employees. For all Qualified Flight Attendants who are domiciled outside of the United States and
who are not entitled to have compensation deferred under a qualified 401(k) plan, Shares that would otherwise be allocable to such Qualified Employees will be held back by the Company for a period not to exceed six months following the Effective
Date. At the end of the six month period, such Qualified Flight Attendant Employees will receive a distribution and allocation of their allocable Shares in accordance with Section III.B. of the Plan. 

2. Allocation Formula. 

(a) Tranche 1. One-third of the Shares allocated to the AFA Group will be allocated among Qualified Flight Attendant
Employees on a per capita basis determined by dividing such one-third amount by the number of Qualified Flight Attendant Employees. 

(b) Tranche 2. Two-thirds of the Shares allocated to the AFA Group will be allocated among Qualified Flight Attendant
Employees based on each Qualified Flight Attendant Employee’s pro rata percentage equal to the ratio of (i) the Qualified Flight Attendant Employee’s Wages for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 30, 2005 to
(ii) the total amount of Wages for all Qualified Flight Attendant Employees for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 30, 2005. 

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Exhibit A-1 

 Exhibit B 

ALPA Group 
 Each Qualified Pilot
Employee shall be entitled to receive a portion of the Shares allocated to the ALPA Group (or cash in lieu of such Shares) determined as follows: 

1. Furloughs and Recalls. For purposes of this Exhibit B, a “Furloughed Pilot” is any Pilot on the Pilot Seniority List who
is reflected as being on Furlough as of May 1, 2003, or who was furloughed subsequent to that date. Subject to adjustment for recalls as hereinafter provided, five per cent (5%) of the Shares allocated to the ALPA Group shall be
distributed per capita to those Qualified Pilot Employees who are Furloughed Pilots; provided, however, that any Furloughed Pilot who is recalled, accepts recall and either reports for indoctrination and training prior to January 1, 2006, or
has a “class date” which is earlier than February 1, 2006, shall receive an allocation of Shares under paragraph 2 below and the Shares that would otherwise have been allocated to such recalled Furloughed Pilot under this paragraph 1
shall be assigned to the pool of Shares to be allocated under paragraph 2. The pool of Shares to be allocated to Furloughed Pilots under this paragraph 1 shall be further reduced and assigned to the pool of Shares to be allocated under paragraph 2
if and to the extent necessary so that the number of Shares allocated under paragraph 2 to any recalled Furloughed Pilot who has not retired, died or otherwise incurred a termination of employment prior to January 1, 2006, and whose 60th birthday is not earlier than January 1, 2010, is not less than the number of Shares that would have been allocated to such Furloughed Pilot under this paragraph 1. 

2. Active Pilots. The balance of the Shares allocable to the ALPA Group after providing for the distributions to Furloughed Pilots
under paragraph 1 shall be distributed to the remaining Qualified Pilot Employees (the “Active Pilots”), including recalled Furloughed Pilots who are treated as Active Pilots for this purpose, as follows: 

(a) First, the Shares will be assigned to each Active Pilot so that the most senior Active Pilot is assigned a number of Shares
which is, as nearly as is mathematically possible, allowing for rounding and elimination of fractional Shares as provided in paragraph 2(d), two hundred per cent (200%) of the number of Shares assigned to the most junior Active Pilot and each
other Active Pilot is assigned a number of Shares between 100% and 200% of the shares received by the most junior Active Pilot based on a straight line progression formula in order of seniority. 

(b) Next, in the case of any Active Pilot (including any recalled Furloughed Pilot) who, as of December 31, 2005
(i) has retired (whether such retirement was at or before the Pilot’s Normal Retirement Date); or (ii) has not yet retired but will attain age 60 on or before December 31, 2009; or (iii) has resigned, died or otherwise
incurred a termination of employment, the Shares assigned to such Active Pilot under paragraph 2(a) above shall be adjusted by multiplying such Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months of such Active Pilot’s actual
and projected active service between May 1, 2003 and the last day of the month in which occurs the earliest of such Active Pilot’s retirement, 60th birthday, resignation, death or other termination of

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Exhibit B-1 

 
employment (excluding from such active service any full months between such Active Pilot’s furlough date and recall class date), and the denominator of which is 80. The Active Pilots,
including recalled Furloughed Pilots, described in this paragraph 2(b) shall be entitled to receive the adjusted number of Shares determined under this paragraph 2(b). 

(c) The Shares that are not distributable to the Active Pilots and recalled Furloughed Pilots described in paragraph 2(b)
because of the adjustment required by that paragraph shall be allocated to those Active Pilots whose entitlement to Shares is not subject to adjustment under paragraph 2(b), in the same manner as the preliminary assignment of Shares made under
paragraph 2(a) by only taking into account the Active Pilots whose entitlement is not subject to adjustment under paragraph 2(b). The number of Shares allocated to each Active Pilot not subject to paragraph 2(b) is the sum of his or her assigned
Shares determined under paragraph 2(a) and his or her allocation determined under this paragraph 2(c). 
 (d) In accordance
with the Company’s plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, any fractional Shares allocated to the ALPA Group as a whole shall be reserved and accumulated until the final distribution, at which time the remaining
fractional Share shall be retained by the Company. The computations under paragraph 2(a), (b) and (c) of Shares to which Qualified Pilot Employees are entitled shall be carried to at least three decimal places and shall be rounded up to
the next higher full Share for fractional entitlements equal to or in excess of 0.500 and down for fractional entitlements less than 0.500, so that each Qualified Pilot Employee shall receive a distribution in full Shares only. 

(e) Shares distributable hereunder to a deceased Qualified Pilot Employee shall be distributed to the beneficiaries of such
deceased Qualified Pilot Employee determined in accordance with Section 7.6 of the Pilot Directed Account Plan, without regard to Section 7.6(c). 

4. Cash in Lieu of Stock. If, and to the extent, that ALPA sells, assigns or otherwise disposes of all or any portion of its claim in
the Employer’s pending Chapter 11 bankruptcy case (the “Claim”) at or prior to the date the Employer’s confirmed plan of reorganization becomes effective (the “Exit Date”), then: 

(a) Any Shares that relate to that portion of the Claim that is sold or assigned shall be distributed to the appropriate
assignee rather than the affected Qualified Pilot Employees who would otherwise be entitled to receive such Shares. 
 (b)
The Employer shall distribute cash to or on behalf of the affected Qualified Pilot Employees, in lieu of the Shares otherwise distributable to them hereunder, in an amount equal to the portion of the proceeds of such sale or assignment attributable
to such Employee’s respective interests in the Claim and related Shares. 
 (c) Cash to be distributed to Qualified
Pilot Employees in lieu of Shares shall be distributed at the same time as the initial distribution of Shares is made under this Plan. 

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Exhibit B-2 

 Exhibit C 

IAM Group 
 Each Qualified IAM
Employee assigned to the IAM Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the IAM Group determined by the ratio that each Qualified IAM Employee’s Wages for the period from May 1, 2003 through
December 31, 2005 bears to the total Wages for all Qualified IAM Employees for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005. 

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Exhibit C-1 

 Exhibit D 

AMFA Group 
 Each Qualified AMFA
Employee assigned to the AMFA Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the AMFA Group determined as follows: 

1. Tranche 1. Eighty-four and forty-four one-hundredths percent (84.44%) of the Shares allocated to the AMFA Group will be
allocated among Qualified AMFA Employees based on each Qualified AMFA Employee’s pro rata percentage determined as the ratio that the Qualified AMFA Employee’s Wages, less overtime pay, for the period from May 1, 2003 through
December 31, 2005 bears to the total amount of Wages, less overtime pay, for all Qualified AMFA Employees for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005. 

2. Tranche 2. Fifteen and fifty-six one hundredths percent (15.56%) of the Shares allocated to the AMFA group will be allocated
among Qualified AMFA Employees based on each Qualified AMFA Employee’s pro rata percentage equal to the ratio of (i) the Qualified AMFA Employee’s Wages, less overtime pay, for the period from January 1, 2005 through
December 31, 2005, to (ii) the total amount of Wages, less overtime pay for all Qualified AMFA Employees for the period from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005. 

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Exhibit D-1 

 Exhibit E 

PACFA Group 
 Each Qualified PACFA
Employee assigned to the PACFA Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the PACFA Group equal to the ratio of (i) the Qualified PACFA Employee’s Wages for the period from May 1, 2003 through
December 31, 2005 to (ii) the total amount of Wages for all Qualified PACFA Employees for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005. 

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Exhibit E-1 

 Exhibit F 

TWU Group 
 Each Qualified TWU
Employee assigned to the TWU Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the TWU Group equal to the ratio of (i) the Qualified TWU Employee’s Wages, less overtime pay, for the period from May 1, 2003
through December 31, 2005, to (ii) the total amount of Wages, less overtime pay, for all Qualified TWU Employees for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005. 

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Exhibit F-1 

 Exhibit G 

SAM Group 
 Each Qualified SAM
Employee assigned to the SAM Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the SAM Group equal to the ratio of (i) the Qualified SAM Employee’s Wages for the period from January 1, 2005 through
December 31, 2005, to (ii) the total amount of Wages for all Qualified SAM Employees for the period from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005. 

  

			
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	

  
 Exhibit G-1 

 First Amendment 

to the 
 UAL Corporation

 Employee Stock Distribution Plan 

WHEREAS, UAL Corporation (the “Company”), United Air Lines, Inc. and all of its Affiliates (collectively, “United”), have
established the UAL Corporation Employee Stock Distribution Plan (the “Plan”) to reflect the terms for issuing and allocating shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to the Company’s plan of reorganization (“POR”)
under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; and 
 WHEREAS, the POR was approved by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court on January 20,
2006 subject to exclusion under the Plan of all management or salaried employees of United who are eligible to participate in the UAL Corporation 2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan; and 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to clarify the allocation for an individual who is both a Qualified SAM Employee and a Qualified Pilot Employee;

 NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended as follows: 

1. The definition of “Qualified SAM Employee” under Section I.D of the Plan is amended effective January 20, 2006 by adding the
following sentence to such definition: 
 “A Qualified SAM Employee does not include any management employee or salaried employee of
United who, on February 1, 2006, was in a position classified as a Job Group ‘J’ or higher and is thereby eligible to receive an award under the UAL Corporation 2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan.” 

2. Section II.A of the Plan is amended effective February 1, 2006 by adding the following sentence as a flush left paragraph to the end
of such Section: 
 “If an individual satisfies the definition of both a Qualified SAM Employee and a Qualified Pilot Employee, such
individual will be assigned to the Employee Group that will provide the individual with the largest UAL Stock distribution and/or allocation.” 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

 APPENDIX B 

TO THE 
 UNITED AIRLINES
FLIGHT ATTENDANT 401(K) PLAN 
 COMPLIANCE WITH PUERTO RICO LAW 

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Appendix B will apply solely with respect to all Participants who
are residents of Puerto Rico. The Plan, as applied to residents of Puerto Rico, is intended to be a qualified plan under applicable Puerto Rico law and is to be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent with that intent. The Plan will at
all times be maintained and administered in accordance with any applicable laws and regulations of Puerto Rico in connection with contributions made by or on behalf of, or benefits paid to, Participants who are residents of Puerto Rico, unless
contrary to the applicable provisions of the Code or ERISA. The provisions of this Appendix B are effective January 1, 2012. 

Section 1. Purpose and Effect. The purpose of this Appendix B is to comply with the requirements for qualification and
tax-exemption under Sections 1801.01(a) and 1801.01(d) of the Internal Revenue Code for a New Puerto Rico, as amended (the ‘Puerto Rico Code’), or under the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended (the ‘1994 Puerto Rico
Code’), and the Regulations promulgated thereunder, to the extent applicable, and any subsequent legislation that modifies or supersedes the foregoing. The provisions under this Appendix B shall apply to any Participant or Covered Employee who
is a legal resident of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico (a ‘Puerto Rico Participant’ or ‘Puerto Rico Employee’). The only provisions included in this Appendix B are those that differ from provisions otherwise contained in the
Plan. All of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall govern, except that where the terms of the Plan and this Appendix B differ, the terms of this Appendix B shall govern solely for purposes of complying with the Puerto Rico Code for such Puerto
Rico Participants or Puerto Rico Employees. 
 The Puerto Rico Code and the 1994 Puerto Rico Code provisions and the Regulations promulgated
thereunder that are equivalent to the Code provisions set forth in the Plan shall be the provisions applicable to Puerto Rico Participants. Similarly, to the extent the Code provisions set forth in the Plan have an equivalent provision under ERISA,
the ERISA provisions shall apply to the Puerto Rico Participants. Any capitalized terms utilized, but not defined, in this Appendix B shall have the same meaning as set forth under the Plan. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

 Section 2. Earnings. For purposes of determining the Earnings of a Puerto Rico
Participant, Earnings shall include salary reduction amounts under a cafeteria plan pursuant to Sections 1032.02(a)(2)(B), 1032.06 and 1032.07 of the Puerto Rico Code. In addition, in accordance with Section 1081.01(a)(12) of the Puerto Rico
Code, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, the Earnings of each Puerto Rico Participant taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed the limit in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as adjusted. 

Section 3. Employer. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, the term ‘Employer’ shall have
the meaning set forth under Section 1081.01(a)(14) of the Puerto Rico Code. Pursuant to Section 1081.01(a)(14) of the Puerto Rico Code, only Employers with Puerto Rico Employees shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the qualification
requirements under Sections 1081.01(a) and 1081.01(d) of the Puerto Rico Code. 
 Section 4. Affiliated Employer. Effective for
Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, the term ‘Affiliated Employer’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1081.01(a)(14) of the Puerto Rico Code. 

Section 5. Qualified Matching Contribution or QMAC. The term ‘Qualified Matching Contribution’ or ‘QMAC’ shall
satisfy the requirements set forth in Article 1165-8(h)(7) of the 1994 Puerto Rico Code or any subsequent legislation. 
 Section 6.
Qualified Nonelective Contribution or QNEC. The term ‘Qualified Nonelective Contribution’ or ‘QNEC’ shall satisfy the requirements set forth in Article 1165-8(h)(7) of the 1994 Puerto Rico Code or any subsequent
legislation. 
 Section 7. Roth 401(k) Contributions. Puerto Rico Participants shall not be eligible to make Roth 401(k)
Contributions to the Plan. 
 Section 8. Limitation on Elective Deferral Contributions. The maximum amount of Elective Deferral
Contributions for any Puerto Rico Participant for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, shall be the dollar amount set forth in Section 402(g) of the Code for such Plan Year, as adjusted. If a Puerto Rico Participant
participates in two or more plans that are subject to Section 1081.01(d) of the Puerto Rico Code, all such plans shall be treated as a single plan for purposes of this limitation. Elective Deferral Contributions in excess of this annual limit
shall be included in the Puerto Rico Participant’s taxable income for the calendar year in which the Elective Deferral Contributions were made. In addition to the limits set forth herein, if a Puerto Rico Participant also makes contributions to
an individual retirement account under Section 1081.02 of the Puerto Rico Code, the maximum amount of Elective Deferral Contributions, when added to contributions made under the provisions of Section 1081.02 of the

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

 
Puerto Rico Code, may not exceed the sum of the annual limit on Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 1081.01(d)(7)(A)(i) of the Puerto Rico Code (i.e., $13,000 for 2012), plus the
annual limit on contributions under Section 1081.02 of the Puerto Rico Code, excluding the contribution to an individual retirement account attributable to the spouse of a married Puerto Rico Participant. 

Section 9. Limitation on Catch-Up Contributions. The maximum amount of catch-up contributions an eligible Puerto Rico Participant
may contribute to the Plan for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, shall be equal to $1,500 (or such greater dollar amount as may be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury of Puerto Rico or by subsequent legislation). If a
Puerto Rico Participant participates in two or more plans that are subject to Section 1081.01(d) of the Puerto Rico Code, all such plans shall be treated as a single plan for purposes of this limitation. 

Section 10. Highly Compensated Employee. For purposes of this Appendix B, the term ‘Highly Compensated Employee’ means
any Puerto Rico Employee who (i) is an officer of a participating Employer; (ii) owns more than 5% of the voting stock or the total value of all classes of stock of the Employer; or (iii) during the previous tax year, receives
compensation in excess of $115,000 (as adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 414(q)(1) of the Code). 

Section 11. Limitation on Actual Deferral Percentage. In no event shall the actual deferral percentage (as defined below) of
Highly Compensated Employees for any Plan Year exceed the greater of: 
  

	 	(a)	The actual deferral percentage of all other eligible Puerto Rico Employees for such Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or 

  

	 	(b)	The lesser of (i) the actual deferral percentage of all other eligible Puerto Rico Employees for such Plan Year multiplied by two; or (ii) two percentage points plus the actual deferral percentage of all other
eligible Puerto Rico Employees. 

 The ‘actual deferral percentage’ of a group of eligible Puerto Rico Employees
means, for each Plan Year, the average of the ratios (determined separately for each eligible Puerto Rico Employee in such group) of: (i) the amount of Employer contributions actually paid over to the Trust on behalf of each Puerto Rico
Employee for such Plan Year; to (ii) the Puerto Rico Employee’s compensation for such Plan Year. 
 For purposes of this Section,
Employer contributions on behalf of any Puerto Rico Participant shall include Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 3.1 of the Plan and, at the Employer’s election, those contributions described under
Section 1081.01(d)(3)(D)(ii) of the Puerto Rico Code. The ADP shall be determined on the basis of the current Plan Year. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

 For purposes of applying the provisions of this Section, all Elective Deferral Contributions that
are made under two or more plans that are aggregated for purposes of Sections 1081.01(a)(3) and 1081.01(a)(4) of the Puerto Rico Code are to be treated as made under a single plan. If two or more plans are permissively aggregated for purposes of
Section 1081.01(d)(3) of the Puerto Rico Code, the aggregated plans shall also satisfy Sections 1081.01(a)(3) and 1081.01(a)(4) of the Puerto Rico Code as though they were a single plan. The Plan Administrator shall maintain records sufficient
to demonstrate that the Plan satisfies the ADP test. 
 Section 12. Excess Contributions under the Actual Deferral Percentage
Test. With respect to any Plan Year, ‘excess contributions’ means the excess of the aggregate amount of Elective Deferral Contributions (and, at the Employer’s election, those contributions described under
Section 1081.01(d)(3)(D)(ii) of the Puerto Rico Code) actually paid over to the Trust on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over the maximum amount permitted under Section 11, determined by reducing the
contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the actual deferral percentages, starting with the highest of said percentages. In order to correct any excess contributions during a Plan Year, a QNEC shall be made to the
Plan to the extent required to satisfy the Puerto Rico Code in accordance with Article 1165-8(f) of the 1994 Puerto Rico Code or any subsequent legislation. In addition, the applicable provisions of Section 401(k)(3) of the Code shall apply in
order to correct any excess contributions during a Plan Year to the extent that these provisions also comply with the applicable Sections of the Puerto Rico Code. 

Section 13. Limitation on Allocations to Puerto Rico Participant Accounts. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2012, and in accordance with Section 1081.01(a)(11)(B) of the Puerto Rico Code, the annual contributions made by or on behalf of a Puerto Rico Participant (not including Rollover Contributions), when added to contributions made
by or on behalf of the Puerto Rico Participant under all other defined contribution plans (if any) maintained by the Employer, shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $50,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Section 415(d)
of the Code; or (ii) 100% of the Participant’s compensation for the Plan Year. For purposes of this Section, compensation shall include contributions made by the Puerto Rico Participant for the Limitation Year to a qualified plan under a
contribution agreement. 
 Section 14. Rollover Contributions. A Puerto Rico Participant may transfer to the Plan all or a
portion of his or her interest in a plan of a prior employer that is qualified under Sections 1801.01(a) and 1801.01(d) of the Puerto Rico Code, subject to the rules contained in the body of the Plan, except that such transfer shall comply with the
applicable Sections of the Puerto Rico Code. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002

 Section 15. Direct Rollover of Distributions. A Puerto Rico Participant (or his or
her beneficiary) may elect to transfer all or a portion of a total distribution from the Plan in a direct rollover to an individual retirement account or annuity described under Section 1081.02 of the Puerto Rico Code, a nondeductible
individual retirement account described under Section 1081.03 of the Puerto Rico Code or to another qualified retirement plan in Puerto Rico. A rollover election shall be made by the Puerto Rico Participant or beneficiary in accordance with the
rules contained in the body of the Plan, except that such rollover shall comply with Section 1081.01(b)(2)(A) of the Puerto Rico Code. 

Section 16. Loans. Any loans made to a Puerto Rico Participant under Section 7 of the Plan on or after January 1, 2012,
shall comply with Section 1081.01(b)(3)(E) of the Puerto Rico Code. 
 Section 17. Payment of Contributions. Contributions
made by an Employer to the Plan with respect to a Puerto Rico Participant shall be paid to the Trustee not later than the due date for filing the Employers’ Puerto Rico income tax return for the taxable year in which such payroll period falls,
including any extension thereof. 
 Section 18. Return of Contributions. The return of contributions provisions of
Section 4.4 of the Plan are supplemented by the following: 
 If the Puerto Rico Department of Treasury, on timely application made after the
establishment of the Plan, determines that the Plan is not qualified under Sections 1801.01(a) and 1801.01(d) of the Puerto Rico Code, or refuses, in writing, to issue a determination as to whether the Plan is so qualified, the Employer’s
contributions made on or after the date on which that determination or refusal is applicable shall be returned to the Employer. The return shall be made within one year after the denial of qualification. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply
only if the application for the determination is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan was adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. 

Section 19. Applicable Law. Except as otherwise required by ERISA or the Code, the provisions of this Appendix B shall be
construed, enforced and administered according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. 

  

			
		  	Effective Beginning
	 Conformed Restatement (January 1, 2013)
	  	January 1, 2002EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

Execution Version 
  

 
 $125,000,000 

REVOLVING LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT 

by and among 
 XPO LOGISTICS,
INC. AND 
 CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF XPO LOGISTICS, INC. 

NAMED HEREIN, 
 as Borrowers,

 THE OTHER CREDIT PARTIES SIGNATORY HERETO, 

as Credit Parties, 
 THE LENDERS
SIGNATORY HERETO 
 FROM TIME TO TIME, 

as Lenders, 
 MORGAN STANLEY
SENIOR FUNDING, INC., 
 as Agent 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) 

LLC AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., 

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, 

as Syndication Agent 
 -and- 

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., 

as Documentation Agent 
 Dated as
of October 18, 2013 
  
  

 REVOLVING LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT 

This REVOLVING LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of October 18, 2013, by and among XPO LOGISTICS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation (“Parent Borrower”), and certain of Parent Borrower’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries signatory hereto, as borrowers (collectively, referred to herein as the “U.S. Borrowers” and each,
individually, as a “U.S. Borrower”), XPO Logistics Canada Inc., an Ontario corporation (“XPO Canada”), and certain of Parent Borrower’s wholly-owned other Canadian subsidiaries signatory hereto, as borrowers
(collectively, referred to herein as the “Canadian Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “Canadian Borrower” and together with the U.S. Borrowers, collectively, referred to herein as the
“Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “Borrower”); the other Credit Parties (with such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this preamble having the meaning assigned thereto in Article
1), from time to time, signatory hereto; MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. (“MSSF”), as administrative agent for the Lenders (together, with any permitted successors in such capacity, “Agent”); the Lenders and
L/C Issuers signatory hereto from time to time. 
 RECITALS 

WHEREAS, Borrowers have requested that the Lenders provide for a $125,000,000 secured revolving credit facility on the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth in this Agreement for purposes permitted under Section 2.4; 
 WHEREAS, the U.S. Borrowers have agreed
to secure all of their Obligations under the Loan Documents by granting to Agent, for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders, a first priority security interest in the U.S. Collateral; 

WHEREAS, the Canadian Borrowers have agreed to secure all of their Obligations under the Loan Documents by granting to Agent, for the benefit
of Agent and the Lenders, a first priority security interest in the Canadian Collateral; 
 WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make certain
loans and other extensions of credit to the Borrowers of up to such amounts upon the terms and conditions set forth herein; and 
 WHEREAS,
all Annexes, Schedules, Exhibits and other attachments (collectively, “Appendices”) hereto, or expressly identified to this Agreement, are incorporated herein by reference, and taken together with this Agreement, shall constitute
but a single agreement. These Recitals shall be construed as part of this Agreement. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and
the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows: 
 1. DEFINITIONS,
ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES AND OTHER INTERPRETIVE MATTERS. 
 1.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 

“30 Day Availability” means the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the sum of each day’s Availability during the
30-consecutive day period immediately preceding a proposed transaction by (ii) 30. 

 “Account Debtor” means any Person who may become obligated to any Credit Party
on account of, an Account, Chattel Paper or General Intangibles (including a payment intangible). 
 “Account” means all
“accounts” as defined in the Code or the PPSA, as applicable, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party. 

“Accounting Changes” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.4. 

“Acquisition” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the acquisition by such Person of the Capital Stock of any other
Person resulting in such other Person becoming a Subsidiary of such Person, (b) the acquisition by such Person of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or of a division or business line of such Person, or (c) any
merger, amalgamation or consolidation of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person with any other Person so long as the surviving or continuing entity of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person. 

“Activation Event” and “Activation Notice” have the meanings ascribed thereto in Annex A. 

“Advance” means any Revolving Credit Advance or Swing Line Advance, as the context may require. 

“Affected Lender” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.14(d). 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether
beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, 20% or more of the Capital Stock having ordinary voting power in the election of directors of such Person and (b) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control
with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Affiliate” shall specifically exclude Agent and each Lender. 

“Agent” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble to this Agreement. 

“Aggregate Consideration” means, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the sum (without duplication) of (a) the
aggregate amount of all cash paid (or to be paid) by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with such Permitted Acquisition (excluding payments of fees and costs and expenses in connection therewith and all contingent cash purchase
price, earn-out and other similar contingent obligations of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred and reasonably expected to be incurred in connection therewith (as determined in good faith by Parent Borrower at the time of the consummation of
the Acquisition)), (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness assumed, incurred, acquired, refinanced and/or issued in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, including 

  
 2 

 
without limitation any seller notes (or other similar obligations) to the extent permitted by Section 7.3 and (c) the fair market value of all other consideration (other than
common Capital Stock and other Qualified Capital Stock of Parent Borrower) payable in connection with such Permitted Acquisition. 

“Agreement” means this $125,000,000 Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2013, by and among the
Borrowers, the other Credit Parties party hereto, Agent, and the Lenders and L/C Issuers from time to time party hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Appendices” has the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals to this Agreement. 

“Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage” shall mean, for any day, the applicable percentage set forth below under the caption
“Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage” based upon the Quarterly Average Unused Revolving Facility Balance as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter: 

 

					
	 Quarterly Average Unused Revolving Facility Balance
	  	Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage	 
	 Category 1
> 50% of the Total Commitments
	  	 	0.375% per annum	  
	 Category 2
£ 50% of the Total Commitments
	  	 	0.25% per annum	  

 (i) the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage shall be calculated once each fiscal quarter, as of the last day of each such
fiscal quarter, based upon the Quarterly Average Unused Revolving Facility Balance for such fiscal quarter, (ii) the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage from the Closing Date through and including the last day of the first fiscal quarter to
end following the Closing Date shall be the applicable percentage set forth in Category 1 above and thereafter shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions hereof, (iii) in the event that the Borrowers fail to provide any Borrowing Base
Certificate required hereunder with respect thereto for any period on the date required hereunder, effective as of the date on which such Borrowing Base Certificate was otherwise required, the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage shall be deemed to
be Category 1 above for all purposes until the date on which such required Borrowing Base Certificate is provided and (iv) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Applicable Commitment Fee
Percentage shall be deemed to be Category 1 above. 
 In the event that the Borrowing Base Certificate delivered is inaccurate (regardless
of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage for any period (an
“Applicable Period”) than the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage applied for such Applicable Period, then (a) the Parent Borrower shall as promptly as practicable deliver to Agent a corrected Borrowing Base Certificate for
such Applicable Period, (b) the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage shall be determined based on the corrected Borrowing Base Certificate for such Applicable Period, and (c) the Borrowers shall

  
 3 

 
as promptly as practicable pay to Agent (for the account of the Lenders during the Applicable Period or their successors and assigns) the accrued additional Commitment Fee owing as a result of
such increased Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage for such Applicable Period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of Agent or the Lenders with respect to Article 9 hereof, and shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 

All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. 

“Applicable Conditions” means (a) there is no Default or Event of Default existing immediately before or after such
transaction, (b) (x) the 30 Day Availability immediately preceding the proposed transaction and (y) Availability on the date of the proposed transaction (in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis for such transaction and/or any
Advance) is equal to or greater than the greater of (i) 12.5% of Available Credit and (ii) $10,000,000 and (c) for transactions in an amount in excess of $2,500,000, Parent Borrower shall have delivered a customary officer’s
certificate to Agent certifying as to compliance with the requirements of clauses (a) and (b). 
 “Applicable Margin”
shall mean for any day with respect to any LIBOR Loan or any Base Rate Loan, the applicable margin per annum set forth below under the caption “LIBOR Margin,” “Base Rate Margin,” as the case may be, based upon the
Quarterly Average Availability Percentage as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter: 
  

									
	 Quarterly Average Availability Percentage
	  	LIBOR Margin	 	 	Base Rate Margin	 
	 Category 1
< 33%
	  	 	2.25	% 	 	 	1.25	% 
	 Category 2
3 33%
< 67%
	  	 	2.00	% 	 	 	1.00	% 
	 Category 3
3 67%
	  	 	1.75	% 	 	 	0.75	% 

 (i) the Applicable Margin shall be calculated and established once each fiscal quarter, as of the last day of each such fiscal
quarter, and shall remain in effect until adjusted thereafter after the end of each such fiscal quarter, (ii) each adjustment of the Applicable Margin shall be effective as of the first day of a fiscal quarter based on the Quarterly Average
Availability Percentage for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, (iii) the Applicable Margin from the Closing Date through and including the last day of December 2013 shall be the applicable percentage set forth in Category 3 above and
thereafter shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions hereof, (iv) in the event that the Borrowers fail to provide any Borrowing Base Certificate required hereunder with respect thereto for any period on the date required hereunder,
effective as of the date on which such Borrowing Base Certificate was otherwise required, the Applicable Margin shall be deemed to be Category 1 above for all purposes until the date on which such required Borrowing Base Certificate is provided and
(v) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon notice from Agent to Parent Borrower the Applicable Margin shall be deemed to be Category 1 above. 

  
 4 

 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition or elsewhere in this
Agreement, if it is subsequently determined that the Borrowing Base Certificate delivered is inaccurate (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected,
would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any applicable period than the Applicable Margin applied for such applicable period, then (i) Parent Borrower shall as promptly as possible deliver to Agent a corrected
Borrowing Base Certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be determined based on the corrected Borrowing Base Certificate for such Applicable Period, and (iii) the Borrowers shall as promptly as possible pay
to Agent (for the account of the Lenders during the applicable period or their successors and assigns) the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period. This paragraph shall not limit
the rights of Agent or the Lenders with respect to Article 9 hereof, and shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 

“Approved Fund” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person (other than a natural Person) that (a) is or will be
engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in revolving commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and (b) is advised or managed by (i) such Lender, (ii) any Affiliate
of such Lender or (iii) any Person (other than a natural Person) or any Affiliate of any Person (other than a natural Person) that administers or manages such Lender. 

“Assignment Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.1(a)(i). 

“Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount (if any) by which (a) the Available Credit, exceeds
(b) the sum of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of (i) Revolving Credit Advances plus (ii) Letter of Credit Obligations (other than Letter of Credit Obligations cash collateralized in accordance with the terms of the Loan
Documents) plus (iii) Swing Line Loans plus (iv) the Existing Senior Notes Reserve. 
 “Available
Credit” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (a) the Commitment of all Lenders and (b) the Borrowing Base as most recently reported by the Credit Parties on or prior to such date of determination. 

“Average Availability Percentage” shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to any period, an amount equal to
the sum of the actual amount of Availability on each day during such period expressed as a percentage of the Available Credit for such day, divided by the number of days in such period. 

“Average Unused Revolving Facility Balance” shall mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of
(a) the Commitments less (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the Revolving Credit Advances outstanding on such day and expressed as a percentage of the Commitments for such day, plus (ii) Letter of
Credit Obligations (other than Letter of Credit Obligations cash collateralized in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents), divided by the number of days in such period. 

  
 5 

 “BA Rate” means (i) the rate of interest per annum equal to the average
rate applicable to bankers’ acceptances with a comparable face amount to the principal amount of the applicable Canadian Dollar Loans and having an identical or comparable term as the Interest Period of the proposed Canadian Dollar Loans,
displayed and identified as such on the display referred to as the “CDOR Page” (or any display substituted therefor) of Reuter Monitor Money Rates Service as at or about 10:00 A.M. (Toronto time) on the day that is two Business Days prior
to the first day of such Interest Period (or, if such day is not a Business Day, as of 10:00 A.M. (Toronto time) on the immediately preceding Business Day), or (ii) if such rates do not appear on the CDOR Page at such time and on such date, the
rate for such date will be the annual discount rate (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1.0%) as of 10:00 A.M. (Toronto time) on such day at which Agent (or a bank that is listed on Schedule 1 of the Bank Act (Canada)
acceptable to Agent) is then offering to purchase such bankers’ acceptances having such specified term (or a term as closely as possible comparable to such specified term). 

“Bank Products” means any one or more of the following types of services or facilities extended to the Credit Parties by a
Person who at the time such services or facilities were extended was a Lender or Agent (or any Affiliate or branch of a Lender or Agent): (a) any treasury or other cash management services, including (i) deposit account,
(ii) automated clearing house (ACH) origination and other funds transfer, (iii) depository (including cash vault and check deposit), (iv) zero balance accounts and sweep, and other ACH Transactions, (v) return items processing,
(vi) controlled disbursement, (vii) positive pay, (viii) lockbox, (ix) account reconciliation and information reporting, (x) payables outsourcing, (xi) payroll processing, and (xii) daylight overdraft facilities
and (b) card services, including (i) credit card (including purchasing card and commercial card), (ii) prepaid card, including payroll, stored value and gift cards, (iii) merchant services processing, and (iv) debit card
services. 
 “Bank Products Documents” means all agreements entered into from time to time by the Credit Parties in
connection with any of the Bank Products. 
 “Bank Products Obligations” means any debts, liabilities and obligations as
existing from time to time of any Credit Party arising from or in connection with any Bank Products under any Bank Product Document and, if Agent or any Lender ceases to be Agent or a Lender, as applicable, any debts, liabilities and obligations as
existing from time to time of any Credit Party to Agent or such Lender, as applicable, arising from or in connection with any Bank Product Documents entered into at a time when Agent was Agent or such Lender was a Lender, as applicable. 

“Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq. 

“Base Rate” means, for any day, a floating rate equal to the highest of (i) the rate that Agent announces from time to
time as its prime or base commercial lending rate, as in effect from time to time, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus 50 basis points per annum and (iii) LIBOR Rate for a LIBOR Period of one-month beginning on such day plus
1.00%. Each change in any interest rate provided for in this Agreement based upon the Base Rate shall take effect at the time of such change in the Base Rate. 

  
 6 

 “Base Rate Loan” means a Loan or portion thereof bearing interest by reference
to the (a) Base Rate, with respect to Base Rate Loans made in Dollars and (b) Canadian Base Rate, with respect to Canadian Base Rate Loans made in Canadian Dollars. 

“Base Rate Margin” means the per annum interest rate margin from time to time in effect and payable in addition to the
(a) Base Rate, with respect to Base Rate Loans made in Dollars and (b) Canadian Base Rate, with respect to Canadian Base Rate Loans made in Canadian Dollars, applicable to the Revolver Credit Advances, as determined by reference to the
definition of Applicable Margin. 
 “BIA” means the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada). 

“Blocked Accounts” has the meaning ascribed to it in Annex A. 

“Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or comparable managers) of such Person, or any
committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the board of directors (or comparable managers). 
 “Borrower
Materials” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.13(a). 
 “Borrower Representative” means
Parent Borrower in its capacity as Borrower Representative pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.1(c). 
 “Borrower
Workspace” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.13(a). 
 “Borrower” and
“Borrowers” have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the preamble to this Agreement. 
 “Borrowing
Base” means, at any time, the sum of the U.S. Borrowing Base plus the Canadian Borrowing Base. 
 “Borrowing Base
Certificate” means a certificate to be executed and delivered from time to time by Borrower Representative substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 5.2, as such form, subject to the terms hereof, may from time
to time be modified as agreed by Parent Borrower and Agent. 
 “Borrowing Base Collateral” has the meaning ascribed to it
in Section 2.18. 
 “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are
required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York and in reference to LIBOR Loans means any such day that is also a LIBOR Business Day. When used in connection with any Loan to a Canadian Borrower or any payment made in connection
therewith, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the Province of Ontario. 

“Business Plan” means Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ forecasted consolidated: (a) balance sheets;
(b) income statements; and (c) cash flow statements, in a format consistent with the historical Financial Statements of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying
assumptions. 

  
 7 

 “Canadian Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount (if
any) by which (a) Canadian Available Credit, exceeds (b) the sum of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of (i) Revolver Credit Advances made to the Canadian Borrowers plus (ii) the Canadian Borrowers’ Letter of Credit
Obligations (other than the Canadian Borrowers’ Letter of Credit Obligations cash collateralized in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents). 

“Canadian Available Credit” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (a) the Canadian Commitment and
(b) the Canadian Borrowing Base as most recently reported by the Credit Parties on or prior to such date of determination. 

“Canadian Base Rate” means, at any time, the annual rate of interest equal to the greater of (a) the annual rate from
time to time publicly announced by the Agent (or a bank that is listed on Schedule 1 of the Bank Act (Canada) acceptable to Agent) as its prime rate in effect for determining interest rates on Canadian Dollar denominated commercial loans made in
Canada and (b) the annual rate of interest equal to the sum of the 30-day BA Rate at such time plus 1% percent per annum. 

“Canadian Benefit Plan” means each pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, medical, dental and other employee health
and welfare plan, arrangement or program sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party or under which any Credit Party has any actual or potential liability in respect of its employees or former employees in Canada, other than a
Canadian Pension Plan. 
 “Canadian Borrower” and “Canadian Borrowers” has the meaning ascribed to it in
the preamble to this Agreement. 
 “Canadian Borrowers’ Letter of Credit Obligations” means the aggregate Dollar
Equivalent of all Letter of Credit Obligations in connection with the issuance of Letters of Credit on behalf of a Canadian Borrower or in respect of the Canadian Commitments. 

“Canadian Borrowing Base” means, as of any date of determination, from time to time, as to the Canadian Borrowers, an amount
equal to the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the sum at such time of: 
 (a) an amount equal the least of: 

(i) the sum at such time of (A) the U.S. Borrowing Base minus the sum of (x) Revolver Credit Advances plus
(y) Letter of Credit Obligations (other than Letter of Credit Obligations cash collateralized in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents) plus (z) Swing Line Loans plus (B) the product of (x) 85%
multiplied by (y) the Canadian Borrowers’ Eligible Accounts plus (C) the lesser of (x) the product of (1) 65% multiplied by (2) the cost of the Canadian Borrowers’ Eligible Equipment (but net
of delivery charges, sales tax and other costs incidental to the purchase thereof), and (y) the product of (1) 85% multiplied by (2) the cost of the Canadian Borrowers’ Eligible Equipment (but net of delivery charges,
sales tax and other costs incidental to the purchase thereof) multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value 

  
 8 

 
percentage identified in the most recent Equipment appraisal obtained by Agent, at such time; provided that the Canadian Borrowing Base shall not include sub-clause (C) above until
such time as the Requisite Lenders consent in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.2, after the Closing Date, to include assets described in sub-clause (C) above in the calculation of the Canadian Borrowing Base;
provided further that a maximum of 20% of the Canadian Borrowing Base that is calculated under this clause (i) shall be attributable to the Canadian Borrowers’ Eligible Equipment; 

(ii) $25,000,000; and 
 (iii)
Availability; minus 
 (b) the Dilution Reserve, the Rent Reserve, the Canadian Priority Payables Reserve and such other Reserves
established by Agent in its Permitted Discretion in conformity with Section 2.18. 
 The Canadian Borrowing Base shall be
determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, determinations as to Reserves, and adjustments related to the
Canadian Borrowing Base shall be made by Agent in its Permitted Discretion in conformity with Section 2.18 and to assure that the Canadian Borrowing Base is calculated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

“Canadian Commitment” means, as to any Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Advances as set forth on Annex C
to the Canadian Borrowers, which commitment constitutes a subfacility of the Commitment of such Lender. The aggregate Canadian Commitment on the Closing Date is Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000), which commitment constitutes a subfacility of
the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders. 
 “Canadian Dollars” or “C$” means the lawful currency of
Canada. 
 “Canadian Domiciled Credit Party” means the Canadian Borrowers and any other Credit Party incorporated or
otherwise organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof. 
 “Canadian Guarantor” means each
Guarantor that is incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof. 
 “Canadian
Guaranty” means that certain Guaranty, substantially in the form as agreed to by Agent, dated as of the Closing Date, executed by each Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of Agent and Canadian Lenders, as amended from time to time.

 “Canadian Lenders” means the Persons (or an Affiliate or branch of any such Person that is acting on behalf of such
Person, in which case the term “Canadian Lenders” shall include any such Affiliate or branch with respect to the Canadian Loans made by such Affiliate or branch) as having a Canadian Commitment and any other Person that shall acquire a
Canadian Commitment, other than any such Person that ceases to be a Canadian Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. 

  
 9 

 “Canadian Letters of Credit” has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 2.2(f). 
 “Canadian Loans” means, at any time, the sum of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of
(a) the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Advances outstanding to the Canadian Borrowers plus (b) the aggregate Canadian Borrowers’ Letter of Credit Obligations. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to the
outstanding principal balance of the Canadian Loans shall include the outstanding balance of the Canadian Borrowers’ Letter of Credit Obligations. 

“Canadian Overadvance” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of
(i) Canadian Loans then outstanding less (ii) the Canadian Available Credit. 
 “Canadian Pension Plan”
means a “registered pension plan”, as that term is defined in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada). 

“Canadian Priority Payables Reserve” means, on any date of determination and only with respect to a Canadian Domiciled Credit
Party, Reserves established by Agent in its Permitted Discretion for amounts secured by any Liens, choate or inchoate, which rank or which would reasonably be expected to rank in priority senior to or pari passu with Agent’s Liens on Collateral
in the Canadian Borrowing Base, including, without duplication, amounts deemed to be held in trust, or held in trust, pursuant to applicable law, any such amounts due and not paid for wages, vacation pay, amounts payable under the Wage Earner
Protection Program Act (Canada) pursuant to the BIA or the CCAA, amounts due and not paid pursuant to any legislation on account of workers’ compensation or to employment insurance, all amounts deducted or withheld and not paid and remitted
when due under the Income Tax Act (Canada), on account of sales tax, goods and services tax, value added tax, harmonized sales tax, amounts currently or past due and not paid for realty, municipal or similar taxes and all amounts currently or past
due and not contributed, remitted or paid to any Canadian Pension Plans or the Canada Pension Plan, and other pension fund obligations and contributions (including in respect of any wind-up deficiency in respect of any Defined Benefit Plan) as
required under applicable law, or any similar statutory or other claims that would have or would reasonably be expected to have priority over or be pari passu with any Liens granted to Agent in the future. 

“Canadian Security Agreements” means, collectively, those certain Security Agreements, dated as of the Closing Date, and
those certain deeds of movable hypothec dated on or about the Closing Date, made by the Canadian Domiciled Credit Party party thereto in favor of Agent, on behalf of itself and the Canadian Lenders, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time. 
 “Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of
all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a Capital Lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period)
including capitalized software expenses, that should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries, excluding (i) Permitted Acquisitions, (ii) reinvestments of net cash proceeds from
Dispositions or casualty events, (iii) interest capitalized during such period, and (iv) expenditures of a Person that are actually paid for by a third party to the extent such Person and 

  
 10 

 
its Subsidiaries have not provided and are not required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such third party or any other Person (whether before,
during or after such period). 
 “Capital Lease” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property (whether
real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee that, in accordance with GAAP on the Closing Date, would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person and the stated maturity thereof shall be
the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease or other arrangement prior to the first date on which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty of early termination amount. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, with respect to any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount of the obligation
of the lessee thereunder that, in accordance with GAAP, would appear on a balance sheet of such lessee in respect of such Capital Lease. 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to a Person, all of the shares, options, warrants, interests, participations, or other
equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in such Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including capital stock (or other ownership or profit interests or units), preferred stock, or any other “equity security” (as such term is
defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act), other than Indebtedness that is convertible into Parent Borrower’s common Capital Stock. 

“Cash Collateral Account” has the meaning ascribed to it Section 2.2(c)(i). 

“Cash Dominion Period” means the date from and after a Cash Dominion Triggering Event and continuing at all times thereafter
for a period of 30 consecutive days during which no Cash Dominion Triggering Event exists. 
 “Cash Dominion Triggering
Event” means (a) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) one or more of the Borrowers have failed to comply in any material respect with cash management provisions relating to cash dominion, or
(c) Availability is less than the greater of (x) 12.5% of the Available Credit and (y) $10,000,000 for 3 consecutive Business Days. 

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable obligations, maturing within 12 months after acquisition thereof, issued or
unconditionally and fully guaranteed by the United States or Canada or an instrumentality or agency thereof and entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States or Canada, in each case having a rating of at least “A-1” from
S&P or at least “P-1” from Moody’s; 
 (b) securities issued by any state of the United States or any province of Canada
or any political subdivision of any such state or province, or any public instrumentality thereof having, in each case having a rating of at least “A-1” from S&P or at least “P-1” from Moody’s; 

(c) domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances issued by any Lender or any other bank having combined capital and
surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of United States or Canadian domestic banks; 

  
 11 

 (d) overnight demand deposits, demand deposits and time deposits (including certificates of
deposit) maturing within 12 months from the date of deposit thereof, (i) with any office of any Lender or (ii) with a domestic office of any national or state bank or trust company which is organized under the Laws of the United States or
any state therein or the District of Columbia or Canada or any province or territory thereof, which has capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least $500,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in Canadian Dollars); 

(e) open market commercial paper, maturing within 270 days after acquisition thereof, which are rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by
S&P; and 
 (f) shares of any money market or other mutual funds (i) at least 90% of whose assets comprise securities of the types
described in subsections (a) through (c) above, (ii) having net assets in excess of $500,000,000 and (iii) having obtained from either S&P or Moody’s the highest rating obtainable for money market funds in the United
States or Canada. 
 “Cash Management Systems” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.6. 

“CCAA” means the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada). 

“CERCLA” has the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of “Environmental Laws”. 

“CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the IRC. 

“Change of Control” means (a) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and
14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than Permitted Holders, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 35%, or more, of the Capital Stock of Parent Borrower entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Parent Borrower, (b) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Parent Borrower do not constitute Continuing Directors, or
(c) Parent Borrower fails to own and control, directly or indirectly (i) 100% of Capital Stock of each other Borrower existing on the Closing Date or (ii) the initial equity position acquired by Parent Borrower in any entity acquired
and designated as a Borrower after the Closing Date (in each case under this clause (c), other than directors’ qualifying shares and except for sales or dispositions permitted hereunder). 

“Charges” means all federal, state, provincial, county, city, municipal, local, foreign or other governmental taxes
(including taxes owed to the PBGC at the time due and payable), levies, assessments, charges, claims or encumbrances owed by any Credit Party and upon or relating to (a) the Collateral, (b) the Obligations, (c) the employees, payroll,
income, capital or gross receipts of any Credit Party, (d) any Credit Party’s ownership or use of any properties or other assets, or (e) any other aspect of any Credit Party’s business. 

“Chattel Paper” means any “chattel paper,” as such term is defined in the Code or the PPSA, as applicable,
including electronic chattel paper, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party. 
 “Closing Date” means
October 18, 2013. 

  
 12 

 “Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be
enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided, that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the
definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided, further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, publication or priority of, or
remedies with respect to, Agent’s or any Lender’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in another State other than the State of New York, the term “Code” means the
Uniform Commercial Code in such other State. 
 “Collateral” means all assets and interests in assets and proceeds thereof
now owned or hereafter acquired by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in or upon which a Lien is granted by such Person in favor of Agent under any of the Loan Documents. 

“Collateral Access Agreement” means an agreement in writing, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, from any
lessor of premises to any Credit Party or any Person to whom any Collateral is consigned or who has custody, control or possession of any such Collateral or is otherwise the owner or operator of any premises on which any of such Collateral is
located. 
 “Collateral Documents” means the U.S. Security Agreement, the Canadian Security Agreements, the Guaranties, the
Mortgages, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements and all similar agreements entered into guarantying payment of, or granting a Lien upon property as security for payment of, the Obligations. 

“Collection Account” means that certain account of Agent specified on Annex B hereto, or such other account as may be
specified in writing by Agent as the “Collection Account.” 
 “Commitment” means with respect to each
Lender, its Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, the aggregate amount of their Commitments, in each case, as such Dollar amounts are set forth on Annex C or in the most recent Assignment Agreement executed by such Lender as the same
may be increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.16. The aggregate Commitment on the Closing Date is One Hundred and Twenty Five Million Dollars ($125,000,000). 

“Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest of (a) October 17, 2018, (b) the date of termination of
Lenders’ obligations to make Advances and to incur Letter of Credit Obligations or permit existing Loans to remain outstanding pursuant to Section 9.2(b), (c) the date of prepayment in full by the Borrowers of the Loans and the
cancellation and return of all Letters of Credit or the cash collateralization (or delivery of back-to-back letters of credit from a financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Agent) of all Letter of Credit Obligations pursuant to
Section 2.2, and the permanent reduction of all Commitments to zero Dollars ($0), (d) July 1, 2017, unless (i) the Existing Senior Notes (other than Existing Senior Notes in a principal amount not in excess of the Maximum
Amount) have been repaid-in-full and obligations thereunder terminated prior to July 1, 2017 or (ii) the Existing Senior Notes (other than Existing Senior Notes in a principal amount not in excess of the Maximum Amount, but only so long as
Existing Senior Notes Reserve has been established and continues to be maintained), and the 

  
 13 

 
obligations thereunder, are converted into Parent Borrower’s Qualified Capital Stock, or (e) the date that is 90-days prior to the maturity date of the Existing Senior Notes or any
Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the Existing Senior Notes (other than any such Refinancing Indebtedness in a principal amount not in excess of the Maximum Amount). 

“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any
successor statute. 
 “Compliance Certificate” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 5.1(b). 

“Concentration Account” and “Concentration Accounts” have the meanings ascribed to them in Annex A.

 “Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however
denominated) or that are franchise taxes or branch profits taxes. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, for
Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses) for that period. 

“Continuing Director” means (a) any member of the Board of Directors who was a director of Parent Borrower on the
Closing Date and (b) any individual who becomes a member of the Board of Directors after the Closing Date if such individual was approved, appointed or nominated for election to the Board of Directors by JPE or a majority of the Continuing
Directors, but excluding any such individual originally proposed for election in opposition to the Board of Directors in office at the Closing Date in an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors (or comparable
managers) of Parent Borrower and whose initial assumption of office resulted from such contest or the settlement thereof, unless such appointment is approved by JPE. 

“Contracts” means all “contracts,” as such term is defined in the Code or the PPSA, as applicable, now owned or
hereafter acquired by any Credit Party, in any event, including all contracts, undertakings, or agreements (other than rights evidenced by Chattel Paper, Documents or Instruments) in or under which any Credit Party may now or hereafter have any
right, title or interest, including any agreement relating to the terms of payment or the terms of performance of any Account. 

“Contractual Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any security issued by such Person or any document or
undertaking (other than a Loan Document) to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound or to which any of its property is subject. 

“Controlled Affiliates” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or
more intermediaries, has Majority Control of or is Majority Controlled by or is under common Majority Control with the Person specified. 

  
 14 

 “Copyright License” means any and all rights now owned or hereafter acquired by
any Credit Party under any written agreement granting to such Credit Party any right to use any Copyright. 
 “Copyrights”
has the meaning ascribed to it in the U.S. Security Agreement. 
 “Covenant Trigger Period” means the period
(a) commencing on the day that (i) an Event of Default occurs or (ii) Availability is less than the greater of (x) 10% of Available Credit and (y) $7,500,000 and (b) continuing until, at all times thereafter for a
period of 30 consecutive days during which, (i) no Event of Default exists and (ii) Availability shall have been not less than the greater of (x) 10% of Available Credit and (y) $7,500,000. 

“Credit Parties” means each Borrower and each Guarantor. 

“Cure Amount” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.4(a). 

“Cure Right” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.4(a). 

“Default” means any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both, would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of
Default. 
 “Default Rate” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.5(d). 

“Defined Benefit Plan” has the meaning specified in Section 7.17(a). 

“Deposit Accounts” means all “deposit accounts” as such term is defined in the Code, now or hereafter held in the
name of any Credit Party. 
 “Dilution” means, without duplication, with respect to any period, a percentage based upon the
experience of the immediately prior twelve (12) month period that is the result of dividing the aggregate dollar amount of (a) all deductions, credit memos, returns, adjustments, allowances, bad debt write-offs and other non-cash credits
which are recorded to reduce the Credit Parties’ Accounts in a manner consistent with current and historical accounting practices of the Credit Parties, by (b) the Credit Parties’ total gross sales during such period. 

“Dilution Reserve” means, as of any date of determination, a reserve established by Agent in an amount equal to the result of
(a) the percentage by which Dilution is greater than 5%, times (b) the amount of Eligible Accounts as set forth on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate received by Agent. If the Dilution does not exceed 5%, the Dilution
Reserve shall be zero dollars ($0). 
 “Disbursement Account” and “Disbursement Accounts” have the
meanings ascribed to them in Annex A. 
 “Disposition” means with respect to any property, any sale, lease, license,
sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings. 

  
 15 

 “Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by
the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the date set forth in clause (a) of the definition of Commitment Termination Date, (b) is
secured by any assets of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) is exchangeable or convertible at the option of the holder into debt securities or any other form of Indebtedness of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
(d) provides for the mandatory payment of dividends regardless of whether or not the Board of Directors has declared any dividends. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Capital Stock
solely because the holders thereof have the right to require a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a “change of control” or an asset Disposition shall not constitute Disqualified
Capital Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that such Borrower or such Subsidiary may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the provisions of
Section 7.13. 
 “Disqualified Institution” means (i) any Person identified by name in writing to Agent
and the Lenders as a Disqualified Institution prior to the Closing Date and (ii) a competitor of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries identified by name in writing to Agent and the Lenders as Disqualified Institutions prior to the Closing Date and
any other Person identified by name in writing to Agent and the Lenders after the Closing Date to the extent such Person becomes a direct competitor of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, which designations shall become effective two days after
delivery of each such written supplement to Agent and the Lenders, but which shall not apply retroactively to disqualify any Persons that have previously acquired an assignment or participation interest in the Loans; provided that a
“competitor” shall not include any bona fide debt fund or investment vehicle that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial revolving loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of
business which is managed, sponsored or advised by any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such competitor, and for which no personnel involved with the investment of such competitor thereof, as applicable, (i) makes
any investment decisions or (ii) has access to any information (other than information publicly available) relating to the Credit Parties or any entity that forms a part of the Credit Parties’ business (including their Subsidiaries). 

“Documents” means all “documents,” as such term is defined in the Code or the PPSA, as applicable, now owned or
hereafter acquired by any Credit Party, wherever located. 
 “Dodd-Frank Act” has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 2.14(e). 
 “Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in
Dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in Canadian Dollars, the equivalent in Dollars of such amount as determined by Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent
Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with Canadian Dollars. In making any determination of the Dollar Equivalent, Agent shall use the relevant Spot Rate in effect on the date on which a Dollar Equivalent is required to be determined
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. As appropriate, amounts specified herein as amounts in Dollars shall be or include any relevant Dollar Equivalent amount. 

  
 16 

 “Dollars” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United
States. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of Parent Borrower other than the Foreign Subsidiaries. 

“Driver” means an operator of a motor vehicle. 

“Driver Contract” means any contract, agreement or arrangement between a Credit Party and a Driver for the operation of a
motor vehicle owned or leased by such Credit Party. 
 “Driver Payables” means all amounts owed by any Credit Party to a
Driver under the terms of a Driver Contract between such Credit Party and such Driver. 
 “EBITDA” means, with respect to
any Person for any fiscal period, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (a) Consolidated Net Income, plus, (b) to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such
period, (i) consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) consolidated income tax expense (including tax credits to income on a consolidated basis for such period) for all federal, state, local, withholding, franchise, foreign, state single business
unitary and similar taxes, (iii) consolidated depreciation expense, (iv) consolidated amortization expense (including, without limitation, amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets and amortization or write-off of debt discount
or deferred financing costs and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees, costs, expenses and charges associated with Indebtedness), (v) expenses, fees or charges paid with respect to the Related Transactions, and
(vi) net loss (or gain) on early extinguishment of debt, (c) plus or minus, as applicable (without duplication), (i) any net non-cash gain or loss resulting in such period from foreign currency balance sheet adjustments
as required by GAAP to the extent such gain or loss was added to or subtracted from, as applicable, Consolidated Net Income, (ii) any unusual or non-recurring non-cash charges (including any impairment charge or asset write-off pursuant to
GAAP) (provided that if any such non-cash charge represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent),
(iii) to the extent the related loss is not added back in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, proceeds of business interruption insurance policies to the extent of such related loss, (iv) any fees, costs and expenses of Parent
Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred as a result of Permitted Acquisitions, recapitalizations, Investments and Dispositions permitted hereunder (including, without limitation, expenses in respect of earn-out obligations incurred, in each case,
thereunder) and the issuance of Capital Stock or Indebtedness permitted hereunder, in all cases under this clause (c), whether or not successful, (v) all non-cash equity compensation expenses, (vi) the amount of any restructuring charges
or reserves or non-recurring integration costs deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date and costs related to the
closure and/or consolidation of facilities, severance, relocation costs, integration and facilities opening costs, transition costs and other restructuring costs, in each case, within twelve months following the date of such transaction and
(vii) the amount of net cost savings, operating improvements or 

  
 17 

 
synergies projected by Parent Borrower in good faith to be realized within twelve months following the date of any Permitted Acquisitions, other Investments permitted hereunder,
recapitalizations, Investments and Dispositions as a result of specified actions initiated or to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual
benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such net cost savings and operating improvements or synergies are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable and reflected in each Compliance Certificate delivered
to Agent for any period in which such cost savings are reflected in Consolidated EBITDA, (B) aggregate amounts added pursuant to clauses (vi) and (vii) shall not exceed 15% of EBITDA for any period and (C) no cost savings shall
be added pursuant to this clause (vii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such net cost savings and operating improvements or synergies that are included in clause (vi) above, plus or minus
(d) to the extent such amounts decrease or increase Consolidated Net Income, other non-cash items (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item in any prior period)
and any extraordinary gains, losses or charges (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses. For purposes of clarity, to the extent that there is any “gain” or “income”, then the amount of such gain or income
shall be deducted from EBITDA, and to the extent that there is any “loss”, then the amount of such loss shall be added back to EBITDA. For the purposes of calculating EBITDA during any four Fiscal Quarter period in which an Acquisition or
a Disposition has occurred (each, a “Reference Period”), (x) if at any time during such Reference Period, Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made any Disposition, the EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an
amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and
(y) if during such Reference Period Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made an Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto as if such Acquisition occurred on the first day of such
Reference Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, solely for purposes of calculating EBITDA for purposes of Section 7.10(a), if any fiscal quarter of Borrowers shown on Schedule (1.2) (which includes
the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2013 and each fiscal quarter thereafter ending on the fiscal quarter ending on September 30, 2013) will be included in the period for which EBITDA is being determined, then EBITDA for such fiscal quarter
shall be the respective amount set forth opposite such fiscal quarter on Schedule (1.2). 
 “E-Fax” means any system
used to receive or transmit faxes electronically. 
 “Electronic Transmission” means each document, instruction,
authorization, file, information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by e-mail or E-Fax, or otherwise to or from an E-System or other equivalent service acceptable to Agent. 

“Eligible Accounts” means Accounts created by any Borrower other than any Account: 

(a) with respect to which the applicable Borrower does not have good and valid title to such Account; 

  
 18 

 (b) that is not a valid, legally enforceable obligation of an Account Debtor payable in Dollars
(in the case of a U.S. Borrower) or payable in Canadian Dollars or Dollars (in the case of a Canadian Borrower), to such Person in the United States (in the case of a U.S. Borrower) or the United States or Canada (in the case of a Canadian Borrower)
in the ordinary course of business of such Borrower; 
 (c) which is not subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of
Agent (other than Liens that are the subject of a Canadian Priority Payables Reserve); 
 (d) which is subject to any Lien other than
(i) a Lien in favor of Agent and (ii) a Permitted Encumbrance which does not have priority over the Lien in favor of Agent; 
 (e)
for which the Account Debtor has failed to pay within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the original invoice therefor; 

(f) with respect to which (i) the goods giving rise to such Account have not been shipped and billed to the Account Debtor or
(ii) the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed and billed to the Account Debtor; provided that Accounts which satisfy all of the other criteria described in this definition and would be deemed ineligible solely
because of the failure to comply with this clause (f) shall nevertheless be eligible in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time thirty-three percent (33%) of all Eligible Accounts if (i) the Account Debtor has not been billed
but the goods giving rise to such Account have been shipped and/or the services have been completed, and (ii) the Accounts have been unbilled from the date of shipment or performance, as applicable, for not more than thirty (30) days; 

(g) which is unpaid more than ninety (90) days after the original due date therefor; 

(h) which is owing by an Account Debtor for which fifty percent (50%) or more of the dollar amount of all accounts owing from such
Account Debtor and its Controlled Affiliates are ineligible pursuant to clauses (e) or (g) above; 
 (i) which is
owing by an Account Debtor but only to the extent of the aggregate amount of Accounts owing from such Account Debtor and its Affiliates to all Borrowers in excess of fifteen percent (15%) (or, with respect to the Account Debtor identified in
writing by Parent Borrower to Agent prior to the Closing Date, twenty percent (20%)) of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts of all Borrowers; 

(j) with respect to which any applicable covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document
(including documentation with respect to applicable foreign jurisdictions) has been breached or is not true, in each case, in any material respect; 

(k) which (i) does not arise from the sale of goods in the ordinary course of the Credit Parties’ business, (ii) does not arise
from the performance of services in the ordinary course of the Credit Parties’ business, (iii) is not (subject to clause (f)(ii) above) evidenced by an invoice issued by a U.S. Borrower (in case of the U.S. Borrowing Base) or a
Borrower (in case of the Canadian Borrowing Base) which has been sent to the Account Debtor (iv) represents progress billing or a billing that is contingent upon any Credit Party’s completion of any further

  
 19 

 
performance, (v) represents a sale on a bill-and-hold, guarantied sale, sale-and-return, sale on approval, consignment, cash-on-delivery or any other repurchase or return basis,
(vi) relates to payments of interest, (vii) relates to restricted proceeds of Inventory which are subject to a title retention arrangement or (viii) relates to tooling or other similar activities; 

(l) was invoiced more than once (including chargebacks, debit memos, credits and rebills) other than payment reminders and multiple invoices
with respect to Accounts in which partial or multiple shipments are made on such Account, in each case, sent in the ordinary course of business; 

(m) with respect to which any check or other instrument of payment has been returned uncollected for any reason (other than bank error); 

(n) which is owed by an Account Debtor which, to the actual knowledge of a Credit Party, has (i) applied for, suffered, or consented to
the appointment of any receiver, custodian, trustee, monitor, liquidator or similar person of its assets, (ii) has had possession of all or a material part of its property taken by any receiver, custodian, monitor, liquidator or similar person
of its assets, (iii) filed, or had filed against it, any request or petition for liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, adjudication as bankrupt, insolvent, winding up, or voluntary or involuntary case under any
Insolvency Laws (other than post-petition accounts payable of an Account Debtor that is a debtor-in-possession under any Insolvency Laws and reasonably acceptable to Agent), (iv) has admitted in writing its inability, or is generally unable, to
pay its debts as they become due, (v) become insolvent, or (vi) ceased operation (or has announced plans to cease operation) of its business (or a material portion thereof); 

(o) which is owed by any Account Debtor which, to the actual knowledge of a Credit Party, has sold all or substantially all of its assets,
other than the discontinuance or sale of a line of business or brand by such Account Debtor in the ordinary course of business; 
 (p) which
is owed by an Account Debtor which (i) in case of the U.S. Borrowing Base, (x) does not maintain a material place of business in the United States or Canada or (y) is not organized under applicable law of the United States or Canada
or any state of the United States or province of Canada and (ii) in case of the Canadian Borrowing Base, (x) does not maintain a material place of business in the United States or Canada or (y) is not organized under applicable law of
the United States or Canada or any state of the United States or any province of Canada; 
 (q) (i) in case of the U.S. Borrowing Base,
which is owed in any currency other than in Dollars and (ii) in case of the Canadian Borrowing Base, which is owed in any currency other than in Dollars and Canadian Dollars; 

(r) which is owed by (i) the government (or any department, agency, public corporation, or instrumentality thereof) of any country other
than the United States or Canada unless such Account is backed by a Letter of Credit reasonably acceptable to Agent which is in the possession of Agent, (ii) the government of Canada or a province or territory thereof unless the Account has
been assigned, if required, to Agent in compliance with the Financial Administration Act (Canada) (or similar applicable law of such province or territory), and any 

  
 20 

 
other steps necessary to perfect or render opposable the Lien of Agent in such Account have been complied with to Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, or (iii) the government of the United
States, or any department, agency, public corporation or instrumentality thereof, unless the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended (31 U.S.C. § 3727 et seq. and 41 U.S.C. § 15 et seq.), and any other steps necessary to
perfect the Lien of Agent in such Account have been complied with to Agent’s reasonable satisfaction; 
 (s) which is owed by any
Controlled Affiliate, employee, officer, director or agent of any Credit Party; provided that, so long as transactions between them and the Borrower are arms-length, portfolio companies of JPE, that do business with a Borrower in the ordinary
course of business, will not be treated as Controlled Affiliates for purposes of this clause (s); 
 (t) which is owed by an Account Debtor
or any Affiliate of such Account Debtor to which any Credit Party is indebted, but only to the extent of such indebtedness or is subject to any security, deposit, progress payment, retainage or other similar advance made by or for the benefit of an
Account Debtor, in each case to the extent thereof, in each case, unless a no-set-off letter in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent has been provided by the Account Debtor with respect to any claims, rights, setoff or dispute; 

(u) which is subject to any counterclaim, deduction, defense, setoff or dispute but only to the extent of any such counterclaim, deduction,
defense, setoff or dispute; 
 (v) which is evidenced by any promissory note, chattel paper, or instrument; 

(w) with respect to which such Borrower has made any agreement with the Account Debtor for any reduction thereof, other than discounts and
adjustments given in the ordinary course of business, or any Account which was partially paid and such Credit Party created a new receivable for the unpaid portion of such Account with a later due date than the original receivable; 

(x) which does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws and regulations, whether federal, state,
provincial, foreign, municipal or local, including, without limitation, the Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act, the Federal Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z of the Board; 

(y) which was created on cash on delivery terms; and 

(z) which Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion may not be paid by reason of the Account Debtor’s inability to pay or which Agent
otherwise determines in its Permitted Discretion is unacceptable for any reason whatsoever. 
 There has been excluded from each Account any
portion of such Account representing sales tax, excise tax, goods and services tax, harmonized tax or any other Taxes or collections on behalf of any Governmental Authority which such Borrower is obligated to distribute or remit to such Governmental
Authority. 
 Subject to Section 12.2(b), Agent shall establish a Dilution Reserve and a Rent Reserve and Agent shall have the
right to establish, modify or eliminate such other Reserves against Eligible Accounts from time to time in its Permitted Discretion in conformity with Section 2.18. Any Accounts which are not Eligible Accounts shall nevertheless be part
of the Collateral. 

  
 21 

 In the event that an Account, which was previously an Eligible Account, ceases to be an Eligible
Account hereunder, Borrower Representative shall exclude such Account from Eligible Accounts on, and at the time of submission to Agent of, the next Borrowing Base Certificate. In determining the amount of the Eligible Account, the face amount of an
Account shall be reduced by, without duplication and to the extent such reduction is not reflected in such face amount, (i) the amount of all accrued and actual discounts, claims, credits or credits pending, promotional program allowances,
price adjustments, finance charges or other allowances (including, any amount that any Credit Party is obligated to rebate to an Account Debtor pursuant to the terms of any agreement or understanding (written or oral)), and (ii) the aggregate
amount of all cash received in respect of such Account but not yet applied by any Credit Party to reduce the amount of such Account. 

“Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender, (b) a commercial bank, insurance company, finance company, financial
institution, any fund that invests in revolving loans, (c) any Affiliate of a Lender, or (d) an Approved Fund of a Lender; provided that in any event, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include (i) any natural person,
(ii) any Disqualified Institution or (iii) any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate thereof. 
 “Eligible
Equipment” means Equipment of the U.S. Borrowers (in case of the U.S. Borrowing Base) or all Borrowers (in case of the Canadian Borrowing Base) (a) that is located at one of the business locations of a Credit Party set forth on
Schedule (4.6), (b) that is not excluded as ineligible by virtue of the one or more of the criteria set forth below, and (c) in respect of which Agent has completed a Borrowing Base Collateral review and an appraisal report, in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, has been delivered to Agent. An item of Equipment shall not be included in Eligible Equipment if: (i) a Borrower does not have good and valid title thereto; (ii) (A) with respect to
Equipment of the U.S. Borrowers, it is not located at one of the locations in the continental United States set forth on Schedule (4.6) (or in-transit from one such location to another such location), and (B) with respect to
Equipment of the Canadian Borrowers, it is not located at one of the locations in Canada or the continental United States set forth on Schedule (4.6) (or in-transit from one such location to another such location); (iii) it is
located on real property not owned by a Borrower and not subject to a Mortgage, unless (A) (1) it is subject to a written subordination or waiver, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed by each owner and each
lessor of such real property (and any holder of a Lien on such real property) or (2) a Rent Reserve has been established by Agent with respect to such Equipment, and (B) it is segregated or otherwise separately identifiable from goods of
others, if any, located on such real property; (iv) it is not subject to a valid and perfected first priority Lien in favor of Agent, subject to Permitted Encumbrances; (v) it (A) is not in good repair and normal operating condition
in accordance with its intended use in the business of such Borrower, or (B) is substantially worn, damaged, defective or obsolete, or (C) constitutes furnishings, fixtures or parts unless such Equipment is affixed to real property subject
to a Mortgage, or (vi) the receipts received by any Credit Party from any warehouse states that the goods covered thereby are to be delivered to bearer or to the order of a named Person or to a named Person and such named Person’s assigns.

  
 22 

 “Eligible Real Property” means, a Mortgaged Property: 

(a) that is located in the United States or any state thereof; 

(b) that is acceptable in the Permitted Discretion of Agent for inclusion in the Borrowing Base; 

(c) in respect of which an appraisal report, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, has been delivered to Agent; 

(d) in respect of which Agent is satisfied in its Permitted Discretion that all actions necessary or desirable pursuant to
Section 4.21(b), in order to create a first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Encumbrances not securing Indebtedness) in favor of Agent on such Mortgaged Property have been taken, including, the filing and recording of Mortgages;

 (e) in respect of which a Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Report has been completed and delivered to Agent in form and substance
that meets ASTM Standard E1527-05 and which does not indicate any pending, threatened or existing Environmental Liability, or noncompliance with any Environmental Law, in any case which is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,
except (in the case of any such Mortgaged Property) to the extent a Reserve has been imposed by Agent in its Permitted Discretion with respect to such Environmental Liability or such noncompliance with Environmental Law; 

(f) with respect to which Agent has received Title Insurance; 

(g) with respect to which Agent has received a Flood Certificate; and 

(h) with respect to which Agent has received a Real Estate Survey and a Mortgage Opinion. 

“Eligible Rolling Stock” means Rolling Stock constituting trucks, trailers and tractors that (i) are owned by any of the
U.S. Borrowers, (ii) is either subject to a valid certificate of title (other than with respect to trailers that are registered or located in a State that does not provide that a “certificate of title” is an evidence of ownership of
trailers registered or located in such State), or if not so subject, has been fully assembled and delivered to a U.S. Borrower and is subject to a manufacturer’s statement of origin that can be delivered to the applicable titling authority to
promptly cause such Rolling Stock to become titled, and (iii) in respect of which Agent is satisfied in its Permitted Discretion that all actions necessary or desirable, including, without limitation pursuant to Section 6.17, in
order to create a perfected first priority Lien in favor of Agent on such Rolling Stock have been taken. 
 “Environmental
Laws” means all applicable federal, state, provincial, local and foreign laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, standards and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, including any applicable judicial or administrative order, consent
decree, order or judgment, in each case having the force or effect of law, imposing liability or standards of conduct for or relating to the regulation and protection of human health, safety, the environment and natural resources (including ambient
air, soil, vapor, surface water, groundwater, wetlands, land surface or subsurface strata, wildlife, aquatic species and vegetation). Environmental Laws include the 

  
 23 

 
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq.) (“CERCLA”); the Hazardous Materials
Transportation Authorization Act of 1994 (49 U.S.C. §§ 5101 et seq.); the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. §§ 136 et seq.); the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C.
§§ 6901 et seq.); the Toxic Substance Control Act (15 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.); the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq.); the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.
§§ 1251 et seq.); the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et seq.); and the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 300(f) et seq.), and any and all regulations
promulgated thereunder, and all analogous federal, state, provincial, local and foreign counterparts or equivalents and any transfer of ownership notification or approval statutes related to the protection of human health, safety or the environment.

 “Environmental Liabilities” means, with respect to any Person, all liabilities, obligations, responsibilities, response,
remedial and removal costs, investigation and feasibility study costs, losses, damages, punitive damages, property damages, natural resource damages, consequential damages, treble damages, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees,
disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts and consultants), fines, penalties, sanctions and interest incurred as a result of or related to any claim, suit, action, investigation, proceeding or demand by any Person, whether based in contract,
tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute or common law, arising under or related to any Environmental Laws, Environmental Permits, or in connection with any Release or threatened Release or presence of a
Hazardous Material whether on, at, in, under, from or about or in the vicinity of any real or personal property. 
 “Environmental
Permits” means all permits, licenses, authorizations, certificates, approvals or registrations required by any Governmental Authority under any Environmental Laws for conducting the operations of the Borrowers. 

“Equipment” means all “equipment,” as such term is defined in the Code or the PPSA, as applicable, now owned or
hereafter acquired by any Credit Party, wherever located. 
 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, and any regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to
any Credit Party, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such Credit Party, are treated as a single employer within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the IRC. 

“ERISA Event” means, with respect to any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate, (a) any event described in
Section 4043(c) of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan (other than an event for which the thirty (30) day notice period is waived); (b) the withdrawal of any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate from a Title IV Plan subject to
Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (c) the complete or partial withdrawal of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan;
(d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Title IV Plan or the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA; (e) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan
by the PBGC; (f) the failure by any Credit Party 

  
 24 

 
or ERISA Affiliate to make when due required contributions to a Multiemployer Plan or Title IV Plan unless such failure is cured within thirty (30) days; (g) the termination of a
Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041A of ERISA or the reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (h) the loss of a Qualified Plan’s qualification or tax exempt status; or
(i) the termination of a Plan described in Section 4064 of ERISA. 
 “ERISA Lien” has the meaning ascribed to it
in Section 6.11. 
 “E-Signature” means the process of attaching to, or logically associating with, an
Electronic Transmission, an electronic symbol, encryption, digital signature or process (including the name or an abbreviation of the name of the party transmitting the Electronic Transmission) with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such
Electronic Transmission. 
 “E-System” means any electronic system approved by Agent, including Intralinks® and
ClearPar® and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by Agent, any of its Related Persons or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security
system. 
 “Event of Default” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.1. 

“Excluded Subsidiaries” means, collectively, any (a) Unrestricted Subsidiary, (b) Foreign Subsidiary,
(c) indirect Subsidiary of Parent Borrower that is a direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (d) Subsidiary that is a captive insurance company, (e) not-for-profit Subsidiary, (f) Subsidiary that is
prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or by Contractual Obligation existing on the Closing Date or by applicable law, rule or regulation or by any Contractual Obligation existing at the time of acquisition thereof after the Closing Date
for so long as such prohibition exists, in each case from guaranteeing the Obligations, (g) non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Parent Borrower and (h) Subsidiary which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval,
license or authorization to provide a Guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received; provided that the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower incorporated or otherwise organized in Canada or any
province thereof shall not constitute Excluded Subsidiaries under, and for purposes of, clauses (b) and (c) in connection with guarantees and other credit support with respect to the obligations of the Canadian Borrowers. 

“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Credit Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a
portion of the Obligations of such Credit Party of, or the grant by such Credit Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Obligations thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation
or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof). If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of
such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Obligation or security interest is or becomes illegal. 

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient, or required to be withheld or
deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) taxes imposed on or measured by the net income (however denominated) of such Recipient by the 

  
 25 

 
jurisdictions under the laws of which such Recipient is organized, conducts business, or to which it has a present or former connection (other than a connection arising solely from such Recipient
having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned
an interest in any Loan or Loan Document) resulting in such Tax, or any political subdivision thereof, (b) any franchise or branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) or any similar Tax imposed by
any other jurisdiction in which such Recipient is located, (c) in the case of a Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by Borrowers under Section 2.14(d)), any withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to or
for the account of such Lender and is the result of any law in effect (including FATCA) on (and, in the case of FATCA, including any regulations or official interpretations thereof issued after) the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement
(or designates a new lending office, unless such designation is at the request of the Borrower Representative under Section 2.14(g)), and (d) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with
Section 2.13(d). 
 “Existing Senior Notes” means the 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2017 issued by Parent
Borrower pursuant to that certain Indenture and that certain First Supplemental Indenture, each dated September 26, 2012, between Parent Borrower and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. 

“Existing Senior Notes Reserve” means a reserve established against Availability and the Borrowing Base by Agent on
June 30, 2017 in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Maximum Amount and (y) the amount that is required to redeem and pay-in-full the Existing Senior Notes that remain outstanding on June 30, 2017 or thereafter;
provided that on the date the Existing Senior Notes and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof that matures or requires a payment on or prior to the date that is 90-days after October 16, 2018 is terminated and paid-in-full, the
amount of the Existing Senior Notes Reserve shall be reduced to zero. 
 “Extended Revolving Commitment” has the meaning
ascribed to it in Section 2.16(c). 
 “Extension” has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 2.16(c). 
 “Extending Lender” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.16(c). 

“Fair Labor Standards Act” means the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 201 et seq. 

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the IRC as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version
that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof. 

“FCPA” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq.), as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder. 
 “Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, a floating rate equal to (a) the
weighted average of interest rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on the applicable Business Day (or on the preceding Business Day, if the applicable day is not a
Business Day), as published by the Federal 

  
 26 

 
Reserve Bank of New York on the next Business Day; or (b) if no such rate is published on the next Business Day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions
among members of the Federal Reserve System, as determined by Agent in its reasonable discretion, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive (absent manifest error). 

“Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. 

“Fee Letter” means that certain Fee Letter, dated as of October 18, 2013, between MSSF, Credit Suisse Securities (USA)
LLC, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch and Parent Borrower with respect to certain Fees to be paid from time to time by Borrowers. 

“Fees” means any and all fees and other amounts payable to Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents. 
 “FEMA” means the Federal Emergency Management Agency, a component of the United States Department of
Homeland Security that administers the National Flood Insurance Program. 
 “Financial Officer” means, with respect to any
Group Member, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the principal accounting officer, the treasurer, the assistant treasurer and the controller thereof. 

“Financial Performance Covenant” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.4(a). 

“Financial Statements” means the consolidated income statements, statements of cash flows and balance sheets of Borrowers
delivered in accordance with Section 4.4 and Section 5.1. 
 “Fiscal Month” means any of the
monthly accounting periods of Borrowers. 
 “Fiscal Quarter” means any of the quarterly accounting periods of Borrowers,
ending on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year. 
 “Fiscal Year”
means any of the annual accounting periods of Borrowers ending on December 31 of each year. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio” shall mean, for any period, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for such period minus the sum of (i) Unfinanced Capital Expenditures plus (ii) the portion of taxes based on income actually paid in cash and provisions
for cash income taxes to (b) Fixed Charges for such period. 
 “Fixed Charges” shall mean, for any period, the sum of
(a) any scheduled amortization payments paid or payable during such period on all Indebtedness of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the principal component of all obligations in respect of all Capitalized Lease Obligations),
plus (b) consolidated cash Interest Expense of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus (c) all dividends paid in cash on any series of Disqualified Capital Stock of Parent Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, other than dividends payable solely in Qualified Capital Stock of Parent Borrower or to Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent Borrower, in each case, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 27 

 “Flood Insurance” means, for any Mortgaged Property located in a Special Flood
Hazard Area, private insurance that meets the requirements set forth by FEMA in its Mandatory Purchase of Flood Insurance Guidelines. Flood Insurance shall be in an amount consistent with Section 6.4(a). 

“Flood Certificate” means a “Standard Flood Hazard Determination Form” of the Federal Emergency Management
Agency and any successor Governmental Authority performing a similar function. 
 “Foreign Lender” has the meaning ascribed
thereto in Section 2.13(d). 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is incorporated or organized
under the laws of a country other than the United States or any state, possession or territory thereof or the District of Columbia that is treated as a CFC, provided that any Subsidiary that is not described in the preceding clause, but which
owns equity interests in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are treated as CFCs but owns no other material assets and does not engage in any trade or business (other than acting as a holding company for such equity interests in such Foreign
Subsidiaries) shall be deemed to be a Foreign Subsidiary hereunder; provided further that for any Subsidiary which is disregarded as separate from its owner for United States federal income tax purposes and which owns equity interests
in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are treated as CFCs but owns no other material assets shall be deemed to be a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States consistently applied, as such term is further
defined in Section 1.4. 
 “General Intangibles” has the meaning ascribed to it in the U.S. Security Agreement.

 “Goods” means all “goods” as defined in the Code or the PPSA, as applicable, now owned or hereafter acquired
by any Credit Party, wherever located, including embedded Software to the extent included in “goods” as defined in the Code or the PPSA, as applicable. 

“Governmental Authority” any federal, state, provincial or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, department or
other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government. 

“Granting Lender” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.1(g). 

“Group Members” means the collective reference to Borrowers and their Subsidiaries. 

“Guarantied Obligations” means as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guarantying or otherwise having the economic
effect of guarantying any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, or other obligation (“primary obligation”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, including any obligation or arrangement of such Person
to (a) purchase or repurchase any such primary obligation, (b) advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or
otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet condition of the primary obligor, (c) purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability
of the primary 

  
 28 

 
obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, (d) protect the beneficiary of such arrangement from loss (other than product warranties given in the ordinary course of business), or
(e) indemnify the owner of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantied Obligations shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary
course of business or standard contractual indemnities. The amount of any Guarantied Obligations at any time shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the lesser at such time of (x) the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in
respect of which such Guarantied Obligations is incurred, and (y) the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantied Obligations, or, if not stated or determinable, the
maximum reasonably anticipated liability (assuming full performance) in respect thereof. 
 “Guaranties” means the U.S.
Guaranty, the Canadian Guaranty and any other guaranty executed by any Guarantor in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in respect of the Obligations. 

“Guarantors” means each Subsidiary Guarantor and each other Person, if any, that executes a guaranty or other similar
agreement in favor of Agent, for itself and the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 

“Hazardous Material” means any substance, material or waste that is regulated as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance,
hazardous material, pollutant, contaminant or words of similar import under any Environmental Law, including but not limited to any “Hazardous Waste” as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (42 U.S.C. § 6901
et seq. (1976)), any “Hazardous Substance” as defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. (1980)), any petroleum or any fraction
thereof, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, toxic mold, mycotoxins, toxic microbial matter (naturally occurring or otherwise), infectious waste and radioactive substances or any other substance that is regulated under Environmental Law due to its
toxic, ignitable, reactive, corrosive, caustic or dangerous properties. 
 “Hedge Bank” means any Person that, at the time
an applicable Swap Contract was entered into (or in the case of Swap Agreements entered into prior to the Closing Date, as of the Closing Date) with a Credit Party, is a Lender, Agent, or an Affiliate or branch of a Lender or Agent. 

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, with respect to Sections 9.1(j) or (k) (events and/or circumstances
described therein, each an “Insolvency Event”) as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent Borrower (other than any Borrower) (a) whose total assets at the last day of the of the most recent fiscal period for which
financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or (c) were equal to or less than 5% of the consolidated total assets of Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date;
provided that total assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries subject to Insolvency Events on any date shall not exceed 5% of total assets of Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date and (b) that does not contribute
EBITDA in excess of 5% of the EBITDA of Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, for the most recently ended for the twelve month period ending on the 

  
 29 

 
last day of the most recent fiscal period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or (c); provided that, EBITDA (as so determined)
of all Immaterial Subsidiaries subject to Insolvency Events on any date shall not exceed 5% of EBITDA of Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the relevant period. 

“Impacted Lender” means any Lender that fails to promptly provide any Borrower or Agent, upon such Person’s reasonable
request, reasonably satisfactory evidence that such Lender will not become a Non-Funding Lender. 
 “Incremental Lender”
has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.16(a). 
 “Incremental Revolving Loan Amendment” has the meaning
ascribed to it in Section 2.16(a). 
 “Incremental Revolving Loans” has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 2.16(a). 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) all
indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding obligations to trade creditors and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business), but excluding
“earn-out” obligations or other contingent consideration liabilities arising in connection with Permitted Acquisitions until the amounts are due and payable, (b) all reimbursement and other obligations with respect to letters of
credit, bankers’ acceptances and surety bonds, whether or not matured, (c) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all
Capital Lease Obligations and the present value of future rental payments under all synthetic leases, off balance sheet or tax retention arrangements, (f) all obligations of such Person under commodity price hedging arrangements, in each case
whether contingent or matured; provided, the amount of any such obligations shall be deemed to be the Termination Value, (g) all obligations of such Person under any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, interest rate swap,
cap or collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to alter the risks of that Person arising from fluctuations in currency values or interest rates, in each case whether contingent or matured; provided, the amount of
any such obligations shall be deemed to be the Termination Value, (h) all Indebtedness referred to above secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or
in property or other assets (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness shall not have been
assumed by such Person and is otherwise non-recourse to such Person, the amount of such obligation treated as Indebtedness shall not exceed the fair market value of such property or assets, (i) all obligations of such Person to purchase,
redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Disqualified Capital Stock other than such repurchases from former directors, officers or employees made pursuant to stock option agreements, (j) any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or
intended to guarantee (whether directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted, or sold with recourse) any obligation of any other Person that constitutes Indebtedness under any of clauses (a) through
(i)

  
 30 

 
above, and (k) the Obligations; provided that Indebtedness shall not include (i) deferred or prepaid revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) purchase
price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller of such assets. 

“Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.11. 

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning ascribed to in Section 2.11. 

“Indemnified Tax” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on
account of any obligation of a Credit Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes. 

“Insolvency Laws” means any of the Bankruptcy Code, the BIA or the CCAA, in each case, as now and hereafter in effect, any
successors to any such statute and any other applicable insolvency or other similar law of any jurisdiction including, without limitation, any law of any jurisdiction permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of the claims of its
creditors against it. 
 “Instruments” means all “instruments,” as such term is defined in the Code or the PPSA,
as applicable, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party, wherever located, and, in any event, shall include all promissory notes and other evidences of indebtedness, other than instruments that constitute, or are a part of a group of
writings that constitute, Chattel Paper. 
 “Intellectual Property” means any and all Patents, Copyrights and Trademarks.

 “Intellectual Property Security Agreements” means, collectively, any and all Copyright Security Agreements, Patent
Security Agreements and Trademark Security Agreements, made in favor of Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, by each Credit Party signatory thereto, as amended from time to time. 

“Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any fiscal period, (i) interest expense of such Person
determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ended on such date minus (ii) cash interest income of such Person determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ended on such date. 

“Interest Payment Date” means (a) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter to occur while
such Loan is outstanding, and the final maturity date of such Loan, and (b) as to any LIBOR Loan, the last day of the applicable LIBOR Period; provided, that in the case of any LIBOR Period greater than three months in duration, interest
shall be payable at three-month intervals and on the last day of such LIBOR Period; and provided further that, in addition to the foregoing, each of (x) the date upon which all of the Commitments have been terminated and the Loans
have been paid in full and (y) the Commitment Termination Date shall be deemed to be an Interest Payment Date with respect to any interest that has then accrued under this Agreement. 

“Inventory” means all “inventory,” as such term is defined in the Code or the PPSA, as applicable, now owned or
hereafter acquired by any Credit Party, wherever located. 

  
 31 

 “Investment Property” has the meaning ascribed to it in the U.S. Security
Agreement. 
 “Investments” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.2. 

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and all regulations promulgated thereunder. 

“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service. 

“Joint Venture” means any Person a portion (but not all) of the Capital Stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by a
Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof but which is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary and which is engaged in a business which is similar to or complementary with the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as permitted under this Agreement. 

“JPE” means Jacobs Private Equity, LLC. 

“L/C Issuer” means Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. or any of its Affiliates or branches, in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of
Credit, or such other bank or authorized Person as Borrower Representative and Agent may select as the L/C Issuer under this Agreement. 

“L/C Sublimit” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(a). 

“Lenders” means the Lenders named on the signature pages of this Agreement and all financial institutions and funds that make
Incremental Loans hereunder; and, if any such Lender shall decide to assign (in accordance with Section 11.1) all or any portion of the Obligations, such term shall include any permitted assignee of such Lender. 

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(d). 

“Letter of Credit Obligations” means all outstanding obligations incurred by Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders at the request of
Borrower Representative, whether direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, due or not due, in connection with the issuance of Letters of Credit by the L/C Issuer or the purchase of a participation as set forth in Section 2.2 with
respect to any Letter of Credit. The amount of such Letter of Credit Obligations shall equal the maximum amount that may be payable at such time or at any time thereafter by L/C Issuer, Agent or Lenders thereupon or pursuant thereto. 

“Letter-of-Credit Rights” means “letter-of-credit rights” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or
hereafter acquired by any Credit Party. 
 “Letters of Credit” means standby letters of credit issued for the account of
any Borrower by any L/C Issuer, in form and substance satisfactory to such L/C Issuer. 
 “Liabilities” means all claims,
actions, suits, judgments, damages, losses, liability, obligations, responsibilities, fines, penalties, sanctions, costs, fees, taxes, commissions, charges, disbursements and expenses, in each case of any kind or nature (including interest accrued
thereon or as a result thereto and reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of advisors, appraisers, field examiners and legal advisors), whether joint or several, whether or not indirect, contingent, consequential, actual, punitive, treble or
otherwise. 

  
 32 

 “LIBOR Business Day” means a Business Day on which banks in the City of London
are generally open for interbank or foreign exchange transactions. 
 “LIBOR Loan” means a Loan or any portion thereof
bearing interest by reference to the (a) LIBOR Rate, with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans denominated in Dollars and (b) BA Rate, with respect to BA Rate Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars. 

“LIBOR Margin” means the per annum interest rate margin from time to time in effect and payable in addition to the
(a) LIBOR Rate, with respect to LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars and (b) BA Rate, with respect to BA Rate Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, applicable to the Revolver Credit Advances, as determined by reference to the definition of
Applicable Margin. 
 “LIBOR Period” means, with respect to any LIBOR Loan, each period commencing on a LIBOR Business Day
selected by Borrower Representative pursuant to this Agreement and ending one, three or six months (and if available to all Lenders, twelve months) thereafter, as selected by Borrower Representative’s irrevocable notice to Agent as set forth in
Section 2.5(e); provided, that the foregoing provision relating to LIBOR Periods is subject to the following: 
 (a) if
any LIBOR Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a LIBOR Business Day, such LIBOR Period shall be extended to the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such LIBOR Period into another
calendar month, in which event such LIBOR Period shall end on the immediately preceding LIBOR Business Day; 
 (b) any LIBOR Period that
would otherwise extend beyond the Commitment Termination Date shall end on such date; 
 (c) any LIBOR Period that begins on the last LIBOR
Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such LIBOR Period) shall end on the last LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month; and 

(d) Borrower Representative shall select LIBOR Periods so that there shall be no more than ten (10) separate LIBOR Loans in existence at
any one time. 
 “LIBOR Rate” means for each LIBOR Period, a rate of interest determined by Agent equal to: 

(a) the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen for the relevant currency
two Business Days prior to the commencement of such LIBOR Period, or, if for any reason such rate is not available, the rate at which the relevant currency deposits for a maturity comparable to such LIBOR Period are offered by the principal office
of Agent in same day funds to first-class banks in the London interbank market at approximately 10:00 a.m. London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such LIBOR Period; divided by 

  
 33 

 (b) a number equal to 1.0 minus the aggregate (but without duplication) of the rates
(expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on the day that is two (2) LIBOR Business Days prior to the beginning of such LIBOR Period (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations
of the Federal Reserve Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto, as now and from time to time in effect) for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of
the Federal Reserve Board) that are required to be maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. 
 “License”
means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license of intellectual property rights or interests, now held or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party. 

“Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, deposit arrangement, lien
(statutory or otherwise), charge, security interest, easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any capital lease or title retention agreement,
any financing lease (other than operating leases) having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing. 

“Litigation” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.13. 

“Loan Account” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.10. 

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Collateral Documents, the Fee Letter and all other agreements,
instruments, and documents executed and delivered to, or in favor of, Agent or any Lenders securing any Obligation and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents and assignments. Any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan
Document to a Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to this Agreement or such Loan Document as the same may be in
effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative. 
 “Loans” means the Revolving Loans and the Swing Line
Loans. 
 “Lock Boxes” has the meaning ascribed to it in Annex A. 

“Majority Control” means with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, (i) the ownership,
control, or holding by parent of securities or other ownership interests representing 50% or more of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, 50% or more of the general partnership interest of any other corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, association or other entity (the “subject person”), (ii) occupation of 50% or more of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the subject person by Persons who were
nominees, designees or Related Persons of parent, or (iii) any circumstances that could require the accounts of the subject Person to be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s

  
 34 

 
consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date. Terms such as “Majority Controlled” and “Majority
Controlling” shall have corresponding meanings. 
 “Margin Stock” has the meaning ascribed to in
Section 4.10. 
 “Material Adverse Effect” means, a material adverse effect on (x) the business, financial
condition, operations or properties of Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, after giving effect to the Related Transactions, (y) the ability of Borrowers or the other Credit Parties to perform their payment obligations
under the Loan Documents when due, and (z) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of Agent and the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents. 

“Maximum Amount” means $25,000,000. 

“Maximum Lawful Rate” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.5(f). 

“MNPI” means information that is (a) not publicly available with respect to the Borrowers (or any Subsidiary of any
Borrower, as the case may be) and (b) material with respect to the Borrowers (or their Subsidiaries) or their securities for purpose of United States federal and state securities laws. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 

“Mortgage” means the mortgages, deeds of trust or other real estate security documents delivered by any Credit Party to
Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, with respect to the Mortgaged Property, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent. 

“Mortgage Opinion” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.21(b)(ii)(C). 

“Mortgaged Property” means the real property owned by any Credit Party in fee and on which a Credit Party delivers a Mortgage
pursuant to the terms hereof. 
 “MSSF” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble to this Agreement. 

“Multiemployer Plan” means a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, and to which any
Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate is making, is obligated to make, or has made or been obligated to make, contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them. 

“National Flood Insurance Program” means the program created by the United States Congress pursuant to the National Flood
Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as revised by the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, that mandates the purchase of flood insurance to cover real property improvements located in Special Flood Hazard
Areas in participating communities when such real property improvements are granted as security for a loan and provides protection to property owners through a Federal insurance program. 

  
 35 

 “Net Orderly Liquidation Value” means, with respect to any category of Eligible
Equipment or Eligible Rolling Stock, as applicable, the estimated net recovery value as set forth in the most recent appraisal report for such Eligible Equipment or Eligible Rolling Stock, as applicable performed by an appraiser reasonably
acceptable to Agent, applying an approach to valuation which is consistent with the approach used in appraisals prepared for Agent’ use at the time such Eligible Equipment or Eligible Rolling Stock, as applicable is included in the Borrowing
Base, which reflects the estimated net cash value expected by the appraiser to be derived from a sale or disposition at a liquidation or going-out-of-business sale of such Eligible Equipment or Eligible Rolling Stock, as applicable after deducting
all reasonable costs, expenses and fees attributable to such sale or disposition, including, without limitation, all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of any liquidator engaged to conduct such sale or disposition, and all reasonable costs and
expenses of removing and delivering the same to a purchaser. 
 “Net Recovery Percentage” shall mean the fraction,
expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is the amount equal to the amount of the aggregate expected recovery in respect of the Eligible Rolling Stock on a Net Orderly Liquidation Value basis as reflected in the most recent
appraisal, and (b) the denominator of which is the net book value of the aggregate amount of the Eligible Rolling Stock subject to such appraisal. 

“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 12.2(d). 

“Non-Funding Lender” shall mean any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within
two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies Agent and Borrower Representative in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions
precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be
paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified Borrower Representative and Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that
effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition
precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by Agent or Borrower Representative,
to confirm in writing to Agent and Borrower Representative that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Non-Funding Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon
receipt of such written confirmation by Agent and Borrower Representative), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Insolvency Law, or (ii) had appointed for it
a receiver, interim receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, monitor, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation or any other state, federal or foreign regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Non-Funding Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Capital Stock in
that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from 

  
 36 

 
the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or Canada or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to
reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by Agent that a Lender is a Non-Funding Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above, and of the
effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Non-Funding Lender as of the date established therefor by Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be
delivered by Agent to Borrower Representative and each other Lender promptly following such determination. 
 “Notes”
means, collectively, the Revolving Notes and the Swing Line Notes. 
 “Notice of Conversion/Continuation” has the meaning
ascribed to it in Section 2.5(e). 
 “Notice of Revolving Credit Advance” has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 2.1(a)(i). 
 “Obligations” means all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations for the
performance of covenants or for payment of monetary amounts (whether or not such performance is then required or contingent, or such amounts are liquidated or determinable) owing by any Credit Party to any Secured Party under any Loan Document, and
all covenants and duties regarding such amounts, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, agreement, letter of credit agreement or other instrument, arising under this Agreement, any of the other Loan
Documents, any Bank Product Documents or any Secured Hedge Agreement (other than with respect to any Credit Party’s obligations that constitute Excluded Swap Obligations solely with respect to such Credit Party). This term includes all
principal, interest (including all interest that accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding by or against any Credit Party in bankruptcy, whether or not allowed in such case or proceeding), Fees, Secured Hedging Obligations (other than
with respect to any Credit Party’s Secured Hedging Obligations that constitute Excluded Swap Obligations solely with respect to such Credit Party), expenses, attorneys’ fees and any other sum chargeable to any Credit Party under this
Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, any Bank Product Documents or any Secured Hedge Agreements. 
 “OFAC” has the
meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.23. 
 “Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to a Recipient, Taxes
imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under,
received payments under, received or perfected security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document). 

“Other Taxes” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.13(b). 

“Overadvance” means, at any time, and without duplication, the sum of the U.S. Overadvance plus the Canadian
Overadvance. 
 “Parent Borrower” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble to this Agreement. 

  
 37 

 “Participant Register” has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 11.1(c). 
 “Patent License” means rights under any written agreement now owned or hereafter acquired
by any Credit Party granting to such Credit Party any right with respect to any Patent. 
 “Patents” has the meaning
ascribed to it in the U.S. Security Agreement. 
 “Patriot Act” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.24.

 “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. 

“Pension Plan” means a Plan described in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than Canadian Pension Plan and Canadian Benefit
Plan). 
 “Permitted Acquisition” means any Acquisition with respect to which each of the following conditions has been
satisfied: (a) such Acquisition shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Person (or similar governing body if such Person is not a corporation) which is the subject of such Acquisition, and such Person shall not have announced
that it will oppose such Acquisition and shall not have commenced any action which alleges that any such Acquisition will violate any applicable law; (b) the Aggregate Consideration of all Permitted Acquisitions of Persons that, subject to
Section 6.12(a), do not become Subsidiary Guarantors or whose assets do not become Collateral following the Closing Date, together with amounts of Investments made under Section 7.2(e)(iii), shall not exceed $10,000,000;
(c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing (including after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition) on the date of the Permitted Acquisition; (d) the acquired Person or assets are in the same or
substantially similar, ancillary or related line of business as the Credit Parties; and (e) in the case of Acquisitions over $2,500,000, Parent Borrower shall have delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, no later than the date on
which any such Acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Financial Officer of Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in clauses (a) through
(d) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such Acquisition. 
 “Permitted
Discretion” means a determination made by Agent in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured asset-based revolving lender) business judgment. 

“Permitted Encumbrances” means the encumbrances and Liens permitted under Section 7.7. 

“Permitted Holders” means JPE, Bradley Jacobs (“Jacobs”), any entity controlled by Jacobs, Jacobs’
wife, Jacobs’ children and other lineal descendants and trusts established for the benefit any of the foregoing. 
 “Permitted
Protest” means the right of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to protest any Lien (other than any Lien that secures the Obligations), taxes (other than payroll taxes or taxes that are the subject of a United States federal or Canadian
federal, provincial, territorial or municipal tax lien), or rental payment, provided that (a) a reserve with respect to such obligation is established on such Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records in such amount as
is 

  
 38 

 
required under GAAP, (b) any such protest is pursued diligently by such Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable, in good faith, and (c) while any such protest is pending, there will
be no impairment of the enforceability, validity or priority of any of Agent’s Liens. 
 “Person” means any
individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, other entity or government
(whether federal, state, provincial, county, city, municipal, local, foreign or otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof). 

“Plan” means, at any time, an “employee benefit plan”, as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (other than a
Multiemployer Plan), that any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to or has maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to at any time within the past seven (7) years on
behalf of participants who are or were employed by any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate. 
 “PPSA” means the Personal
Property Security Act (Ontario) (or any successor statute) or similar legislation (including the Civil Code of Quebec) of any other Canadian jurisdiction the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with the issue,
perfection, effect of perfection, enforcement, enforceability, opposability, validity or effect of security interests or other applicable lien. 

“Pro Forma” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income of Parent Borrower and its
consolidated Subsidiaries for the four-fiscal quarter period ending June 30, 2013 after giving Pro Forma Effect to the Related Transactions. 

“Pro Forma Basis,” “Pro Forma Compliance” and “Pro Forma Effect” means, with respect to any
determination for any period and any transaction, that such determination shall be made by giving pro forma effect to each such transaction, as if each such transaction had been consummated on the first day of such period, based on, in the case of
determinations made in reliance on pro-forma financial statement calculations only, historical results accounted for in accordance with GAAP and, to the extent applicable, reasonable assumptions that are specified in detail in the relevant
compliance certificate, financial statement or other document provided to Agent or any Lender in connection herewith (which shall be prepared by the Parent Borrower in good faith (subject to the approval of Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld))
and for such purposes historical financial statements shall be recalculated as if such transaction had been consummated at the beginning of the applicable period, and any Indebtedness or other liabilities to be incurred, assumed or repaid had been
incurred, assumed or repaid at the beginning of such period (and assuming that such Indebtedness to be incurred bears interest during any portion of the applicable measurement period prior to the relevant acquisition at the weighted average of the
interest rates applicable to such Indebtedness incurred during such period) and, to the extent pro forma financial statements are required to be prepared by the Parent Borrower under Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933 (“Reg. S-X”) reflecting such transaction for any period, all pro forma calculations made hereunder with respect to such transaction and for such period shall be in conformity with Reg. S-X at all times
after such pro-forma financial statements reflecting such transactions are required to be filed by the Parent Borrower under Reg. S-X. 

  
 39 

 “Pro Rata Extension Offers” has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 2.16(c). 
 “Pro Rata Share” means with respect to all matters relating to any Lender, (i) with
respect to the Revolving Loans, the percentage obtained by dividing (A) the Commitment of that Lender by (B) the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders, as any such percentages may be adjusted by increases or decreases in
Commitments pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof or by assignments permitted pursuant to Section 11.1, (ii) with respect to all Loans, the percentage obtained by dividing (A) the aggregate Commitments of that
Lender by (B) the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders, and (iii) with respect to all Loans on and after the Commitment Termination Date, the percentage obtained by dividing (A) the aggregate outstanding principal
balance of the Loans held by that Lender, by (B) the outstanding principal balance of the Loans held by all Lenders. 

“Public Lender” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.13(a). 

“Qualified Capital Stock” shall mean any Capital Stock other than Disqualified Capital Stock. 

“Qualified Plan” means a Pension Plan that is intended to be tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the IRC. 

“Quarterly Average Availability Percentage” means, at any time, the Average Availability Percentage for the immediately
preceding fiscal quarter. 
 “Quarterly Average Unused Revolving Facility Balance” means, at any time, the Average Unused
Revolving Facility Balance for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter. 
 “Real Estate” has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 4.6. 
 “Real Estate Survey” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.21(b)(ii)(C). 

“Recipient” means (a) Agent and (b) any Lender, as applicable. 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any
Indebtedness or any Indebtedness issued to so refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease such Indebtedness, in an amount not to exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness plus additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums,
defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness (i) has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is
not less than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased and (ii) has a maturity date which is not earlier than the maturity date of the Indebtedness
being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased. 
 “Refunded Swing Line Loan” has the meaning ascribed
to it in Section 2.1(b)(iii). 
 “Register” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.1(a)(i).

  
 40 

 “Related Persons” means, with respect to any Person, each Affiliate of such
Person and each director, officer, employee, agent, trustee, representative, attorney, accountant and each insurance, environmental, legal, financial and other advisor and other consultants and agents of or to such Person or any of its Affiliates.

 “Related Transactions” means the entry into and the initial borrowing under this Agreement on the Closing Date, the
payment of all fees, costs and expenses associated with all of the foregoing and the execution and delivery of all of the Related Transactions Documents. 

“Related Transactions Documents” means the Loan Documents and all other agreements or instruments executed in connection with
the Related Transactions. 
 “Release” means any release, threatened release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring,
emitting, emptying, escape, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous Material in the environment, including the migration of Hazardous Material through or in the air, soil, surface water, ground
water or property. 
 “Rent Reserve” means, with respect to any store, warehouse distribution center, regional distribution
center or depot where any Eligible Equipment subject to Liens arising by operation of law is located (other than any Eligible Equipment with respect to which Agent has determined that such Liens have been waived or subordinated to Agent’s
reasonable satisfaction pursuant to a landlord waiver, bailee letter or comparable agreement), a rent reserve not in excess of three (3) months’ rent (or for such longer time period that is determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion
as reasonably necessary to protect and/or realize upon the Collateral located at any) at such store, warehouse distribution center, regional distribution center or depot. 

“Replacement Lender” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.14(d). 

“Requisite Lenders” means Lenders having (a) more than 50% of the Commitments of all Lenders, or (b) if the
Commitments have been terminated, more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Loans, in each case, excluding Non-Funding Lenders. 

“Reserves” means reserves against the Borrowing Base, including, without limitation, the Dilution Reserve, the Rent Reserve
and such additional other reserves as Agent may establish from time to time in its Permitted Discretion as provided in Section 2.18 hereof. 

“Restricted Conditions” means (a) there is no Default or Event of Default existing immediately before or after such
transaction, (b) (i) the 30 Day Availability immediately preceding the proposed transaction and (ii) Availability on the date of the proposed transaction (in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis for such transaction and/or any
Advance) is equal to or greater than the greater of (x) 12.5% of Available Credit and (y) $10,000,000, (c) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 1.00 to 1.00 determined as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which
financial statements were required to have been delivered to Agent for the twelve-month period then ended; provided that if each of 30 Day Availability and Availability on the date of the proposed transaction (in each case, calculated on a
pro forma basis for such transaction and/or any Advance) is greater than the greater of (x) 17.5% of Available Credit and (y) $15,000,000 at such time, clause (c) shall not apply and (d) for transactions which are consummated in
reliance on the Restricted Conditions in an amount in excess of $2,500,000 only, Parent Borrower shall have delivered a customary officer’s certificate to Agent certifying as to compliance with the requirements of clauses (a) through
(c) (if applicable). 

  
 41 

 “Restricted Payment” means, with respect to any Person (a) the declaration
or payment of any dividend or the incurrence of any liability or any other payment or distribution of cash or other property or assets (whether in cash, securities or other property) in respect of Capital Stock (other than dividends, other payments
and distributions payable in the form of common Capital Stock of such Person (other than Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person and cash in lieu of fractional shares)); (b) any payment or distribution (whether in cash, securities or other
property) on account of the purchase, redemption, defeasance, sinking fund or other retirement of such Person’s Capital Stock, either directly or indirectly; (c) any payment or distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property)
made to redeem, purchase, repurchase or retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of such Person now or hereafter outstanding and (d) any payment, loan, contribution, or
other transfer of funds or other property to any Stockholder of such Person that is prohibited by Section 7.4. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of any Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Retiree Welfare Plan” means, at any time, a welfare plan (within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA) that provides
for continuing coverage or benefits for any participant or any beneficiary of a participant after such participant’s termination of employment, other than continuation coverage provided pursuant to Section 4980B of the IRC or other similar
state law and at the sole expense of the participant or the beneficiary of the participant. 
 “Revaluation Date” means
(a) with respect to any Loan made to a Canadian Borrower, each of the following: (i) each date of an Advance to a Canadian Borrower, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Loan made to a Canadian Borrower and (iii) such additional
dates as Agent shall determine or the Requisite Lenders shall require and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit for or on behalf of a Canadian Borrower,
(ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in and (iv) such additional dates
as Agent or the L/C Issuer shall determine or the Requisite Lenders shall require. 
 “Revolving Credit Advance” has the
meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a)(i). 
 “Revolving Loan” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the
aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Advances outstanding to Borrowers plus (b) the aggregate Letter of Credit Obligations incurred on behalf of Borrowers. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to the outstanding principal
balance of the Revolving Loan shall include the outstanding balance of Letter of Credit Obligations. 
 “Revolving Note”
has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a)(ii). 
 “Rolling Stock” means all trucks, trailers, tractors,
wherever located, except for automobiles used by the Credit Parties’ employees. 

  
 42 

 “Rolling Stock Collateral” means all Rolling Stock constituting Collateral that
is included in the U.S. Borrowing Base. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a subsidiary of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Sale-Leaseback Transaction” means any
sale-leaseback, synthetic lease or similar transaction. 
 “Schedules” means the Schedules prepared by Borrowers and
denominated as Schedules (A-1) through (7.7) in the Index to this Agreement. 
 “SDN List” has the
meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.23. 
 “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 “Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Swap Contract that, at the time such Swap Contract was entered into, is entered into
by and between any Credit Party and any Hedge Bank to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or currencies. 
 “Secured
Hedging Obligations” means the obligations of any Credit Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement. 
 “Secured
Parties” shall mean, collectively with respect to the Obligations, Agent, the Lenders, any Lender or Agent (or any Affiliate of a Lender of Agent) that is a party to the Bank Product Documents and any Lender, Agent or any Hedge Bank that is
a party to a Secured Hedge Agreement. 
 “Settlement Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 10.8(a)(ii). 
 “Similar Business” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.5. 

“Software” means all “software” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit
Party, other than software that qualifies for inclusion under the definition of “Goods” in the Code. 
 “Solvent”
means, with respect to any Person organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property (on a going concern basis) of such Person is greater than the total
amount of “liabilities”, including “contingent liabilities”, of such Person, (b) the “present fair salable value” of the assets (on a going concern basis) of such Person is not less than the amount that will be
required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured in the normal course of business, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond
such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature in the normal course of business, and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such
Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital. The meaning of each of the quoted terms in the foregoing sentence is determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing the

  
 43 

 
insolvency of debtors. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the
facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that can be reasonably expected to become an actual or matured liability. 

“SPC” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.1(g). 

“Special Flood Hazard Area” means an area that FEMA’s current flood maps indicate has at least a one percent
(1.00%) chance of a flood equal to or exceeding the base flood elevation (a 100-year flood) in any given year. 
 “Specified
Entity” means an entity (i) treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and (ii) the equity interests of which are not treated as held by a CFC for purposes of section 956 of the IRC. 

“Specified Equity Contribution” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.4. 

“Spot Rate” means, on any day, the rate quoted or published by Agent (or a designated Affiliate of Agent) at which Canadian
Dollars may be exchanged into Dollars. 
 “Stockholder” means, with respect to any Person, each holder of Capital Stock of
such Person. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation of which an aggregate of more than
50% of the outstanding Capital Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, Capital Stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or
might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned legally or beneficially by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or with respect to which any such Person has the
right to vote or designate the vote of more than 50% of such Capital Stock whether by proxy, agreement, operation of law or otherwise, and (b) any partnership or limited liability company in which such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of
such Person shall have an interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50% or of which any such Person is a general partner or may exercise the powers of a general partner. Unless the
context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of a Borrower. 
 “Subsidiary
Guarantors” means each Subsidiary of Parent Borrower other than Excluded Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, the Subsidiary Guarantors are listed on Schedule (A-1). 

“Supermajority Lenders” means Lenders having (a) 66.67% or more of the Commitments of all Lenders, or (b) if the
Commitments have been terminated, 66.67% or more of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Advances. 
 “Swap
Contract” means (a) any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, cross-currency hedges,
commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing 

  
 44 

 
risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services
provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be a “Swap Agreement” and (b) any agreement with respect to any transactions (together with any
related confirmations) which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or are governed by, any master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any
other similar master agreement. 
 “Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Credit Party, any obligation to pay or
perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act. 

“Swing Line Advance” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(b)(i). 

“Swing Line Availability” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(b)(i). 

“Swing Line Commitment” means, as to Swing Line Lender, the commitment of Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Advances as
set forth on Annex C, which commitment constitutes a subfacility of the Commitment of Swing Line Lender. The aggregate Swing Line Commitment on the Closing Date is Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), which commitment constitutes a subfacility
of the aggregate Commitments. 
 “Swing Line Lender” means MSSF. 

“Swing Line Loan” means, as the context may require, at any time, the aggregate amount of Swing Line Advances outstanding to
any Borrower or to all Borrowers. 
 “Swing Line Note” and “Swing Line Notes” have the meanings ascribed
to them in Section 2.1(b)(ii). 
 “Tax Structure” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 12.8.

 “Taxes” means present and future taxes (including, but not limited to, income, corporate, capital, excise, property, ad
valorem, sales, use, payroll, value added and franchise taxes, deductions, withholdings and custom duties), charges, fees, imposts, levies, deductions or withholdings (including backup withholding) and all liabilities (including interest, additions
to tax and penalties) with respect thereto, imposed by any Governmental Authority. 
 “Termination Date” means the date on
which (a) the Loans have been repaid in full in cash, (b) all other Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been completely discharged or paid (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim
has been asserted, Bank Products and Secured Hedge Obligations), (c) all Letter of Credit Obligations have been cash collateralized, canceled or backed by standby letters of credit in accordance with Section 2.2, and (d) none
of Borrowers shall have any further right to borrow any monies under this Agreement. 

  
 45 

 “Termination Value” means, on any date in respect of any Swap Contract, or other
swap or hedging agreement or obligation, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contract, other swap or hedging agreement, (a) if such Swap Contract or other swap or hedging
agreement has been terminated as of such date, an amount equal to the termination value determined in accordance with such Swap Contract, or other swap or hedging agreement, and (b) if such Swap Contract or other swap or hedging agreement has
not been terminated as of such date, an amount equal to the mark-to-market value for such Swap Contract or other swap or hedging agreement. 

“Title Insurance” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.21(b)(ii)(B). 

“Title IV Plan” means a Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is covered by Title IV of ERISA or
Section 412 of the IRC, and that any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them. 

“Trademark License” means rights under any written agreement now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party granting
such Credit Party any right to use any Trademark. 
 “Trademarks” has the meaning ascribed to it in the U.S. Security
Agreement. 
 “Unfinanced Capital Expenditures” means for any period, Capital Expenditures of Parent Borrower and its
Restricted Subsidiaries made in cash during such period, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of Capital Lease Obligations or other Indebtedness (other than Loans incurred hereunder), common Capital Stock or Qualified Capital Stock,
casualty proceeds, condemnation proceeds or other proceeds that would not be included in EBITDA, less cash received from the sale of any fixed assets of Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, assets of the
type that may constitute Equipment or Real Estate hereunder) during such period; provided that the aggregate amount of Unfinanced Capital Expenditures during such period may not be less than zero. 

“Unfunded Pension Liability” means, at any time, the aggregate amount, if any, of the sum of (a) the amount by which the
present value of all accrued benefits under each Title IV Plan exceeds the fair market value of all assets of such Title IV Plan, allocable to such benefits in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, all determined as of the most recent valuation date
for each such Title IV Plan using the actuarial assumptions for funding purposes in effect under such Title IV Plan and (b) for a period of five (5) years following a transaction which might reasonably be expected to be covered by
Section 4069 of ERISA, the liabilities (whether or not accrued) that could be avoided by any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate as a result of such transaction. 

“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Borrowers designated by a Financial Officer of Borrower Representative as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.13. 
 “U.S. Availability” means, as of any date of
determination, the amount (if any) by which (a) U.S. Available Credit, exceeds (b) the sum of (i) Revolver Credit Advances plus (ii) Letter of Credit Obligations (other than Letter of Credit Obligations cash collateralized
in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents) plus (iii) Swing Line Loans. 

  
 46 

 “U.S. Available Credit” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of
(a) the Commitment and (b) the U.S. Borrowing Base as most recently reported by the Credit Parties on or prior to such date of determination. 

“U.S. Borrower” and “U.S. Borrowers” have the meanings ascribed to them in the preamble to this Agreement.

 “U.S. Borrowing Base” means, as of any date of determination, from time to time, as to the U.S. Borrowers, an amount
equal to the sum at such time of: 
 (a) the product of (i) 85% multiplied by (ii) the U.S. Borrowers’ Eligible
Accounts; plus 
 (b) the lesser of: 

(i) the product of (A) 65% multiplied by (B) the cost of the U.S. Borrowers’ Eligible Equipment (but net of delivery
charges, sales tax and other costs incidental to the purchase thereof); and 
 (ii) the product of (A) 85% multiplied by
(B) the cost of the U.S. Borrowers’ Eligible Equipment (but net of delivery charges, sales tax and other costs incidental to the purchase thereof) multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value percentage identified in the most
recent Equipment appraisal obtained by Agent, at such time; plus 
 (c) the lesser of: 

(i) 60% of the appraised fair market value of the U.S. Borrowers’ Eligible Real Property; provided that the amount of the Eligible
Real Property shall amortize monthly on a ten year straight-line basis, beginning on the first day of the calendar month in which it is included in the Borrowing Base; and 

(ii) 60% of the original appraised value (on the date of purchase thereof) of the U.S. Borrowers’ Eligible Real Property; provided
that the amount of the Eligible Real Property shall amortize monthly on a ten year straight-line basis, beginning on the first day of the calendar month in which it is included in the Borrowing Base; plus 

(d) the lesser of 
 (i) 80% of
the net book value of aggregate Eligible Rolling Stock; and 
 (ii) 65% of the Net Recovery Percentage multiplied by the Value of
Eligible Rolling Stock; minus 

  
 47 

 (e) the Dilution Reserve, the Rent Reserve, the Existing Senior Notes Reserve and such other
Reserves established by Agent in its Permitted Discretion in conformity with Section 2.18; 
 provided that U.S.
Borrowing Base shall not include clauses (b), (c) and (d) above until such time as Requisite Lenders consent, after the Closing Date, to include assets described in clauses (b), (c) and (d) above in the calculation of the U.S.
Borrowing Base; provided further that (w) a maximum of 20% of the U.S. Borrowing Base shall be attributable to the U.S. Borrowers’ Eligible Equipment, the U.S. Borrowers’ Eligible Real Property and the U.S.
Borrowers’ Eligible Rolling Stock, (x) Agent shall have completed all required or necessary field examinations and appraisals with respect to the asset classes included in clauses (b), (c) and (d) above and (y) Borrowers
shall have delivered a Borrowing Base Certificate that includes Borrowing Base calculations with respect to the assets classes included in clauses (b), (c) and (d) above. 

The U.S. Borrowing Base shall at any time be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to Agent pursuant
to Section 5.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, determinations as to Reserves, adjustments and similar matters related to the U.S. Borrowing Base shall be made by Agent in its Permitted Discretion in accordance
with Section 2.18. 
 “U.S. Guarantor” means each Guarantor that is a Domestic Subsidiary. 

“U.S. Guaranty” means that certain Guaranty, substantially in the form as agreed to by Agent, dated as of the Closing Date,
executed by each U.S. Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantor that is a U.S. Guarantor in favor of Agent and Lenders, as amended from time to time. 

“U.S. Loans” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Loans
outstanding to the U.S. Borrowers plus (b) the aggregate U.S. Borrowers’ Letter of Credit Obligations. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to the outstanding principal balance of the U.S. Loans shall include the outstanding
balance of the U.S. Borrowers’ Letter of Credit Obligations. 
 “U.S. Overadvance” means, as of any date of
determination, the sum of (i) Loans then outstanding less (ii) the Available Credit. 
 “U.S. Security
Agreement” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, made by the Credit Parties party thereto in favor of Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
to time. 
 “Value” shall mean, with respect to Eligible Rolling Stock, net book value as reported by Borrowers to Agent in
accordance with GAAP; provided that for purposes of the calculation of the U.S. Borrowing Base, the Value of the Eligible Rolling Stock shall not include (a) the portion of the value Eligible Rolling Stock equal to the profit earned by
any Affiliate of Parent Borrower on the sale thereof to any Borrower or (b) write-ups or write-downs in value with respect to currency exchange rates. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital Stock of which (other than
directors’ qualifying shares or other de minimis shares held by any Person, each as required by law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries. 

  
 48 

 “Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a
complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part 1 of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA. 

“XPO Canada” has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble to this Agreement. 

1.2 Rules of Construction. All other undefined terms contained in any of the Loan Documents shall, unless the context indicates
otherwise, have the meanings provided for by the Code to the extent the same are used or defined therein; in the event that any term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition in Article or Division 9 shall
control. Unless otherwise specified, references in this Agreement or any of the Appendices to a Section, subsection or clause refer to such Section, subsection or clause as contained in this Agreement. The words “herein”,
“hereof” and “hereunder”, and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including all Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or supplemented, and
not to any particular section, subsection or clause contained in this Agreement or any such Annex, Exhibit or Schedule. 
 1.3
Interpretive Matters. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include
the masculine, feminine and neuter genders. The words “including”, “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; the word “or” is not exclusive;
references to Persons include their respective successors and assigns (to the extent and only to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents) or, in the case of governmental Persons, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons; and
all references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any successor statutes and regulations. Whenever any provision in any Loan Document refers to the knowledge (or an analogous phrase) of any Credit Party,
such words are intended to signify that such Credit Party has actual knowledge or awareness of a particular fact or circumstance or that such Credit Party, if it had exercised reasonable diligence, would have known or been aware of such fact or
circumstance. 
 1.4 GAAP. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Agreement shall have the
meaning customarily given to such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. That certain items or computations are explicitly modified by the phrase
“in accordance with GAAP” shall in no way be construed to limit the foregoing. If any Accounting Changes occur and such changes result in a change in the calculation of the financial covenants, standards or terms used in this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, then Borrowers, Agent and Lenders agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for
evaluating Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made; provided, however, that the agreement of Requisite Lenders to any required
amendments of such 

  
 49 

 
provisions shall be sufficient to bind all Lenders. “Accounting Changes” means (i) changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation,
pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or successor thereto or any agency with similar functions); (ii) changes in accounting principles concurred in by
Borrowers’ certified accountants; (iii) purchase accounting adjustments under A.P.B. 16 or 17 and EITF 88-16, and the application of the accounting principles set forth in FASB 109, including the establishment of reserves pursuant thereto
and any subsequent reversal (in whole or in part) of such reserves; and (iv) the reversal of any reserves established as a result of purchase accounting adjustments. All such adjustments resulting from expenditures made subsequent to the
Closing Date (including capitalization of costs and expenses or payment of pre-Closing Date liabilities) shall be treated as expenses in the period the expenditures are made and deducted as part of the calculation of EBITDA in such period. If Agent,
Borrowers and Requisite Lenders agree upon the required amendments, then after appropriate amendments have been executed and the underlying Accounting Change with respect thereto has been implemented, any reference to GAAP contained in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall, only to the extent of such Accounting Change, refer to GAAP, consistently applied after giving effect to the implementation of such Accounting Change. If Agent, Borrowers and Requisite Lenders cannot
agree upon the required amendments within ninety (90) days following the date of implementation of any Accounting Change, then Borrowers shall deliver Financial Statements prepared without regard to the underlying Accounting Change and all
calculations of financial covenants and other standards and terms in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be calculated consistent with such Financial Statements. The Obligations under this Agreement shall be accounted
for at their outstanding face value. 
 1.5 Timing of Payment or Performance. When the payment of any obligation or the performance
of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the
immediately succeeding Business Day. 
 1.6 Quebec Matters. For purposes of any assets, liabilities or entities located in the
Province of Quebec and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Quebec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in
the Province of Quebec, (a) “personal property” shall include “movable property”; (b) “real property” or “real estate” shall include “immovable property”; (c) “tangible
property” shall include “corporeal property”; (d) “intangible property” shall include “incorporeal property”; (e) “security interest”, “mortgage” and “lien” shall include a
“hypothec”, “right of retention”, “prior claim” and a resolutory clause; (f) all references to filing, perfection, priority, remedies, registering or recording under the Code or a PPSA shall include publication
under the Civil Code of Quebec; (g) all references to “perfection” of or “perfected” liens or security interest shall include a reference to an “opposable” or “set up” hypothec, lien or security interest
as against third parties; (h) any “right of offset”, “right of setoff” or similar expression shall include a “right of compensation”; (i) “goods” shall include “corporeal movable property”
other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities; (j) an “agent” shall include a “mandatary”; (k) “construction liens” shall include “legal hypothecs”;
(l) “joint and several” shall include “solidary”; (m) “gross 

  
 50 

 
negligence or willful misconduct” shall be deemed to be “intentional or gross fault”; (n) “beneficial ownership” shall include “ownership on behalf of another
as mandatary”; (o) “easement” shall include “servitude”; (p) “priority” shall include “prior claim”; (q) “survey” shall include “certificate of location and plan”;
(r) “state” shall include “province”; (s) “fee simple title” shall include “absolute ownership”; (t) “accounts” shall include “claims”. The parties hereto confirm that it is
their wish that this Agreement and any other document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated herein be drawn up in the English language only and that all other documents contemplated thereunder or relating thereto, including
notices, may also be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties aux présentes confirment que c’est leur volonté que cette convention et les autres documents de crédit soient rédigés en langue anglaise
seulement et que tous les documents, y compris tous avis, envisagés par cette convention et les autres documents peuvent être rédigés en langue anglaise seulement. 

1.7 Quebec Security. 

(a) For greater certainty, and without limiting the powers of Agent, each of the Secured Parties hereby irrevocably constitutes MSSF as the
holder of an irrevocable power of attorney (fondé de pouvoir within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec) in order to hold hypothecs and security granted by any Credit Party on property pursuant to the laws of the Province
of Quebec in order to secure obligations of any Credit Party under any bond, debenture or similar title of indebtedness, issued by any Credit Party, and hereby agrees that Agent, may act as the bondholder and mandatary (i.e. agent) with respect to
any shares, capital stock or other securities or any bond, debenture or similar title of indebtedness that may be issued by any Credit Party and pledged in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The execution by MSSF, acting as
fondé de pouvoir and mandatary, prior to the Credit Agreement of any deeds of hypothec or other security documents is hereby ratified and confirmed. 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 32 of an Act respecting the special powers of legal persons (Quebec), Agent may acquire and
be the holder of any bond or debenture issued by any Credit Party (i.e. the fondé de pouvoir may acquire and hold the first bond issued under any deed of hypothec by any Credit Party). 

(c) The constitution of MSSF as fondé de pouvoir, and of Agent as bondholder and mandatary with respect to any bond, debenture, shares,
capital stock or other securities that may be issued and pledged from time to time to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be deemed to have been ratified and confirmed by each Person accepting an assignment of, a participation in
or an arrangement in respect of, all or any portion of any Secured Parties’ rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement by the execution of an assignment, including an Assignment Agreement or a joinder or other agreement pursuant to which
it becomes such assignee or participant, and by each successor Agent by the execution of an Assignment Agreement or other agreement, or by the compliance with other formalities, as the case may be, pursuant to which it becomes a successor Agent
under the Credit Agreement. 
 (d) MSSF as fondé de pouvoir shall have the same rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and
exclusions from liability as are prescribed in favor of Agent in the Credit Agreement, which shall apply mutatis mutandis to MSSF acting as fondé de pouvoir. 

  
 51 

 1.8 Permitted Encumbrances. Any references in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to
“Permitted Encumbrances” is not intended to subordinate or postpone, and shall not be interpreted as subordination or postponing, or as any agreement to subordinate or postpone, any Lien created by any of the Loan Documents to any
Permitted Encumbrance. 
 1.9 Interest Act (Canada). For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) and disclosure thereunder,
whenever any interest or any fee to be paid hereunder or in connection herewith by a Canadian Borrower is to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day or 365-day year, the yearly rate of interest to which the rate used in such calculation is
equivalent is the rate so used multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the same is to be ascertained and divided by 360 or 365, as applicable. The rates of interest under this Agreement are nominal rates, and not
effective rates or yields. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement. 

1.10 Criminal Code (Canada). If any provision of this Agreement would oblige a Canadian Borrower to make any payment of interest or
other amount payable to any Secured Party in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by law or would result in a receipt by that Secured Party of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed
under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited
by applicable law or so result in a receipt by that Secured Party of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), as follows: 

(a) first, by reducing the amount or rate of interest; and 

(b) thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts required to be paid which would constitute
interest for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada). 
 1.11 Anti-Money Laundering (Canada). The Canadian Borrowers
acknowledge that, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada) and other applicable anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing, government sanction and “know your client” laws,
whether within Canada or elsewhere (collectively, including any guidelines or orders thereunder, “AML Legislation”), the Canadian Lenders and Agent may be required to obtain, verify and record information regarding the Canadian Borrowers,
their directors, authorized signing officers, direct or indirect shareholders or other Persons in control of the Canadian Borrowers, and the transactions contemplated hereby. Canadian Borrowers shall promptly provide all such information, including
supporting documentation and other evidence, as may be reasonably requested by any Canadian Lender or Agent, or any prospective assign or participant of a Canadian Lender or Agent, in order to comply with any applicable AML Legislation, whether now
or hereafter in existence. Notwithstanding the foregoing and except as may otherwise be agreed in writing, each of the Canadian Lenders agree that Agent has no obligation to ascertain the identity of any Canadian Borrower or any authorized
signatories of any Canadian Borrower on behalf of any Canadian Lender, or to confirm the completeness or accuracy of any information it obtains from a Canadian Borrower or any such authorized signatory in doing so. 

  
 52 

 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT 

2.1 Credit Facilities. 

(a) Revolving Credit Facility. 

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make available to Borrowers from time to time until the
Commitment Termination Date its Pro Rata Share of advances (each, a “Revolving Credit Advance”). The Pro Rata Share of the Loans of any Lender shall not at any time exceed its separate Commitment. The obligations of each Lender
hereunder shall be several and not joint. Until the Commitment Termination Date, Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow under this Section 2.1(a); provided, that (x) the amount of any Revolving Credit Advances to be made at
any time shall not exceed Availability at such time, (y) the amount of any Revolving Credit Advances to be made to the U.S. Borrowers at any time shall not exceed the U.S. Availability at such time and (z) the amount of any Revolving
Credit Advances to be made to the Canadian Borrowers at any time shall not exceed the Canadian Availability at such time. Each Revolving Credit Advance shall be made on notice by Borrower Representative to one of the representatives of Agent
identified in Schedule (2.1) at the address specified therein. Any such notice must be given no later than (1) 12 noon (New York, New York time) on the date of the proposed Revolving Credit Advance, in the case of a Base Rate Loan,
or (2) 12 noon (New York, New York time) on the date which is three (3) Business Days’ prior to the proposed Revolving Credit Advance, in the case of a LIBOR Loan. Each such notice (a “Notice of Revolving Credit
Advance”) may be given verbally by telephone but must be immediately confirmed in writing (by fax, electronic mail or overnight courier) substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.1(a)(i), and shall include the information required in
such Exhibit. If any Borrower desires to have the Revolving Credit Advances bear interest by reference to a LIBOR Rate, with respect to LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars, and BA Rate, with respect to LIBOR Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars,
Borrower Representative must comply with Section 2.5(e). All Revolving Credit Advances (x) made to a U.S. Borrower shall be denominated in Dollars and (y) made to a Canadian Borrower shall be denominated in Dollars or Canadian
Dollars but shall be deemed to have been made (in the case of Canadian Dollar Revolving Credit Advances) in the Dollar Equivalent of such Revolving Credit Advance. 

(ii) Except as provided in Section 2.10, if requested by Lenders, (x) the U.S. Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall
execute and deliver to each Lender a note to evidence the Commitment of that Lender and (y) the Canadian Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall execute and deliver to each Lender a note to evidence the Pro Rata Share of the Canadian Commitment
of that Lender. Each note shall be in the principal amount of the Commitment (or the Canadian Commitment) of the applicable Lender, dated the Closing Date and substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.1(a)(ii) (each a “Revolving
Note” and, collectively, the “Revolving Notes”). Each Revolving Note (or, if a Revolving Note is not requested, this Agreement) shall represent the joint and several obligation of the appropriate Borrowers to pay the amount
of the applicable Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans to such Borrower together with interest thereon as prescribed in Section 2.5. The entire unpaid balance of the aggregate Loan
and all other non-contingent Obligations shall be immediately due and payable in full in immediately available funds on the Commitment Termination Date (and the Commitment, for purposes of this Agreement, shall thereafter be zero). 

  
 53 

 (b) Swing Line Facility. 

(i) Agent shall notify Swing Line Lender upon Agent’s receipt of any Notice of Revolving Credit Advance from a U.S. Borrower which
requests Base Rate Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Swing Line Lender may, in its discretion, make available from time to time until the Commitment Termination Date advances to a U.S. Borrower (each, a “Swing Line
Advance”) in accordance with any such notice. The provisions of this Section 2.1(b) shall not relieve Lenders of their obligations to make Revolving Credit Advances under Section 2.1(a); provided, that if
Swing Line Lender makes a Swing Line Advance pursuant to any such notice, such Swing Line Advance shall be in lieu of any Revolving Credit Advance that otherwise may be made by Lenders pursuant to such notice. The aggregate amount of Swing Line
Advances outstanding shall not exceed at any time the lesser of (A) the Swing Line Commitment and (B) U.S. Available Credit, in each case, less the outstanding balance of the U.S. Revolving Loans at such time (“Swing Line
Availability”). Only the U.S. Borrowers may receive a Swing Line Advance. Until the Commitment Termination Date, the U.S. Borrowers may from time to time borrow, repay and reborrow under this Section 2.1(b). Each Swing Line
Advance shall be made pursuant to a Notice of Revolving Credit Advance delivered to Agent by Borrower Representative in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(i). Any such notice must be given no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the
Business Day of the proposed Swing Line Advance. Unless Swing Line Lender has received at least one Business Day’s prior written notice from Requisite Lenders instructing it not to make any Swing Line Advance, Swing Line Lender shall,
notwithstanding the failure of any condition precedent set forth in Section 3.2, be entitled to fund any requested Swing Line Advance, and to have each Lender make Revolving Credit Advances in accordance with
Section 2.1(b)(iii) or purchase participating interests in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iv). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Swing Line Loan shall constitute a Base
Rate Loan and shall be denominated in Dollars. The U.S. Borrowers shall repay the Swing Line Loan upon written demand therefor by Agent. 

(ii) Upon request by Swing Line Lender, the U.S. Borrowers shall execute and deliver to Swing Line Lender a promissory note to evidence the
Swing Line Commitment. Such note shall be in the principal amount of the Swing Line Commitment of Swing Line Lender, dated the Closing Date and substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.1(b)(ii) (each a “Swing Line Note” and,
collectively, the “Swing Line Notes”). Each Swing Line Note (or, if Swing Line Notes are not requested, this Agreement) shall represent the obligation of each U.S. Borrower to pay the amount of the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of all Swing Line Advances made to such Borrower together with interest thereon as prescribed in Section 2.5. The entire unpaid balance of the Swing Line Loan and all other noncontingent Obligations shall be immediately due and payable
in full in immediately available funds on the Commitment Termination Date, if not sooner paid in full. 
 (iii) If no Lender is a
Non-Funding Lender, then the Swing Line Lender, at any time, and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion, but not less frequently than weekly, shall on behalf of the U.S. Borrowers (and each U.S. Borrower hereby

  
 54 

 
irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so act on its behalf) request each Lender (including the Swing Line Lender) to make a Revolving Credit Advance for the account of the U.S.
Borrowers (which shall be a Base Rate Loan) in an amount equal to that Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the principal amount of the U.S. Borrowers’ Swing Line Loan (the “Refunded Swing Line Loan”) outstanding on the date such
notice is given. If any Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, and the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2 are satisfied at such time, that Non-Funding Lender’s reimbursement obligations with respect to the Swing Line Loans shall
be reallocated to and assumed by the other Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loans (calculated as if the Non-Funding Lender’s Pro Rata Share was reduced to zero and each other Lender’s Pro Rata Share had been
increased proportionately). If any Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, upon receipt of the demand described above, each Lender that is not a Non-Funding Lender will be obligated to pay to Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share
of the outstanding Swing Line Loans (increased as described above); provided that no Lender shall be required to fund any amount in excess of its Commitment. Unless any of the events described in Sections 9.1(j) or (k) has
occurred (in which event the procedures of Section 2.1(b)(iv) shall apply), and regardless of whether the conditions precedent set forth in this Agreement to the making of a Revolving Credit Advance are then satisfied, each Lender shall
disburse directly to Agent, its Pro Rata Share of a Revolving Credit Advance on behalf of the Swing Line Lender prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York time) in immediately available funds on the Business Day next succeeding the date that notice is given. The
proceeds of those Revolving Credit Advances shall be immediately paid to the Swing Line Lender and applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Loan of the U.S. Borrowers. 

(iv) If, prior to refunding a Swing Line Loan with a Revolving Credit Advance pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(iii), one of the events
described in Sections 9.1(j) or 9.1(k) has occurred, then, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(v) below, each Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Credit Advance was to have been made, purchase, or be deemed to
have purchased, from the Swing Line Lender an undivided participation interest in the Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of such Swing Line Loan. Upon request, each Lender shall promptly transfer to the Swing Line Lender, in
immediately available funds, the amount of its participation interest. 
 (v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit
Advances in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iii) and to purchase participation interests in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iv) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including
(A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender may have against Swing Line Lender, any U.S. Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of any Default or
Event of Default; (C) any inability of any Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in this Agreement at any time; or (D) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of
the foregoing. If any Lender does not make available to Agent or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount required pursuant to Sections 2.1(b)(iii) or 2.1(b)(iv), as the case may be, Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to
recover such amount on demand from such Lender, together with interest thereon for each day from the date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full at the Federal Funds Rate for the first two Business Days and at the Base Rate thereafter.

  
 55 

 (c) Reliance on Notices; Appointment of Borrower Representative. Agent shall be entitled
to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any Notice of Revolving Credit Advance, Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or similar notice reasonably believed by Agent to be genuine. Agent may assume that each Person executing and
delivering any notice in accordance herewith was duly authorized, unless the responsible individual acting thereon for Agent has actual knowledge to the contrary. Each Borrower hereby designates Parent Borrower or any of its authorized
representatives as its representative and agent on its behalf for the purposes of issuing Notices of Revolving Credit Advances and Notices of Conversion/Continuation, giving instructions with respect to the disbursement of the proceeds of the Loans,
selecting interest rate options, requesting Letters of Credit, giving and receiving all other notices and consents hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, and taking all other actions (including in respect of providing notices in respect
of compliance with covenants) on behalf of any Borrower or Borrowers under the Loan Documents. Borrower Representative hereby accepts such appointment. Agent and each Lender may regard any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document
from Borrower Representative as a notice or communication from all U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrowers, as the case may be, and may give any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to any Borrower or Borrowers hereunder to
Borrower Representative on behalf of such Borrower or Borrowers. Each Borrower agrees that each notice, election, representation and warranty, covenant, agreement, and undertaking made on its behalf by Borrower Representative shall be deemed for all
purposes to have been made by such Borrower, and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Borrower to the same extent as if the same had been made directly by such Borrower. 

2.2 Letters of Credit. 

(a) Issuance. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Agent and Lenders agree to incur, from time to time prior to the
Commitment Termination Date, upon the request of Borrower Representative on behalf of the U.S. Borrowers or the Canadian Borrowers, as the case may be, and for such Borrowers’ account, Letter of Credit Obligations with respect to Letters of
Credit to be issued by an L/C Issuer for such Borrowers’ account. Each Lender shall, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, purchase (or be deemed to have purchased) risk participations in all such Letters of Credit as more
fully described in Section 2.2(b)(ii). Each U.S. Borrower shall be a co-obligor on any Letter of Credit issued on account of any U.S. Borrower and each Canadian Borrower shall be a co-obligor on any Letter of Credit issued on account of
any Canadian Borrower. The aggregate amount of all such Letter of Credit Obligations shall, subject to Section 2.3(b)(ii) and Section 2.3(b) (iii), as applicable, not at any time exceed $25,000,000 (the “L/C
Sublimit”). No such Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date that is more than one year following the date of issuance thereof, but may contain provisions for automatic renewal thereof for periods not in excess of one (1) year,
unless otherwise reasonably determined by Agent and L/C Issuer, in their respective sole discretion, and neither Agent nor Lenders shall be under any obligation to incur Letter of Credit Obligations in respect of, or purchase risk participations in,
any Letter of Credit having an expiry date that is later than the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the date set forth in clause (a) of the definition of Commitment Termination Date; provided, further that a Letter of Credit
may, upon the request of the applicable Borrower, be issued or renewed for a period beyond the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the maturity date thereof if such Letter of Credit becomes subject

  
 56 

 
to cash collateralization on such fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the Commitment Termination Date (at 103% of the face value of such Letter of Credit) or other arrangements, in each case
reasonably satisfactory to Agent and the L/C Issuer, have been provided, and the L/C Issuer has released the Lenders in writing from their participation obligations with respect to such Letter of Credit on the Commitment Termination Date.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any L/C Issuer may only issue Letters of Credit to the extent permitted by applicable law. If (i) any Lender is a Non-Funding Lender or Agent determines that any of the Lenders is an
Impacted Lender, and (ii) the reallocation of that Non-Funding Lender’s or Impacted Lender’s Letter of Credit Obligations to the other Lenders would reasonably be expected to cause the Letter of Credit Obligations and Loans of any
Lender to exceed its Commitment (an “Affected L/C Issuer”), taking into account the amount of outstanding Revolving Loans, then no Affected L/C Issuer shall issue or renew any Letters of Credit unless the Non-Funding or Impacted
Lender has been replaced, the Letter of Credit Obligations have been cash collateralized to the extent of any shortfall in Commitments, or the Commitment of the other Lenders has been increased in accordance with Section 12.2(c) by an
amount sufficient to satisfy Agent that all additional Letter of Credit Obligations will be covered by all Lenders who are not Non-Funding Lenders or Impacted Lenders. Each Letter of Credit will be denominated in Dollars. 

(b) Advances Automatic; Participations. 

(i) If no Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, in the event that L/C Issuer shall make any payment on or pursuant to any Letter of Credit
Obligation, such payment shall then be deemed automatically to constitute a Revolving Credit Advance under Section 2.1(a) regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and notwithstanding any
Borrowers’ failure to satisfy the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2, and, if no Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, (or if the only Non-Funding Lender is the L/C Issuer that issued such Letter of Credit), each Lender shall
be obligated to pay its Pro Rata Share thereof in accordance with this Agreement. If any Lender is a Non-Funding Lender and the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2 are satisfied at such time, that Non-Funding Lender’s
Letter of Credit Obligations shall be reallocated to and assumed by the other Lenders pro rata in accordance with their Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loan (calculated as if the Non-Funding Lender’s Pro Rata Share was reduced to zero and each
other Lender’s Pro Rata Share had been increased proportionately). If any Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, each Lender that is not a Non-Funding Lender shall pay to Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share (increased as
described above) of the Letter of Credit Obligations that from time to time remain outstanding; provided that no Lender shall be required to fund any amount in excess of its Commitment. The failure of any Lender to make available to Agent for
Agent’s own account its Pro Rata Share of any such Revolving Credit Advance or payment by Agent to the L/C Issuer shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to make available to Agent its Pro Rata Share thereof. 

(ii) If it shall be illegal or unlawful for Borrowers to incur Revolving Credit Advances as contemplated by Section 2.2(b)(i)
above, or if it shall be illegal or unlawful for any Lender to be deemed to have assumed a ratable share of the reimbursement obligations owed to the L/C Issuer, then (A) immediately and without further action whatsoever, each Lender shall be
deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased from Agent (or such 

  
 57 

 
L/C Issuer, as the case may be) an undivided interest and participation equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (based on its Commitment) of the Letter of Credit Obligations in respect of all
Letters of Credit then outstanding, and (B) thereafter, immediately upon issuance of any Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased from Agent (or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be) an
undivided interest and participation in such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (based on its Commitment) of the Letter of Credit Obligations with respect to such Letter of Credit on the date of such issuance. Each Lender shall fund its participation in
all payments or disbursements made under the Letters of Credit in the same manner as provided in this Agreement with respect to Revolving Credit Advances. 

(iii) In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, no L/C Issuer shall have any obligation relative to the other Lenders other
than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit appear to have been delivered and that they appear to substantially comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. Any action taken or
omitted to be taken by an L/C Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it shall not create for such L/C Issuer any resulting liability to the Borrowers, any other Credit Party, any Lender or any other Person unless such
action is taken or omitted to be taken with gross negligence, or willful misconduct on the part of such L/C Issuer (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision). 

(c) Cash Collateral. 

(i) If Borrowers are required to provide cash collateral for any Letter of Credit Obligations pursuant to this Agreement prior to the
Commitment Termination Date, Parent Borrower will pay to Agent for the ratable benefit of itself and applicable Lenders cash or Cash Equivalents (“Cash Collateral”) in an amount equal to 103% of the maximum amount then available to
be drawn under each applicable Letter of Credit outstanding. Such funds or Cash Equivalents shall be held by Agent in a cash collateral account (the “Cash Collateral Account”) maintained at a bank or financial institution acceptable
to Agent, and Agent shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make such Cash Collateral Account an interest bearing account. The Cash Collateral Account shall be in the name of Parent Borrower and shall be pledged to, and subject to the
control of, Agent, for the benefit of Agent, applicable Lenders and L/C Issuer, in a manner satisfactory to Agent. Parent Borrower hereby pledges and grants to Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, a security interest in all such funds and Cash
Equivalents held in the Cash Collateral Account from time to time and all proceeds thereof, as security for the payment of all amounts due in respect of the Letter of Credit Obligations and other Obligations, whether or not then due. This Agreement
shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law. 
 (ii) If any Letter of Credit Obligations, whether or not then due and
payable, shall for any reason be outstanding on the Commitment Termination Date, Credit Parties shall either (A) provide cash collateral therefor in the manner described above, or (B) cause all such Letters of Credit to be canceled and
returned, or (C) deliver a stand-by letter (or letters) of credit in guaranty of such Letter of Credit Obligations, which stand-by letter (or letters) of credit shall be of like tenor and duration (plus thirty (30) additional days) as, and
in an amount equal to 103% of, the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under, the Letters of Credit to which such outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations relate and shall be issued by a banking institution, and shall be subject to
such terms and conditions, as are reasonably satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion. 

  
 58 

 (iii) From time to time after funds are deposited in the Cash Collateral Account by Parent
Borrower, whether before or after the Commitment Termination Date, Agent may apply such funds or Cash Equivalents then held in the Cash Collateral Account to the payment of any amounts, and in such order as Agent may elect, as shall be or shall
become due and payable by any Borrowers to Agent and Lenders with respect to such Letter of Credit Obligations, and, upon the satisfaction in full of all Letter of Credit Obligations, and after the Commitment Termination Date, to any other
Obligations of any Borrower then due and payable. 
 (iv) No Borrower nor any Person claiming on behalf of or through any Borrower shall
have any right to withdraw any of the funds or Cash Equivalents held in the Cash Collateral Account, except that upon the termination of all Letter of Credit Obligations and the payment of all amounts payable by Credit Parties to Agent and Lenders
in respect thereof, any funds remaining in the Cash Collateral Account shall be applied to other Obligations then due and owing and upon payment in full of such Obligations, any remaining amount shall be paid to Parent Borrower or as otherwise
required by law. Interest, if any, earned on deposits in the Cash Collateral Account shall be held as additional collateral. 
 (d) Fees
and Expenses. Borrowers agree to pay to Agent for the benefit of applicable Lenders, as compensation to such Lenders for Letter of Credit Obligations incurred hereunder, (i) all reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses
incurred by Agent or any Lender on account of such Letter of Credit Obligations, and (ii) for each Fiscal Quarter during which any Letter of Credit Obligation shall remain outstanding, a fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) in an
amount equal to LIBOR Margin then in effect multiplied by the aggregate face amount of each outstanding Letter of Credit, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and for the actual number of days such Letter of Credit Obligations was
outstanding during such Fiscal Quarter. Such fee shall be paid to Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in arrears, on the last Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter and on the Commitment Termination Date. In addition, Borrowers shall pay to the L/C
Issuer, (i) for each Fiscal Quarter during which any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, a fee in an amount equal to 0.125% multiplied by the aggregate face amount of each such outstanding Letter of Credit, calculated on the basis
of a 360-day year and for the actual number of days such Letter of Credit was outstanding during such Fiscal Quarter, and (ii) on demand, such reasonable fees, reasonable documented out-of-pocket charges and expenses of the L/C Issuer in
respect of the issuance, negotiation, acceptance, amendment, transfer and payment of such Letter of Credit or otherwise payable pursuant to the application and related documentation under which such Letter of Credit is issued. The Obligations of the
Canadian Borrowers hereunder are subject to the provisions of Section 13.9. 
 (e) Request for Incurrence of Letter of Credit
Obligations. Borrower Representative shall give Agent and the L/C Issuer at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice requesting the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligation and identifying whether such Letter of Credit
is to be issued on behalf of the U.S. Borrowers or the Canadian Borrowers. Each such request for a Letter of Credit, and any Letter of Credit issued pursuant thereto, shall be on the L/C Issuer’s standard form documents. Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, Letter of Credit applications by Borrower Representative and approvals by Agent and the L/C Issuer may be made and transmitted pursuant to communication methods mutually agreed upon and established by and
among Borrower Representative, Agent and L/C Issuer. 

  
 59 

 (f) Obligation Absolute. The joint and several obligations of Borrowers to reimburse Agent
and Lenders for payments made with respect to any Letter of Credit Obligation shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, without necessity of presentment, demand, protest, or other formalities, and the obligations of each Lender to make
payments to Agent with respect to Letters of Credit shall be unconditional and irrevocable. Such obligations of Borrowers and Lenders shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof under all circumstances including the following: 

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any other agreement; 

(ii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense, or other right that any Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates or any Lender may at
any time have against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons or entities for whom any such transferee may be acting), Agent, any Lender, or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the Letter of
Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between any Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates and the beneficiary for which the Letter of Credit was procured);

 (iii) any draft, demand, certificate, or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent,
invalid, or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; 
 (iv) payment by Agent
(except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.2(g)(ii)(C) below) or the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a demand, draft, or certificate or other document that does not comply with the terms of such
Letter of Credit; 
 (v) any other circumstance or event whatsoever, that is similar to any of the foregoing; or 

(vi) the fact that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; 

provided that, the Canadian Borrowers shall be liable only for Letter of Credit Obligations under Letters of Credit (x) for which a Canadian
Borrower is the co-applicant of such Letter of Credit, (y) that are issued for the account of such the Canadian Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (z) issued on account of the Canadian Commitment (“Canadian Letters of
Credit”). 
 (g) Indemnification; Nature of Lenders’ Duties. 

(i) In addition to amounts payable as elsewhere provided in this Agreement, the U.S. Borrowers or the Canadian Borrowers, as the case may be,
jointly and severally, hereby agree to pay and to protect, indemnify, and save harmless Agent and each Lender from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges,

  
 60 

 
and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys’ fees of one counsel) that Agent or any Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the
issuance of any Letter of Credit (or, the case of the Canadian Borrowers, Canadian Letters of Credit), or (B) the failure of Agent or any Lender seeking indemnification or of the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under any Letter of
Credit (or, the case of the Canadian Borrowers, Canadian Letters of Credit) as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority, in each case other than
to the extent such failure is a result of the gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct of Agent or such Lender (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). The Obligations of the Canadian Borrowers hereunder are subject to
the provisions of Section 13.9. 
 (ii) As between Agent and any Lender and Borrowers, Borrowers assume all risks of the acts
and omissions of, or misuse of, any Letter of Credit by beneficiaries, of any Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible for:
(A) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness, or legal effect of any document issued by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all
respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent, or forged; (B) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or
proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, that may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (C) failure of the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit to comply fully with conditions required in order to demand payment under such Letter of
Credit; provided, that in the case of clauses (A), (B), or (C) of this Section 2.2(g)(ii), in the case of any payment by Agent under any Letter of Credit, Agent shall be liable to the extent such payment was made solely as a
result of its gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction) in determining that the demand for payment under such Letter of Credit complies on its face with any applicable
requirements for a demand for payment under such Letter of Credit; (D) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex, or otherwise, whether or not they may be in cipher;
(E) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (F) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a payment under any Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (G) the credit of the
proceeds of any drawing under any Letter of Credit; and (H) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of Agent or any Lender. None of the above shall affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of any of Agent’s or any
Lender’s rights or powers hereunder or under this Agreement. 
 (iii) In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement
and the terms of any letter of credit application, reimbursement agreement, or similar document, instrument or agreement between or among Borrowers and the L/C Issuer, the terms of this Agreement shall control. 

(h) Reporting Obligations of L/C Issuers. Each L/C Issuer agrees to provide Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, each of
the following on the following dates: (i) (A) on or prior to any issuance of any Letter of Credit by such L/C Issuer, (B) immediately after any drawing under any such Letter of Credit or (C) immediately after payment (or failure
to 

  
 61 

 
pay when due) by Borrowers of any related Letter of Credit Obligation, notice thereof, which shall contain a reasonably detailed description of such issuance, drawing or payment, and Agent shall
provide copies of such notices to each Lender reasonably promptly after receipt thereof; (ii) upon the request of Agent (or any Lender through Agent), copies of any Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer and any related Letter of Credit
reimbursement agreement and such other documents and information as may be reasonably requested by Agent; and (iii) on the first Business Day of each calendar month, a schedule of the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, setting forth the Letter of Credit Obligations for such Letters of Credit outstanding on the last Business Day of the previous calendar month. 

(i) Replacement of L/C Issuer. The L/C Issuer may be replaced with another Lender (or an Affiliate of a Lender) at any time by written
agreement among Borrower Representative, Agent, the Requisite Lenders, and the successor L/C Issuer. Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the L/C Issuer. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, Borrowers shall
pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced L/C Issuer. From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor L/C Issuer shall have all the rights and obligations of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement
with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter, and (ii) references herein to the term “L/C Issuer” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous L/C Issuer, or to such successor L/C Issuer and all previous
L/C Issuers, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an L/C Issuer hereunder, the replaced L/C Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement with
respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. 
 2.3
Prepayments. 
 (a) Voluntary Prepayments; Reductions in Commitments. Borrowers may prepay the Loans at any time and from time
to time without prior notice, and Borrowers may at any time on at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice by Borrower Representative to Agent permanently reduce or terminate the Commitment (or the Canadian Commitment);
provided that (i) any such prepayments or reductions (not providing for the repayment of the Revolving Loans in full) shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or C$1,000,000, as applicable, or a whole multiple thereof,
(ii) the Commitment shall not be reduced to an amount that is less than the amount of the Loans then outstanding unless such Commitment reduction is accompanied by a prepayment of Loans (and, to the extent necessary, the cash collateralization
of Letters of Credit outstanding) necessary to ensure that the Revolver Credit Advances do not exceed the Commitment (as so reduced), (iii) the Canadian Commitment shall not be reduced to an amount that is less than the amount of Canadian Loans
then outstanding unless such Canadian Commitment reduction is accompanied by a prepayment of Canadian Loans (and, to the extent necessary, the cash collateralization of Letter of Credit Obligations with respect to Canadian Letters of Credit)
necessary to ensure that the Revolver Credit Advances to Canadian Borrowers do not exceed the Canadian Commitment (as so reduced), and (iv) after giving effect to such reductions, Borrowers shall comply with Section 2.3(b)(i). In
addition, if Borrowers terminate the Commitment, all Loans and other Obligations shall be immediately due and payable in full and all Letter of Credit Obligations shall be cash collateralized or otherwise

  
 62 

 
satisfied in accordance with Section 2.2 hereto upon the effectiveness of such termination. Any voluntary prepayments applied to a particular Loan shall be applied ratably to the
portion thereof held by each Lender as determined by its Pro Rata Share. Any voluntary prepayment and any reduction or termination of the Commitment must be accompanied by the payment of any LIBOR funding breakage costs in accordance with
Section 2.11(b). Upon any such reduction or termination of the Commitment, each Borrower’s right to request Revolving Credit Advances, or request that Letter of Credit Obligations be incurred on its behalf or request Swing Line
Advances, shall simultaneously be permanently reduced or terminated, as the case may be. Each notice of partial prepayment shall designate the Loans or other Obligations to which such prepayment is to be applied. 

(b) Mandatory Prepayments. 

(i) If at any time the outstanding amount of the Loans exceed the Available Credit, subject to Section 13.9, Borrowers shall
immediately repay the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Advances to the extent required to eliminate such excess. If any such excess remains after repayment in full of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Advances, subject to
Section 13.9, Borrowers shall provide cash collateral for the Letter of Credit Obligations in the manner set forth in Section 2.2 to the extent required to eliminate such excess. 

(ii) If at any time the outstanding amount of the U.S. Loans exceed the U.S. Available Credit, U.S. Borrowers shall immediately repay the
aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Advances made to the U.S. Borrowers to the extent required to eliminate such excess. If any such excess remains after repayment in full of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Advances made to the U.S.
Borrowers, U.S. Borrowers shall provide cash collateral for the Letter of Credit Obligations in the manner set forth in Section 2.2 to the extent required to eliminate such excess. 

(iii) If any time the outstanding amount of the Canadian Loans exceed the Canadian Available Credit, Borrowers shall immediately repay the
aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Advances made to the Canadian Borrowers to the extent required to eliminate such excess. If any such excess remains after repayment in full of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Advances made to the
Canadian Borrowers, Borrowers provide cash collateral for the Canadian Borrowers’ Letter of Credit Obligations in the manner set forth in Section 2.2 to the extent required to eliminate such excess. 

(iv) Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Period and on each Business Day (or on such other dates and with such
frequency as Agent and the related Relationship Bank may agree in the related deposit account control agreement between them) during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Period all amounts on deposit in any Blocked Account shall be delivered to Agent
to prepay the Loans in an amount equal to all such amounts on deposit. 
 (c) Application of Certain Mandatory Prepayments. Any
prepayments made by any Borrower pursuant to Section 2.3(b) above shall be applied as follows: first, to reasonable fees and reimbursable expenses of Agent then due and payable pursuant to any of the

  
 63 

 
Loan Documents; second, to prepayment of the Swing Line Advances until paid in full; third, to prepayment of the Revolving Credit Advances until paid in full; fourth, if any
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at Agent’s election, to cash collateralize outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations pursuant to Section 2.2(c); and fifth, if no Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, as Borrower Representative may direct. The Commitment and the Swing Line Commitment shall not be permanently reduced by the amount of all prepayments made by Borrowers to the extent applied pursuant to clauses second or third above. The
application of any such prepayment to the Revolving Credit Advances shall be made, first, to Base Rate Loans and, second, to LIBOR Loans. Each prepayment of Loans under Section 2.3(b)(iv) when an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid. 
 (d) No Implied
Consent. Nothing in this Section 2.3 shall be construed to constitute Agent’s or any Lender’s consent to any transaction that is not permitted by other provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. 

2.4 Use of Proceeds. Borrowers shall utilize the proceeds of the Loans (a) to provide working capital from time to time for the
Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, and (b) for other general corporate purposes. 
 2.5 Interest; Applicable Margins.

 (a) Borrowers shall pay interest to Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, in arrears on each applicable Interest Payment Date, at
the following rates of interest on the unpaid principal amount of each: 
 (i) Base Rate Loan made to the Borrowers at the (x) Base
Rate, with respect to Base Rate Loans made in Dollars plus the Base Rate Margin and (y) Canadian Base Rate, with respect to Canadian Base Rate Loans made in Canadian Dollars plus the Base Rate Margin. 

(ii) LIBOR Loans at the (x) LIBOR Rate, with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans denominated in Dollars plus the LIBOR Margin and
(y) BA Rate, with respect to BA Rate Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars plus the LIBOR Margin. 
 (b) If any payment on any
Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof will be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (except as set forth in the definition of LIBOR Period), and, with respect to payments of principal, interest
thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. 
 (c) All computations of Fees are calculated on a per annum
basis and interest shall be made by Agent on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest and Fees are payable, except that with respect to Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Loans
made at the BA Rate based on the prime or base commercial lending rate the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The (a) Base Rate, with respect to Base
Rate Loans made in Dollars, and (b) Canadian Base Rate, with respect to Canadian Base Rate Loans made in Canadian Dollars, is a floating rate determined for each day. Each determination by Agent of an interest rate and Fees hereunder shall be
presumptive evidence of the correctness of such rates and Fees. 

  
 64 

 (d) All amounts not paid when due hereunder shall bear interest in an amount equal to two
percentage points (2.00%) per annum above the rates of interest or the rate of such Fees otherwise applicable hereunder unless Agent and Requisite Lenders elect to impose a smaller increase (the “Default Rate”), accruing from
the initial date of such non-payment until such payment is made and shall be payable upon demand. 
 (e) Subject to the conditions precedent
set forth in Section 3.2, Borrower Representative shall have the option to (i) request that any Revolving Credit Advance be made as a LIBOR Loan, (ii) convert at any time all or any part of outstanding Loans (other than the
Swing Line Loan) from Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans, (iii) convert any LIBOR Loan to a Base Rate Loan and subject to payment of LIBOR breakage costs in accordance with Section 2.11(b) if such conversion is made prior to the
expiration of the LIBOR Period applicable thereto, or (iv) continue all or any portion of any Loan (other than the Swing Line Loan) as a LIBOR Loan upon the expiration of the applicable LIBOR Period and the succeeding LIBOR Period of that
continued Loan shall commence on the first day after the last day of the LIBOR Period of the Loan to be continued; provided, however, that no Revolving Credit Advance shall be converted to, or continued at the end of the LIBOR Period
applicable thereto as a LIBOR Loan for a LIBOR Period of longer than one (1) month if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Any Loan or group of Loans having the same proposed LIBOR Period to be made or continued as, or converted
into, a LIBOR Loan must be in a minimum amount (i) with respect to LIBOR Loans made in Dollars, of $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of such amount and (ii) with respect to BA Rate Loans denominated in Canadian
Dollars, a minimum amount of C$5,000,000 and integral multiples of C$1,000,000 in excess of such amount. Any such election must be made by 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the third Business Day prior to (1) the date of any proposed Advance which
is to bear interest at the (x) LIBOR Rate, with respect to LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars and (y) BA Rate, with respect to LIBOR Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, (2) the end of each LIBOR Period with respect to any LIBOR
Loans to be continued as such, or (3) the date on which Borrower Representative wishes to convert any Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Loan for a LIBOR Period designated by Borrower Representative in such election. If no election is received with
respect to a LIBOR Loan by 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the third Business Day prior to the end of the LIBOR Period with respect thereto (or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or if the additional conditions precedent set forth
in Section 3.2 shall not have been satisfied), that LIBOR Loan shall be converted to a LIBOR Loan with a LIBOR Period of one (1) month at the end of its LIBOR Period. Borrower Representative must make such election by notice to
Agent in writing, by fax or overnight courier. In the case of any conversion or continuation, such election must be made pursuant to a written notice (a “Notice of Conversion/Continuation”) in the form of Exhibit 2.5(e). 

(f) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of Borrowers hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that payments
of interest shall not be required, for any period for which interest is computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for or receiving such payment by the respective Lender would be contrary to the provisions of any law
applicable to such Lender (including, without limitation, 

  
 65 

 
Criminal Code (Canada)) limiting the highest rate of interest which may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Lender, and in such event Borrowers shall pay such Lender interest
at the highest rate permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Lawful Rate”); provided, however, that if at any time thereafter the rate of interest payable hereunder is less than the Maximum Lawful Rate, Borrowers
shall continue to pay interest hereunder at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received by Agent, on behalf of Lenders, is equal to the total interest that would have been received had the interest rate payable hereunder
been (but for the operation of this paragraph) the interest rate payable since the Closing Date as otherwise provided in this Agreement. Thereafter, interest hereunder shall be paid at the rate(s) of interest and in the manner provided in
Sections 2.5(a) through (e), unless and until the rate of interest again exceeds the Maximum Lawful Rate, and at that time this paragraph shall again apply. In no event shall the total interest received by any Lender pursuant to the
terms hereof exceed the amount that such Lender could lawfully have received had the interest due hereunder been calculated for the full term hereof at the Maximum Lawful Rate. If the Maximum Lawful Rate is calculated pursuant to this paragraph,
such interest shall be calculated at a daily rate equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate divided by the number of days in the year in which such calculation is made. If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.5(f), a court of
competent jurisdiction shall finally determine that a Lender has received interest hereunder in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, Agent shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, promptly apply such excess in the order specified in
Section 2.9 and thereafter shall refund any excess to Borrowers or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise order. 

2.6 Cash Management Systems. On or prior to the date set forth in Annex A, Borrowers will establish and will maintain until the
Termination Date, the cash management systems described in Annex A (the “Cash Management Systems”). 
 2.7
Fees. 
 (a) Borrowers shall pay to MSSF, individually, the Fees specified in the Fee Letter at the times specified for payment
therein. 
 (b) As additional compensation for the Lenders, Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the ratable benefit of such Lenders, in
arrears, on the last Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter, on the date of any permanent reduction of the Commitment in accordance with Section 2.3(a) and on the Commitment Termination Date, a Fee for Borrowers’ non-use of available
funds in an amount equal to the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage per annum multiplied by the difference between (A) the average for the period of the daily closing balances of the Commitment and (B) the average for the period of
the daily closing balances of the aggregate Revolving Credit Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations allocable to the Lenders outstanding during the period for which such Commitment Fee is due; provided that the obligations of the Canadian
Borrowers hereunder are subject to the provisions of Section 13.9. 
 (c) Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the ratable benefit
of Lenders, the Letter of Credit Fee as provided in Section 2.2. 
 2.8 Receipt of Payments. Borrowers shall make each
payment under this Agreement not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the day when due in immediately 

  
 66 

 
available funds in Dollars to the Collection Account. For purposes of computing interest and Fees and determining Availability as of any date, all payments shall be deemed received on the
Business Day on which immediately available funds are received in the Collection Account prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York time). Payments received after 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on any Business Day, or on a day that is not a Business Day, shall be
deemed to have been received on the following Business Day. Unless stated otherwise, all calculations, comparisons, measurements, or determinations under this Agreement shall be made in Dollars. If Agent receives any payment from or on behalf of any
Credit Party in a currency other than Dollars (or, with respect to amounts received in respect of Canadian Revolver Loans made in Canadian Dollars, Canadian Dollars), Agent may convert the payment (including the monetary proceeds of realization upon
any Collateral and any funds then held in a cash collateral account) into Dollars at the Dollar Equivalent thereof or at the exchange rate that Agent would be prepared to sell Dollars against the currency received on the Business Day immediately
preceding the date of actual payment. The Obligations shall be satisfied only to the extent of the amount actually received by Agent upon such conversion. Agent shall distribute such payments to Lender or other applicable Persons in like funds as
received. 
 2.9 Application and Allocation of Payments. 

(a) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) payments of regularly scheduled payments then due shall be applied
to those scheduled payments, (ii) voluntary prepayments shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3(a), and (iii) mandatory prepayments shall be applied as set forth in Sections 2.3(c). All payments
and prepayments applied to a particular Loan shall be applied ratably to the portion thereof held by each Lender as determined by its Pro Rata Share. As to all payments made when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or following the
Commitment Termination Date, each Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments received from or on behalf of such Borrower. All voluntary prepayments shall be applied as directed by Borrower
Representative. In all circumstances after an Event of Default, all payments and proceeds of Collateral shall be applied to amounts then due and payable in the following order: (1) to Fees and Agent’s expenses reimbursable hereunder and to
all obligations owing to Agent, Swing Line Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Lender by any Non-Funding Lender under the Loan Documents; (2) to interest on the Swing Line Loans; (3) to principal payments on the Swing Line Loans;
(4) to interest on the other Loans, ratably in proportion to the interest accrued as to each Loan; (5) to principal payments on the other Loans (or cash collateral with respect to the Letter of Credit Obligations), ratably in proportion to
the principal balance of each Loan and the Letter of Credit Obligations; (6) to the payment of the Bank Products Obligations then due and payable; and (7) to all other Obligations, including expenses of Lenders to the extent reimbursable
under Section 12.3. 
 (b) Agent is authorized to, and at its sole election may, upon prior notice to Borrower Representative
charge to the Revolving Loan balance on behalf of each U.S. Borrower or Canadian Borrower, as the case may be, and cause to be paid all Fees, expenses, costs (including, insurance premiums in accordance with Section 6.4(a)) and interest
and principal, other than principal of the Revolving Loan, owing by such Borrowers under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, if and to the extent such Borrowers fail to pay promptly any such amounts as and when due, even if the amount
of such charges would exceed Availability at 

  
 67 

 
such time or would cause the balance of the Revolving Loan and the Swing Line Loan to exceed the Borrowing Base after giving effect to such charges (provided, any such Overadvance shall be
subject to the cure period with respect to fees as set forth in Section 9.1(a)(ii)). At Agent’s option, and to the extent permitted by law, any charges so made shall constitute part of the Revolving Loan hereunder. 

(c) This Section 2.9 is subject in its entirety to the provisions of Section 13.9 hereof. 

2.10 Loan Account and Accounting. Agent, as the Borrowers’ agent, shall maintain a loan account (the “Loan
Account”) on its books and records: all Advances, Letters of Credit, all payments made by Borrowers, and all other debits and credits as provided in this Agreement with respect to the Loans or any other Obligations. All entries in the Loan
Account shall be made in accordance with Agent’s customary accounting practices as in effect from time to time. The balances in the Loan Account, as recorded on Agent’s most recent printout or other written statement, shall, absent
manifest error, be presumptive evidence of the amounts due and owing to Agent and Lenders by each appropriate Borrower; provided that any failure to so record or any error in so recording shall not limit or otherwise affect any
Borrower’s duty to pay the Obligations owed by such Borrower. Agent shall render to Borrower Representative a monthly accounting of transactions with respect to the Loans setting forth the balance of the Loan Account as to each Borrower for the
immediately preceding month. Unless Borrower Representative notifies Agent in writing of any objection to any such accounting (specifically describing the basis for such objection), within sixty (60) days after the date thereof, each and every
such accounting shall be deemed presumptive evidence of all matters reflected therein. Only those items expressly objected to in such notice shall be deemed to be disputed by the applicable Borrowers. Notwithstanding any provision herein contained
to the contrary, any Lender may elect (which election may be revoked) to dispense with the issuance of Notes to that Lender and may rely on the Loan Account as evidence of the amount of Obligations from time to time owing to it. 

2.11 Indemnity. 
 (a)
Each Credit Party that is a signatory hereto shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each of Agent, the Lenders, and their respective Affiliates, and each such Person’s respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys,
agents, and representatives (each, an “Indemnified Person”), from and against any and all suits, actions, proceedings, claims, damages, actual losses, liabilities, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’
fees and disbursements and other reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs of investigation or defense, including those incurred upon any appeal) that may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by any such Indemnified Person as the result of
credit having been extended, suspended or terminated under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the administration of such credit, and in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder and any
actions or failures to act in connection therewith, including any and all Environmental Liabilities and reasonable, out-of-pocket legal costs and expenses arising out of or incurred in connection with disputes between or among any parties to any of
the Loan Documents (collectively, “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided that no such Credit Party shall be liable for any indemnification to an Indemnified 

  
 68 

 
Person to the extent that any such suit, action, proceeding, claim, damage, actual loss, liability, or expense results from that Indemnified Person’s (or such Indemnified Person’s
Related Persons) gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of any of its obligations under any Loan Document as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment; provided,
further, that no Indemnified Person will be indemnified for any such cost, expense or liability to the extent of any dispute solely among Indemnified Persons; provided, further, that none of the Canadian Borrowers shall have any
obligation to make any payment with respect to any of the U.S. Borrowers’ Obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. In the absence of an actual conflict of interest, or in the written opinion of counsel a potential conflict
of interest, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries will not be responsible for the fees and expenses of more than one legal counsel for all Indemnified Persons and appropriate local legal counsel; provided that in the case of an actual
conflict of interest, or the written opinion of counsel that a potential conflict of interest exists, Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall be responsible for one additional counsel in each applicable jurisdiction for the affected Indemnified
Parties, taken as a whole. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no party hereto shall be responsible or liable to any other Person party to any Loan Document, any successor, assignee, or third party beneficiary of such person or any other
person asserting claims derivatively through such Party, for indirect, punitive, exemplary or consequential damages which may be alleged as a result of credit having been extended, suspended, or terminated under any Loan Document or as a result of
any other transaction contemplated hereunder or thereunder; provided that nothing hereunder in this sentence shall limit any Credit Party’s indemnity and reimbursement obligations to the extent set forth herein. No Indemnified Person
referred to in this clause (a) shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information
transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. 

(b) To induce Lenders to provide the LIBOR Rate or the BA Rate, as applicable, option on the terms provided herein, if (i) any LIBOR
Loans are repaid in whole or in part prior to the last day of any applicable LIBOR Period (whether that repayment is made pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or occurs as a result of acceleration, by operation of
law or otherwise); (ii) any Borrower shall default in payment when due of the principal amount of or interest on any LIBOR Loan; (iii) any Borrower shall refuse to accept any borrowing of, or shall request a termination of, any borrowing
of, conversion into or continuation of, LIBOR Loans after Borrower Representative has given notice requesting the same in accordance herewith; (iv) any Borrower shall fail to make any prepayment of a LIBOR Loan after Borrower Representative has
given a notice thereof in accordance herewith; or (v) an assignment of LIBOR Loans is mandated pursuant to Sections 2.14(d) or 12.2(d), then Borrowers shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Lender from and
against all actual losses, costs and reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses resulting from or arising from any of the foregoing (provided, that the Canadian Borrowers shall not be required to pay any such amounts with respect to LIBOR Loans of
the U.S. Borrowers). Such indemnification shall include any actual and documented out-of-pocket loss or expense (other than loss of anticipated profits), if any, arising from the reemployment of funds obtained by it or from fees payable to terminate
deposits from which such funds were obtained. For the purpose of calculating amounts payable to a Lender under this Section 2.11(b), each Lender shall be deemed to have actually funded its relevant LIBOR Loan through the purchase of a
deposit 

  
 69 

 
bearing interest at the (x) LIBOR Rate, with respect to LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars and (y) BA Rate, with respect to LIBOR Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, in an amount
equal to the amount of that LIBOR Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant LIBOR Period; provided that each Lender may fund each of its LIBOR Loans in any manner it sees fit, and the foregoing assumption shall be utilized only
for the calculation of amounts payable under this Section 2.11(b). This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder. As promptly as practicable under
the circumstances, each Lender shall provide Borrower Representative with its written and detailed calculation of all amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.11(b), and such calculation shall be binding on the parties hereto absent
manifest error, in which case Borrower Representative shall object in writing within ten (10) Business Days of receipt thereof, specifying the basis for such objection in detail. 

(c) This Section 2.11 is subject in its entirety to the provisions of Section 13.9 hereof. 

2.12 Access. Each Credit Party shall, during normal business hours, from time to time upon reasonable notice as frequently as Agent
reasonably determines to be appropriate: (a) provide Agent, Lenders (coordinated through Agent) and any of their representatives and designees access to its properties, facilities, advisors, officers and employees, (b) permit Agent,
Lenders and any of their officers, employees and agents, to inspect, audit and make extracts from any Credit Party’s books and records, and (c) permit Agent, Lenders and their representatives and other designees, to inspect, review,
evaluate and make test verifications and counts of the Accounts, Equipment and other Collateral of any Credit Party; provided, that to the extent that no Event of Default has occurred, Borrowers shall only be responsible for the costs of such
activities as set forth in Section 5.2. Furthermore, so long as any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or at any time after all or any portion of the Obligations have been declared due and payable pursuant to
Section 9.2(b), Borrowers shall provide reasonable assistance to Agent to obtain access, which access shall be coordinated in scope and substance in consultation with the Borrowers, to their suppliers and customers. Each Credit Party
agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Agent in obtaining reasonable access, which access shall be coordinated in scope and substance in consultation with Borrower Representative, to its independent certified public accountants.

 2.13 Taxes. 
 (a)
All payments by each Credit Party hereunder, under the Notes or under any other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim or defense. Any and all payments by each Credit Party hereunder (including any payments made pursuant to this
Section 2.13), under the Notes or under any other Loan Document shall be made, in accordance with this Section 2.13, free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for any and all present or future Taxes, except as
required by applicable law. If any Credit Party shall be required by law to withhold or deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder (including any payments made pursuant to this Section 2.13) or under the Notes,
(i) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, the sum payable shall be increased, without duplication, as much as shall be necessary so that, after making all required withholdings and deductions (including withholdings and deductions applicable to
additional sums payable under this Section 2.13), Agent or Lenders, 

  
 70 

 
as applicable, receive an amount equal to the sum they would have received had no such withholdings and deductions been made, (ii) such Credit Party shall make such withholdings and
deductions, and (iii) such Credit Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. Within thirty (30) days after the date of any such payment of Taxes, Borrowers shall
furnish to Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof. 
 (b) In addition, each Credit Party agrees to
pay, without duplication, any present or future stamp, recording or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges, or similar levies that arise from such Credit Party’s payment made under this Agreement or under any other
Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby or thereby, except any such Taxes that are Other
Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.14) (“Other Taxes”). Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware of
any circumstances referred to above which would result in additional payments under this Section 2.13, it shall notify Borrowers thereof. 

(c) Subject to Section 13.9, each Credit Party that is a signatory hereto shall jointly and severally indemnify and, within ten
(10) days of demand therefor, pay Agent and each Lender for the full amount of Indemnified Taxes (including, any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.13) paid by (or on behalf of) Agent or such
Lender as a result of payments made pursuant to this Agreement, as appropriate, and any liabilities (including, penalties, interest, and reasonable expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or
legally asserted. A certificate as to the amount of such Taxes and evidence of payment thereof submitted to the Credit Parties shall be prima facie evidence, absent manifest error, of the amount due from the Credit Parties to Agent or such Lenders.
Upon actually learning of the imposition of Taxes, Agent or Lender, as the case may be, shall act in good faith to notify the Borrowers of the imposition of such Taxes arising hereunder. 

(d) Each Lender and the successors and assignees of such Lender, that is a “United States person” within the meaning of section
7701(a)(30) of the IRC and not an exempt recipient (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.6049-4(c)) shall deliver to Borrower Representative (with a copy to Agent) a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 and/or such other documentation
or information prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower Representative to (i) determine whether such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements and (ii) for Borrowers to
comply with their obligations under FATCA. Each Lender, and the successors and assignees of such Lender, organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States (“Foreign Lender”) to whom payments to be made under
this Agreement or under the Notes may be exempt from, or eligible for a reduced rate of, United States withholding tax (as applicable) under the law of the jurisdiction in which the relevant Borrower is located or under any tax treaty to which such
jurisdiction is a party shall, at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, provide to Borrower Representative (with a copy to Agent) a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8ECI, Form W-8BEN, Form W-8IMY or other applicable form,
certificate (including, but not limited to, certification, if applicable, that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank,” a “10 percent 

  
 71 

 
shareholder,” or a “controlled foreign corporation” for purposes of the portfolio interest exemption of section 881(c) of the IRC) or document prescribed by the IRS or the United
States. Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by such Borrower or Agent) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time
thereafter upon the reasonable request of a Borrower or Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax, duly completed, together with
such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Agent, as applicable, to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph,
the completion, execution, and submission of such documentation (other than a W-9 or applicable W-8, each accompanied by any required documentation necessary to claim exemption from or reduction of U.S. Federal withholding tax) shall not be required
if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution, or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. 

(e) If any of Agent or any Lender, as applicable, determines, in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund
of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Credit Party or with respect to which any Credit Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.13, it shall pay over such refund to such Credit Party (but only to the
extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Credit Party under this Section 2.13 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Agent or Lender and without
interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such Credit Party, upon the request of such Agent or Lender, shall repay to such Agent or Lender the amount paid over pursuant to this
paragraph (e) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such Agent or Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this paragraph (e), in no event will Agent or Lender be required to pay any amount to a Credit Party pursuant to this paragraph (e) the payment of which would place such Agent or Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position
than such Agent or Lender would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving with respect to such
Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any Agent or Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to a Credit Party or any other Person. 

(f) Each Lender shall severally indemnify Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes
attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that a Credit Party has not already indemnified Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of any Credit Party to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such
Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.1(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by Agent
in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the
amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by Agent shall be conclusive absent 

  
 72 

 
manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by Agent to the Lender
from any other source against any amount due to Agent under this paragraph (f). 
 (g) The provisions of this Section 2.13 shall
survive the termination of this Agreement and repayment of all Obligations. 
 2.14 Capital Adequacy; Increased Costs; Illegality.

 (a) If any Lender shall have determined that any law, treaty, governmental (or quasi-governmental) rule, regulation, guideline or order
regarding capital adequacy, liquidity, reserve requirements or similar requirements or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy, liquidity, reserve requirements or similar requirements (whether or not having
the force of law), in each case, adopted after the Closing Date, from any central bank or other Governmental Authority increases or would have the effect of increasing the amount of capital, reserves or other funds required to be maintained by such
Lender and thereby reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder, then the U.S. Borrowers or the Canadian Borrowers, as the case may be, shall from time to time upon demand by such Lender
(with a copy of such demand to Agent) pay to Agent, for the account of such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such reduction. A certificate as to the amount of that reduction and setting forth in reasonable detail
the basis of the computation thereof submitted by such Lender to Borrower Representative and to Agent shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes. 

(b) If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in any law or regulation (or any change in the interpretation thereof) or
(ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), in each case adopted after the Closing Date, there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender
of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining, continuing, converting to any LIBOR Loan, or there shall be a tax on any Recipient on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves,
or other liabilities, or capital attributable thereto, then the U.S. Borrowers or the Canadian Borrowers, as the case may be, shall from time to time, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to Agent), pay to Agent for the account of
such Lender additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost; provided, however, that no payment shall be due as a result of increased costs resulting from (a) Indemnified Taxes, (b) Taxes
described in clause (c) or (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes or (c) Connection Income Taxes. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such increased cost and the basis of the calculation thereof, submitted
to Borrower Representative and to Agent by such Lender, shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes. Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after it becomes aware of any circumstances referred to
above which would result in any such increased cost, the affected Lender shall, to the extent not inconsistent with such Lender’s internal policies of general application, use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize costs and expenses
incurred by it and payable to it by Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.14(b). 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, if the introduction of or any change in any law or regulation (or any change in the interpretation 

  
 73 

 
thereof) shall make it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority shall assert that it is unlawful, for any Lender to agree to make or to make or to continue to fund or
maintain any LIBOR Loan, as contemplated by this Agreement, then, unless that Lender is able to make or to continue to fund or to maintain such LIBOR Loan at another branch or office of that Lender without, in that Lender’s reasonable opinion,
materially adversely affecting it or its Loans or the income obtained therefrom, on notice thereof and demand therefor by such Lender to Borrower Representative through Agent, (i) the obligation of such Lender to agree to make or to make or to
continue to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loans, as the case may be, shall terminate and (ii) each U.S. Borrower or Canadian Borrower, as the case may be, shall forthwith prepay in full all outstanding LIBOR Loans owing by such Borrower to such
Lender, together with interest accrued thereon, unless such Lender may maintain such LIBOR Loans through the end of such Interest Period under applicable law or unless Borrower Representative on behalf of such Borrower, within five (5) Business
Days after the delivery of such notice and demand, converts all LIBOR Loans into Base Rate Loans. 
 (d) Within thirty (30) days after
receipt by Borrower Representative of written notice and demand from any Lender (an “Affected Lender”) for payment of additional amounts or increased costs as provided in Sections 2.13(a), 2.14(a) or 2.14(b),
Borrower Representative may, at its option, notify Agent and such Affected Lender of its intention to replace the Affected Lender. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower Representative, with the consent of Agent, may
obtain, at Borrowers’ expense, a replacement Lender (“Replacement Lender”) for the Affected Lender, which Replacement Lender must be reasonably satisfactory to Agent. If Borrowers obtain a Replacement Lender within ninety
(90) days following notice of their intention to do so, the Affected Lender must sell and assign its Loans and Commitments to such Replacement Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans held by the Affected Lender and all
accrued interest and Fees with respect thereto through the date of such sale and such assignment shall not require the payment of an assignment fee to Agent; provided, that Borrowers shall have reimbursed such Affected Lender for the
additional amounts or increased costs that it is entitled to receive under this Agreement through the date of such sale and assignment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers shall not have the right to obtain a Replacement Lender if the Affected
Lender rescinds its demand for increased costs or additional amounts within 15 days following its receipt of Borrowers’ notice of intention to replace such Affected Lender. Furthermore, if Borrowers give a notice of intention to replace and do
not so replace such Affected Lender within ninety (90) days thereafter, Borrowers’ rights under this Section 2.14(d) shall terminate with respect to such Affected Lender for such request for additional amounts or increased
costs and Borrowers shall promptly pay all increased costs or additional amounts demanded by such Affected Lender pursuant to Sections 2.13(a), 2.14(a) and 2.14(b). An exercise of the Borrowers’ option under this
Section 2.14(d) shall not suspend the Borrowers’ obligation to pay such increased costs or additional amounts demanded by such Affected Lender pursuant to Sections 2.13(a), 2.14(a) and 2.14(b) until such
Affected Lender is replaced. 
 (e) It is understood and agreed that (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
and all requests, guidelines or directives in connection therewith (collectively, the “Dodd-Frank Act”) are deemed to have been adopted and gone into effect after the date of this Agreement to the extent necessary to provide Lenders
with the benefit of this Section 2.14 with respect to any “change in law or regulation” resulting from the Dodd-Frank 

  
 74 

 
Act and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar
authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to have been adopted and gone into effect after the date of this Agreement to the extent
necessary to provide Lenders with the benefit of this Section 2.14 with respect to any “change in law or regulation” resulting from Basel III. 

(f) No Lender shall request compensation under Section 2.14(a) or (b) hereof unless such Lender is generally
requesting similar compensation from its borrowers with similar provisions in their loan or credit documents. No Borrower shall be required to compensate a Lender for any increased costs incurred or reduced rate of return suffered more than six
months prior to the date that the Lender notifies the Borrower Representative of the change in law giving rise to such increased costs or reduced return and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that to the
extent the change is law is retroactive to a date that is prior to the date such change in law is enacted, such six months period shall commence on the date of enactment of such change in law. 

(g) Within thirty (30) days after receipt by Borrower Representative of written notice and demand from any Affected Lender for payment of
additional amounts or increased costs as provided in Sections 2.13(a), 2.14(a) or 2.14(b), then such Lender shall (at Borrower Representative’s request) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for
funding or booking its Loans or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches, or affiliates, if, in the good-faith judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce
amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.13(a), 2.13(b), 2.14(a), or 2.14(b), as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be
disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. 

2.15 Single Loan. All Loans to each U.S. Borrower and all of the other Obligations of each U.S. Borrower arising under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents shall constitute one general obligation of that Borrower secured, until the Termination Date, by all of the Collateral of each U.S. Borrower and each Guarantor of the U.S. Borrowers’ Obligations. All Loans to each
Canadian Borrower and all of the other Obligations of each Canadian Borrower arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall constitute one general obligation of that Borrower secured, until the Termination Date, by all of the
Collateral of the Borrowers and Guarantors. 
 2.16 Incremental Revolving Loans; Extensions. 

(a) Borrowers may on any date after the Closing Date, by notice to Agent (whereupon Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the
Lenders), increase the Commitment hereunder with incremental revolving loan commitments (the “Incremental Revolving Loans”) in an amount not to exceed $75,000,000 in the aggregate (with minimum amounts of not less than $25,000,000
per increase; provided that at the time of the effectiveness of any Incremental Revolving Loan Amendment referred to below, (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to
extensions of 

  
 75 

 
credit to be made on such date, (b) each of the representations and warranties made by any Credit Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material
respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all
material respects (or, in all respects, if qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date) and (c) Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of Borrower Representative.
Incremental Revolving Loans may be made by any existing Lender or by any other financial institution or any fund that regularly invests in bank loans selected by Borrower Representative (any such other financial institution or fund being called an
“Incremental Lender”); provided that (i) Agent, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Incremental Lender’s making such
Incremental Revolving Loans if such consent would be required under Section 11.1 for an assignment of Loans to such Lender or Incremental Lender, and (ii) the Borrowers shall not be permitted to increase the Commitment pursuant to
this Section more than three (3) times during the term of this Agreement. No consent of the Lenders shall be required (other than the Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Loans). Commitments in respect of Incremental Revolving Loans
shall be delivered to Borrower Representative within 10 days of a Borrower’s request therefor, and shall be effected pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Revolving Loan Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate,
the other Loan Documents, executed by Borrowers, each Lender agreeing to provide such Incremental Revolving Loans, if any, each Incremental Lender, if any, and Agent; provided, such documentation shall only contain amendments to this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are necessary to implement the increase to the Commitment; provided, further, the Incremental Revolving Loans shall not require any scheduled amortization or mandatory commitment reduction
prior to the Commitment Termination Date and the maturity date of all Incremental Revolving Loans shall be the Commitment Termination Date. Any upfront fees paid to the Incremental Lenders shall be determined, and agreed upon, between the Borrowers
and such Incremental Lenders. Any Incremental Revolving Loans made hereunder shall be deemed “Loans” hereunder and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the existing Loans. No Lender shall be obligated to provide
any Incremental Revolving Loans, unless it so agrees. On the date of any borrowing of Incremental Revolving Loans, Borrowers shall be deemed to have repaid and reborrowed all outstanding Loans as of such date (with such reborrowing to consist of the
types of Loans, with related LIBOR Periods, if applicable, specified in a notice to Agent (which notice must be received by Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement)). The deemed payments made pursuant to the immediately preceding
sentence in respect of each LIBOR Loan shall be subject to indemnification by Borrowers pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 if the deemed payment occurs other than on the last day of the related LIBOR Periods. 

(b) Agent shall promptly inform the Lenders of any request for any Incremental Loan made by Borrower Representative, but no Lender shall be
obligated to participate in the Incremental Revolving Loan by increasing its Commitment. If the existing Lenders are unwilling to increase their applicable Commitments by an amount equal to the requested Incremental Revolving Loans (as evidenced by
a written rejection of such offer or the failure of one or more Lenders to commit to provide the Incremental Revolving Loans within the ten (10) day period provided above), Agent, in consultation with Borrowers, will use its commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain one or more financial institutions which are not then 

  
 76 

 
Lenders (which financial institution may be suggested by Borrowers) to become a party to this Agreement and to provide the requested Incremental Revolving Loans; provided, however,
that any compensation for any such assistance by Agent shall be mutually agreed by Agent and Borrowers. 
 (c) Pursuant to one or more
offers made from time to time by the Borrowers to all Lenders of the U.S. Loans and/or the Canadian Loans, as applicable, on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding Canadian Commitments or the Commitments, as applicable) and on the same
terms (“Pro Rata Extension Offers”), the Borrowers are hereby permitted to consummate transactions with individual Lenders from time to time to extend the maturity date of such Lender’s Commitments of U.S. Loans and/or the
Canadian Loans. Any such extension (an “Extension”) agreed to between the Borrowers and any such Lender (an “Extending Lender”) will be established under this Agreement (such extended Canadian Commitments or the
Commitments, as applicable, an “Extended Revolving Commitment”). Each Pro Rata Extension Offer shall specify the date on which the Borrowers propose that the Extended Revolving Commitment shall be extended, which shall be a date not
earlier than ten Business Days after the date on which notice is delivered to Agent (or such shorter period agreed to by Agent in its reasonable discretion). 

(d) The applicable Borrowers and each Extending Lender shall execute and deliver to Agent such documentation as Agent shall reasonably specify
to evidence the Extended Revolving Commitments of such Extending Lender. Each such document shall specify the terms of the applicable Extended Revolving Commitments; provided, that (i) except as to interest rates, fees and final maturity
(which interest rates, fees and final maturity shall be determined by the Borrowers and set forth in the Pro Rata Extension Offer), any Extended Revolving Commitment shall have the same terms as the existing U.S. Loans or the Canadian Loans, as
applicable, and (ii) any Extended Revolving Commitments may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder. Upon the
effectiveness of any such Extended Revolving Commitment, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Revolving Commitments evidenced thereby. With respect to any
Extended Revolving Commitments, and with the consent of each Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, participations in Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit shall be reallocated to lenders holding such Extended Revolving Commitments upon effectiveness of
such Extended Revolving Commitment. 
 (e) Upon the effectiveness of any such Extension, the applicable Extending Lender’s Canadian
Commitment or Commitment, as applicable, will be automatically designated an Extended Revolving Commitment. 
 (f) All Extended Revolving
Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations of the relevant Credit Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations of the
relevant Credit Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and no L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender shall be obligated to provide Swing Line Loans or issue Letters of Credit under such Extended Revolving Commitments unless it shall have
consented thereto. 

  
 77 

 2.17 Bank Products. Any Credit Party may request and any Lender or Agent may, in its sole
and absolute discretion, arrange for such Credit Party to obtain from such Lender or any Affiliate of such Lender or Agent, as applicable, Bank Products although no Credit Party is required to do so. The Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that the
obtaining of Bank Products from any Lender or Agent or their respective Affiliates (a) is in the sole and absolute discretion of such Lender or Agent or their respective Affiliates, and (b) is subject to all rules and regulations of such
Lender or Agent or their respective Affiliates. 
 2.18 Reserves Generally. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to
the contrary, Agent may establish or change Reserves, in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion, but only upon not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice to Borrower Representative (unless an Event of Default exists in which case prior
notice shall not be required prior to the establishment or change in any Reserve). Agent will be available during such period to discuss any such proposed Reserve (or change thereto) with Borrower Representative and, without limiting the right of
Agent to establish or change such Reserves in Agent’s Permitted Discretion, Borrowers may take such action as it may elect so that the event, condition or matter that gave rise to such Reserve no longer exists, in which event Agent shall reduce
or remove such Reserve in a manner that it determines appropriate in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion. The amount of Reserve established by Agent pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 2.18 shall have a reasonable
relationship as determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion to the event, condition or other matter that is the basis for the Reserve and shall relate to the Eligible Accounts, Eligible Equipment or Eligible Real Estate (collectively, the
“Borrowing Base Collateral”). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the establishment or increase of any Reserves shall be limited to such Reserves as Agent determines, in its Permitted Discretion,
are appropriate, including, but not limited to, to reflect (i) changes after the Closing Date that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect Agent’s ability to realize upon the Borrowing Base Collateral, (ii) changes after the
Closing Date to reflect priority claims and liabilities that Agent determines will need to be satisfied in connection with the realization upon the Borrowing Base Collateral, (iii) changes after the Closing Date to reflect events, conditions,
contingencies or risks that differ materially from facts or events occurring and known to Agent on the Closing Date; provided that events, conditions, contingencies or risks existing or arising prior to the Closing Date and, in each case,
disclosed in writing to Agent during any field examination or appraisal in connection herewith prior to the Closing Date shall not be the basis for any establishment of any Reserves after the Closing Date, unless such events, conditions,
contingencies or risks shall have changed in a material respect since the Closing Date, and (iv) changes after the Closing Date to reflect any concentration of risk with respect to a Borrower’s Accounts or any other factors in respect of
the credit risk of lending to the Borrowers. 
 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 

3.1 Conditions to the Initial Loans. No Lender shall be obligated to make any Loan or incur any Letter of Credit Obligations on the
Closing Date until the following conditions have been satisfied or provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Agent, or waived in writing by Agent and each Lender: 

(a) Credit Agreement; Loan Documents. The following documents shall have been duly executed by each Borrower, each other Credit Party,
Agent and the Lenders party thereto; and Agent shall have received such documents, instruments and agreements, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent: 

(i) Credit Agreement. Duly executed originals of this Agreement, dated the Closing Date, and all Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules
hereto. 

  
 78 

 (ii) Revolving Notes and Swing Line Notes. If requested by Lenders, duly executed
originals of the Revolving Notes and Swing Line Notes for each applicable Lender, dated the Closing Date. 
 (iii) Security
Agreements. Duly executed originals of the U.S. Security Agreement and the Canadian Security Agreement, in each case, dated the Closing Date. 

(iv) Guaranties. Duly executed originals of the U.S. Guaranty and the Canadian Guaranty, in each case, dated the Closing Date. 

(v) Insurance. Satisfactory evidence that the insurance policies required by Section 6.4 are in full force and effect,
together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements, as reasonably requested by Agent, in favor of Agent, on behalf of Lenders. 

(vi) Lien, Tax, and Judgment Searches. Agent shall have received the result of recent lien, tax and judgment searches in each of the
jurisdictions reasonably requested by it and such lien searches shall reveal no Liens on any of the assets of the Credit Parties, other than Liens permitted hereby. 

(vii) Filings, Registrations, and Recordings. Agent shall have received each document (including, without limitation, any financing
statement authorized for filing under the Code or the PPSA, as applicable) reasonably requested by Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and other Secured Parties, a first
priority perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) which can be perfected by the filing of such document and authorization for filing, registering or recording each such document (including, without
limitation, any financing statement authorized for filing under the Code or the PPSA, as applicable); provided that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document to the contrary, the Credit Parties shall not have
any obligation to perfect any security interest or Lien, or record any notice thereof, in any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral in any jurisdiction other than the United States and Canada . 

(viii) Intellectual Property Security Agreements. Duly executed originals of Intellectual Property Security Agreements, dated the
Closing Date, with respect to Patents and Trademarks and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent (it being understood that the forms attached to the U.S. Security Agreement are reasonably satisfactory to Agent). 

(ix) Initial Borrowing Base Certificate. Agent shall have received duly executed originals of an original Borrowing Base Certificate
for the Borrowers, dated the Closing Date, reflecting information concerning calculation of the Borrowing Base as of September 30, 2013. 

  
 79 

 (x) Initial Notice of Revolving Credit Advance. Duly executed originals of a Notice of
Revolving Credit Advance, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the initial Revolving Credit Advance(s), if any, to be requested by Borrower Representative on the Closing Date. 

(xi) Letter of Direction. Duly executed originals of a letter of direction from Borrower Representative addressed to Agent, with
respect to the disbursement on the Closing Date of the proceeds of the initial Revolving Credit Advance(s), if any. 
 (xii) Formation
and Good Standing. For each Credit Party, such Person’s (a) articles of incorporation or certificate of formation, as applicable, and all amendments thereto and (b) good standing certificates (including verification of tax status)
or like certificate in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, as applicable. 
 (xiii) Bylaws and Resolutions. For each
Credit Party, (a) such Person’s bylaws, operating agreement, limited liability company agreement or limited partnership agreement, as applicable, together with all amendments thereto and (b) resolutions of such Person’s members
or board of directors, as the case may be, and, to the extent required under applicable law, stockholders, approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions
to be consummated in connection therewith, each certified as of the Closing Date by such Person’s corporate secretary or an assistant secretary, managing member, manager or equivalent senior officer, as applicable, as being in full force and
effect without any modification or amendment. 
 (xiv) Incumbency Certificates. For each Credit Party, signature and incumbency
certificates of the officers of each such Person executing any of the Loan Documents, certified as of the Closing Date by such Person’s corporate secretary or an assistant secretary, managing member, manager or equivalent senior officer, as
applicable, as being true, accurate, correct and complete. 
 (xv) Opinions of Counsel. Duly executed originals of legal opinions of
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP; Norton Rose Fulbright Canada, LLP; Smith, Gambrell & Russell, LLP and Bodman PLC, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and its counsel, dated the Closing Date. 

(xvi) Officer’s Certificate. Agent shall have received duly executed originals of a certificate of a Financial Officer of
Borrower Representative, dated the Closing Date, stating that since December 31, 2012, no Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred and be continuing. 

(xvii) Audited Financials; Financial Condition. Agent shall have received the Financial Statements, Business Plan and other materials
set forth in Section 4.4, certified by a Financial Officer of Borrower Representative, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent. Agent shall have further received a certificate of a Financial Officer of
Borrower Representative, based on such Pro Forma and Business Plan, to the effect 

  
 80 

 
that (a) the Pro Forma fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial position of Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries as of the date thereof after giving effect to the
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) the Business Plan is based upon estimates and assumptions stated therein, all of which Borrowers believe to be reasonable and fair in light of current conditions and current facts known
to Borrowers and, as of the Closing Date, reflect Borrowers’ good faith estimates believed to be reasonable at the time made of its future financial performance and of the other information projected therein for the period set forth therein.

 (xviii) Solvency Certificate. Agent shall have received a solvency certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Agent from a Financial Officer of Borrower Representative certifying that Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, on the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Related Transactions are Solvent. 

(b) Repayment of Indebtedness and Release of Collateral. On the Closing Date, Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that all
existing Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.3, of or related to Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall have been repaid or cancelled and all documentation representing such indebtedness shall have been
terminated and all guarantees, liens and security interests associated therewith have been released, or that adequate measures shall have been taken to terminate such documentation and release such guarantees, liens and security interests, except as
otherwise agreed by Agent. 
 (c) Approvals. Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the Credit Parties
have obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons including, all requisite Governmental Authorities to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the Related
Transactions. 
 (d) Payment of Fees. Borrowers shall have paid to Agent and Lead Arrangers all Fees required to be paid on or before
the Closing Date in the respective amounts specified in Section 2.7 (including, the Fees specified in the Fee Letter), and shall have reimbursed Agent for all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of closing presented at least three
(3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. 
 (e) Consummation of Related Transactions. Agent shall have received fully
executed copies of the Related Transactions Documents, each of which shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent. The Related Transactions shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms of
the Related Transactions Documents. The sources and uses of funds and debt of the Borrowers on the Closing Date are consistent with those set forth on in the letter of direction referenced in Section 3.1(a)(xi) and delivered to Agent on
the Closing Date. 
 (f) Material Adverse Effect. There shall not have been, since December 31, 2012, a Material Adverse Effect.

 (g) Patriot Act. Agent and the Lenders shall have received from the Credit Parties at least five (5) days prior to the
Closing Date all documentation and other information required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act. 

(h) Perfection Certificate. Agent shall have received a completed perfection certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by a
Responsible Officer of each Credit Party, together with all attachments contemplated thereby. 

  
 81 

 3.2 Further Conditions to Each Loan, Each Letter of Credit Obligation, and Each
Continuation/Conversion. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Lender shall be obligated to fund any Advance (which conditions shall not apply to conversions or continuations of Revolving Credit Advances made pursuant to
Section 2.5(e)) or incur any Letter of Credit Obligation, if, as of the date thereof: 
 (a) (i) any representation or warranty
by any Credit Party contained herein or in any other Loan Document is untrue or incorrect in any material respect (with respect to any representation or warranty that is not otherwise qualified as to materiality) as of such date, except to the
extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date and except for changes therein expressly permitted or expressly contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) Agent or Requisite Lenders have determined not to make
such Advance or incur such Letter of Credit Obligation as a result of the fact that such warranty or representation is untrue or incorrect; 

(b) (i) any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) Agent or Requisite Lenders shall have determined not to
make any Advance or incur any Letter of Credit Obligation as a result of that Default or Event of Default; or 
 (c) after giving effect to
any Advance (or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligations), the outstanding principal amount of the aggregate Revolving Loan would exceed the Available Credit, in each case, less the then outstanding principal amount of the Swing
Line Loan. 
 The request and acceptance by any Borrower of the proceeds of any Advance or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligations shall be
deemed to constitute, as of the date thereof, a representation and warranty by Borrowers that the conditions in this Section 3.2 have been satisfied. 

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 
 To induce
Lenders to make the Loans and to incur Letter of Credit Obligations, the Credit Parties executing this Agreement make the following representations and warranties to Agent and each Lender with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, each
and all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. 
 4.1 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law. Each
Credit Party (a) is a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or other entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) under the laws of
its respective jurisdiction of incorporation or organization set forth in Schedule (4.1); (b) is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing (to the extent 

  
 82 

 
such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) in each other jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except
where the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) has the requisite power and authority, and the legal right to own and operate in all material respects its
properties, to lease the property it operates under lease and to conduct its business in all material respects as now, heretofore and proposed to be conducted and has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to pledge, mortgage,
hypothecate or otherwise encumber the Collateral; (d) has all material licenses, permits, consents or approvals from or by, and has made all material filings with, and has given all material notices to, all Governmental Authorities having
jurisdiction, to the extent required for such ownership, operation and conduct or other organizational documents; and (e) is in compliance in material respects with all applicable provisions of law except where the failure to be in compliance
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 4.2 Chief Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; FEIN. As of
the Closing Date, each Credit Party’s name as it appears in official filings in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, organizational identification number, if any, issued by its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and the
location of each Credit Party’s chief executive office, principal place of business, other places of business and the warehouses and premises at which any Collateral is located on the Closing Date are set forth in Schedule (4.2), and
except as set forth on such schedule each Credit Party has only one jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. In addition, Schedule (4.2) lists the federal employer identification number of each Credit Party. 

4.3 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of the Loan
Documents to which it is a party and the creation of all Liens provided for therein: (a) are within such Person’s power; (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership
action; (c) do not contravene any provision of such Person’s charter, bylaws or partnership or operating agreements or other organizational documents, as applicable; (d) do not violate any material provision of any law or regulation,
or any material provision of any order or decree of any court or Governmental Authority; (e) do not conflict with or result in the breach or termination of, constitute a default under or accelerate or permit the acceleration of any performance
required by, any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, loan agreement or other material instrument to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or any of its property is bound; (f) do not result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon any of the property of such Person other than those in favor of Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, pursuant to the Loan Documents; and (g) do not require the consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or
any other Person, other than (i) those which will have been duly obtained, made or complied with prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.21. Each of the Loan Documents have been duly executed
and delivered by each Credit Party that is a party thereto and, each such Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the
enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether
enforcement is sought in equity or at law). 

  
 83 

 4.4 Financial Statements and Business Plan. All Financial Statements concerning Parent
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries that are referred to in clause (a) below have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered (except as disclosed therein and except, with respect to
unaudited Financial Statements, for the absence of footnotes and normal year-end audit adjustments) and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Persons covered thereby as at the dates thereof and the results of their
operations and cash flows for the periods then ended. 
 (a) Financial Statements. The following Financial Statements attached to a
certificate of a Financial Officer of Borrower Representative have been delivered on the Closing Date: 
 (i) The audited consolidated
balance sheet at December 31, 2012 and the related statement of income and cash flows of Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year then ended, certified by KPMG LLP. 

(ii) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2013 and the related statements of income and cash flows of Parent Borrower
and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Quarters then ended. 
 (b) Pro Forma. The Pro Forma delivered on the
Closing Date and attached to a certificate of a Financial Officer of Borrower Representative was prepared by Borrowers giving Pro Forma Effect to the Related Transactions, was based on the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrowers and their
respective consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries dated June 30, 2013 and was prepared in accordance with GAAP, with only such adjustments thereto as would be required in accordance with GAAP. The projections and pro forma financial information
contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of Parent Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being acknowledged and agreed by the Lenders that (a) such financial
information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount,
(b) the financial and business projections furnished to Agent or the Lenders are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (c) no assurances are
given by any of Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries that the results forecasted in the projections will be realized. 
 (c) Business
Plan. The Business Plan delivered on the Closing Date and attached to a certificate of a Financial Officer of Borrower Representative has been prepared by Borrowers in light of the past operations of their businesses, and reflect quarterly
forecasts for the twelve month period commencing January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, and annual forecasts on a year-by-year basis thereafter through Fiscal Year 2018. The Business Plan is based upon the same accounting principles as
those used in the preparation of the financial statements described above and the estimates and assumptions stated therein, all of which Borrowers believe to be reasonable and fair in light of conditions and facts known to Borrowers on the Closing
Date and, as of the Closing Date, reflect Borrowers’ good faith estimates believed to be reasonable by Parent Borrower at the time made of the future financial performance of Borrowers for the period set forth therein. The Lenders hereby
acknowledge that (a) such 

  
 84 

 
financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the
projected results set forth therein by a material amount, (b) the financial and business projections furnished to Agent or the Lenders are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of Parent
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (c) no assurances are given by any of Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries that the results forecasted in the projections will be realized. 

(d) Undisclosed Liabilities; Burdensome Restrictions. None of the Borrowers or the Restricted Subsidiaries has any material Guarantied
Obligations, contingent liabilities or liabilities for unpaid taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of
derivatives, that are required by GAAP to be reflected or reserved against on a balance sheet of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than (i) as are reflected in the financial statements described in clause (a) hereof
(including the footnotes thereto) and (ii) as otherwise permitted hereunder. During the period from June 30, 2013, to and including the Closing Date, there has been no disposition by any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of
any material part of its business or property. No Credit Party is a party or is subject to any contract, agreement or charter restriction that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

4.5 Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2012, no event has occurred, that alone or together with other events, has had a
Material Adverse Effect. 
 4.6 Ownership of Real Property; Liens. As of the Closing Date, the real estate (“Real
Estate”) listed in Schedule (4.6) constitutes all of the real property owned, leased or subleased by any Credit Party other than Real Estate located outside of the United States and Canada. Each Credit Party owns fee simple
title to all of its owned Real Estate and valid leasehold interests in all of its material leased Real Estate. Each Credit Party also has title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its personal property and assets, in each case, material in
the ordinary course of their respective businesses or where failure to so own or possess would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, none of the properties and assets of any Credit Party are subject to
any Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances. 
 4.7 Labor Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule (4.7) or as could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of each Credit Party (a) no strikes or other material labor disputes against any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party are pending or, to
the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Credit Party and each Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party comply with the Fair Labor Standards Act and each other federal, state,
local or foreign law applicable to such matters; (c) all payments due from any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party for employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of such
Credit Party or such Restricted Subsidiary; (d) there is no organizing activity involving any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party pending or threatened by any labor union or group of employees; (e) there are no
representation proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened with the National Labor Relations Board or any other applicable labor relations board, and no labor 

  
 85 

 
organization or group of employees of any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party has made a pending demand for recognition; and (f) there are no material complaints or
charges against any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or
otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party of any individual. 

4.8 Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures. As of the Closing Date, (a) Schedule (4.8) sets forth the name and jurisdiction
of incorporation of each Subsidiary and Joint Venture of the Borrowers and, as to each such Subsidiary and Joint Venture, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Credit Party and (b) there are no outstanding subscriptions,
options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of the Borrowers or any of their
respective Subsidiaries. 
 4.9 Investment Company Act. No Credit Party is an “investment company” or a company controlled
by an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended. 
 4.10 Margin
Regulations. No Credit Party is engaged, nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” as
such terms are defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such securities being referred to herein as “Margin Stock”). None of the proceeds of the Loans or other extensions
of credit under this Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin
Stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X of the Federal Reserve Board. No Credit
Party will take or permit to be taken any action that might cause any Loan Document to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board. 

4.11 Taxes/Other. All income and other material tax returns, reports, and statements, including information returns, required by any
Governmental Authority to be filed by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, to the knowledge of each Credit Party, have been filed (after giving effect to any extensions) with the appropriate Governmental Authority, and all Taxes, other
than Taxes which if not paid would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, have been paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest, or late charge may be added thereto for nonpayment thereof excluding Taxes or other amounts being
contested in accordance with Section 6.2(b). 
 4.12 ERISA. 

(a) Borrowers have previously delivered or made available to Agent all Pension Plans (including Title IV Plans and Multiemployer Plans) and
all Retiree Welfare Plans, as now in effect. Except with respect to Multiemployer Plans, each Qualified Plan has either 

  
 86 

 
received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or may rely on a favorable opinion letter issued by the IRS, and to the knowledge of any Credit Party nothing has occurred that would be
reasonably expected to cause the loss of such qualification or tax-exempt status. Each Plan, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the IRC and its terms, including the
timely filing of all reports required under the IRC or ERISA except where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as has not resulted, or could not reasonably be expected to result, in an
ERISA Lien (whether or not perfected), neither any Credit Party nor ERISA Affiliate has failed to make any material contribution or pay any material amount due as required by either Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA or the
terms of any such Plan. No “prohibited transaction,” as defined in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the IRC, has occurred with respect to any Plan that would subject any Credit Party to a material tax on prohibited
transactions imposed by Section 502(i) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the IRC. 
 (b) Except as could not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) no Title IV Plan has any material Unfunded Pension Liability; (ii) no ERISA Event has occurred or to the knowledge of any Credit Party is reasonably expected to occur; (iii) there are no pending, or
to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened material claims (other than claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions or lawsuits, asserted or instituted against any Plan or any Person as fiduciary or sponsor of any Plan;
(iv) no Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any material liability as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) within the last five years no Title IV Plan of
any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate has been terminated, whether or not in a “standard termination” as that term is used in Section 4041 of ERISA, nor has any Title IV Plan of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate (determined at any
time within the last five years) with material Unfunded Pension Liabilities been transferred outside of the “controlled group” (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA) of any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate (determined at
such time). 
 4.13 No Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule (4.13), no action, claim, lawsuit, demand, or proceeding is
now pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened in writing against any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party, before any Governmental Authority or before any arbitrator or panel of arbitrators (collectively,
“Litigation”), (a) on the Closing Date that challenges such Credit Party’s right or power to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, or the validity or enforceability
of any Loan Document or any action taken thereunder, or (b) that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule (4.13), as of the Closing Date there is no Litigation pending or
threatened in writing, that (i) seeks damages in excess of $2,500,000, (ii) injunctive relief which, if granted, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, against, or alleges criminal misconduct of, any Credit Party
or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party, or (iii) could otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

4.14 Brokers. Except as set forth on Schedule (4.14), no broker or finder brought about the obtaining, making or closing of the
Loans or the Related Transactions, and no Credit Party or Affiliate thereof has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s or brokerage fees in connection therewith. 

  
 87 

 4.15 Intellectual Property. As of the Closing Date, each Credit Party owns or has rights
to use all Intellectual Property necessary to continue to conduct its business as now conducted by it and material to such Credit Party’s business, taken as a whole. Each issued or applied-for Patent, registered or applied-for Trademark, and
registered or applied-for Copyright owned by any Credit Party on the Closing Date is listed, together with application or registration numbers, as applicable, on Schedule (4.15). To the Borrowers’ knowledge, as of the Closing Date, each
Credit Party conducts its business and affairs without infringement of any Intellectual Property of any other Person that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Schedule (4.15), on the
Closing Date no Credit Party is aware of any material infringement claim by any other Person that is pending or threatened in writing against any Credit Party with respect to any material Intellectual Property owned by such Credit Party on the
Closing Date. 
 4.16 Full Disclosure. No information contained in this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or Financial
Statements or other written reports from time to time prepared by any Credit Party (other than the projections referred to below, forward-looking information and information of a general economic or industry nature) and delivered hereunder or under
any other Loan Document (in each as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished and taken as a whole) by or on behalf of any Credit Party to Agent or any Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement contains any untrue statement of
a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made (after giving effect to all supplements and updates
thereto). 
 4.17 Environmental Matters. 

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule (4.17) or would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, as of the
Closing Date: (i) the Real Estate of each Credit Party and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries is free of contamination from any Hazardous Material; (ii) no Credit Party nor any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party has caused or
knowingly allowed to occur any Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Real Estate; (iii) the Credit Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries are and, except for matters which have been
fully resolved, have, for the past three (3) years, been in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (iv) the Credit Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries (A) have obtained, (B) possess as valid, uncontested and in
good standing, and (C) are in compliance with all Environmental Permits required by Environmental Laws for the operation of their respective businesses as presently conducted; (v) there is no Litigation arising under or related to any
Environmental Laws, Environmental Permits or Hazardous Material that seeks damages, penalties, fines, costs or expenses from, or that alleges criminal misconduct by, any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party; (vi) except
for matters which have been fully resolved, no written notice has been received by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party identifying it as a “potentially responsible party” or requesting information under CERCLA
or analogous state statutes; and (vii) the Credit Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries have provided to Agent copies of existing material environmental reports, reviews and audits relating to actual or potential material
Environmental Liabilities and relating to any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party. 

  
 88 

 (b) Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that none of Agent, any other secured party
under the Loan Documents or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents and representatives (i) is now, or has ever been, in control of any of the Real Estate or any Credit Party’s or any Restricted Subsidiary
of any Credit Party’s affairs, and (ii) has the capacity or the authority through the provisions of the Loan Documents or otherwise to direct or influence any (A) Credit Party’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit
Party’s conduct with respect to the ownership, operation or management of any of its Real Estate, (B) undertaking, work or task performed by any employee, agent or contractor of any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit
Party or the manner in which such undertaking, work or task may be carried out or performed, or (C) compliance of any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Credit Party with Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits. 

4.18 Insurance. Borrowers have previously delivered or made available to Agent lists of all insurance policies of any nature
maintained, as of the Closing Date, for current occurrences by each Credit Party and each Restricted Subsidiary. 
 4.19 Deposit and
Disbursement Accounts. Schedule (4.19) lists all banks and other financial institutions at which any Credit Party maintains deposit or other accounts as of the Closing Date, including any Disbursement Accounts, and such Schedule
correctly identifies the name of each depository, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor. 

4.20 No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. 

4.21 Creation and Perfection of Security Interests. 

(a) Once executed and delivered, each of the U.S. Security Agreement and the Canadian Security Agreement will represent a valid and
enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein. In the case of the portion of the pledged Collateral consisting of the certificated securities represented by the certificates described in the U.S. Security Agreement or the
Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable, when stock certificates representing such pledged Collateral are delivered to Agent and such stock certificates are held in New York, and in the case of the other Collateral described in the U.S. Security
Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule (4.21(a)) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule (4.21(a)), the U.S.
Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable, shall constitute the creation of a perfected Lien under the Code or the PPSA as applicable (to the extent a Lien on such Collateral can be perfected by such possession or filings)
on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Credit Parties signatory to the U.S. Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable, in such pledged Collateral and other Collateral, as security for the
Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except for Permitted Encumbrances which by operation of law or contract would have priority over the Liens securing the Obligations). 

  
 89 

 (b) Mortgages. 

(i) Each of the Mortgages, when executed and delivered, shall be in a form effective to create in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the
Secured Parties, a valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, and when the Mortgages are filed, each such Mortgage shall constitute a Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Credit Parties
in such Mortgaged Properties, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except for Permitted Encumbrances which by operation of law or contract would have
priority over the Liens securing the Obligations). 
 (ii) For any parcel of Real Property to be included as a component in the Borrowing
Base, Agent shall have received a duly executed original Mortgage for such Mortgaged Property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, together with: 

(A) a Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Report that meets ASTM Standard E1527-05; 

(B) a mortgage title insurance commitment for fully-paid title insurance with endorsements and in amounts reasonably acceptable to Agent,
insuring that Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) on such Mortgaged Property, evidence of which shall have been provided in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
Agent (“Title Insurance”); 
 (C) if reasonably required by Agent, (i) an ALTA survey has been delivered for which
all necessary fees have been paid and which is dated no more than 60 days prior to the date on which the applicable Mortgage is recorded (or such longer period as Agent may agree), certified to Agent and the issuer of the Title Insurance in a manner
reasonably satisfactory to Agent by a land surveyor duly registered and licensed in the state in which such Mortgaged Property is located and acceptable to Agent, and shows all buildings and other improvements located on the Mortgaged Property, the
location of any easements, parking spaces, rights of way and building setback lines and the absence of: (A) encroachments, either by such improvements or on to such property, which have not been cured or insured over and (B) other defects
which have not been cured or insured over, in each case, other than encroachments and other defects permitted under Section 7.7 or otherwise acceptable to Agent (a “Real Estate Survey”); (ii) a letter of opinion
from local counsel in the state where the Mortgaged Property is located with respect to the enforceability of the Mortgage and the perfection of any related fixture filings in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent (a “Mortgage
Opinion”); and (iii) at the request of Agent in the exercise of its Reasonable Discretion and to the extent deliverable pursuant to the Credit Parties’ commercially reasonable efforts: (A) estoppel certificates executed by
all tenants of such Mortgaged Property and (B) such other consents, agreements and confirmations of lessors and third parties as Agent may deem necessary or desirable; and 

(D) if such Mortgaged Property is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area and required by Agent, evidence of Flood Insurance, and such other
documents, instruments or agreements reasonably requested by Agent, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent. 

  
 90 

 4.22 Solvency. Immediately after giving effect to (a) the Loans and Letter of Credit
Obligations to be made or incurred on the Closing Date, (b) the disbursement of proceeds of such Loans pursuant to the instructions of the Borrower Representative, and (c) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with
the foregoing, the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, are Solvent. 
 4.23 Foreign Assets, Control Regulations, and Anti-Money
Laundering. Each Credit Party and each Subsidiary of each Credit Party is and will remain in compliance in all material respects with all United States economic sanctions, laws, executive orders, and implementing regulations as promulgated by
the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), and all applicable anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and all regulations issued pursuant
to it. No Credit Party and no Subsidiary of a Credit Party (a) is a Person designated by the United States government on the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “SDN List”) with which a United
States Person cannot deal with or otherwise engage in business transactions, (b) is a Person who is otherwise the target of United States economic sanctions laws such that a United States Person cannot deal or otherwise engage in business
transactions with such Person or (c) is controlled by (including, without limitation, by virtue of such Person being a director or owning voting shares or interests), or acts, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any Person on the SDN
List or a foreign government that is the target of United States economic sanctions prohibitions such that the entry into, or performance under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be prohibited under United States law. 

4.24 Patriot Act: Use of Proceeds. Each Credit Party, and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with (a) the Trading with the
Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (b) the USA PATRIOT ACT
(Title 111 of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (as amended, the “Patriot Act”), and (c) other federal or state laws relating to anti-money laundering rules and regulations. The Borrowers shall use the
proceeds of the Loans only as provided in Section 2.4. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used directly or indirectly for any payments to any government official or employee, political party, official of a political party,
candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the FCPA. 

4.25 Regulation H. Except as identified to Agent prior to the execution of the related Mortgage, no Mortgaged Property is located in a
Special Flood Hazard Area and in which Flood Insurance has not been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968. 
 4.26
Status as Senior Debt. The Obligations are “senior debt” or “designated senior debt” (or any comparable term) under, and as may be defined in, any indenture or document governing any applicable Indebtedness that is
subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations. 
 4.27 FCPA and Related. No Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any
director, officer or, to the knowledge of such Credit Party, agent or employee of such Credit Party or Subsidiary, is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a 

  
 91 

 
material violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer,
payment, promise to pay or authorization or approval of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give or authorization of the giving of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any “foreign official” (as such term
is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office in contravention of the FCPA. Each Credit Party, and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with, in all
material respects, the FCPA and, on or before June 30, 2014, will establish and will thereafter maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein
and will ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith. No Credit Party or any of its employees, officers, directors, agents, independent contractors, consultants, joint venture partners or
representatives, in carrying out or representing its business anywhere in the world, has violated the Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (Canada) (or any successor statute thereto). 

4.28 Borrowing Base Certificates. The information set forth in each Borrowing Base Certificate is true and correct in all material
respects. 
 4.29 Drivers. 

(a) Neither Parent Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, 

(i) is party to a Driver Contract under which Drivers would have claims with priority over the Agent, or 

(ii) holds or is required to hold any portion of its Accounts collected from an Account Debtor which the Borrowers have reported as Eligible
Accounts in respect of a Driver’s services in trust for such Driver. 
 (b) No Driver, whether pursuant to any Driver Contract or
otherwise, at any time controls the method of collection of Parent Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Accounts or restricts the use of the proceeds thereof after receipt by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. 

(c) No Driver, whether pursuant to any Driver Contract or otherwise, at any time has the right to seek payment from, or otherwise has recourse
to, any Account Debtor for Driver Payables by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to such Driver with respect to Accounts that constitute Eligible Accounts. 

(d) All payments by Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of payables to Drivers, whether pursuant to any Driver Contract or
otherwise, are made from Parent Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ general funds in the normal course of business. 
 4.30
Canadian Pension Plans and Canadian Benefit Plans. As of the Closing Date, no Credit Party (i) sponsors, maintains or contributes to, or has ever sponsored, maintained or contributed to, any Canadian Pension Plan, or (ii) maintains
or has any obligation to establish or contribute to any “retirement compensation arrangement”, as defined in subsection 248(1) of the 

  
 92 

 
Income Tax Act (Canada). Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) each Canadian Pension Plan and each Canadian Benefit Plan, to the reasonable
knowledge of the Borrowers, is in compliance in all material respects with applicable laws and its terms, (ii) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened material claims (other than claims for benefits in the
normal course), sanctions, actions or lawsuits, asserted or instituted against any Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan or any Person as fiduciary or sponsor of any Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan. All material payments,
contributions and premiums required to be paid or remitted to or under any Canadian Pension Plan have been made in a timely manner. 
 5. FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION 
 5.1 Financial Reports and Notices. Each Credit Party executing this Agreement hereby agrees that from
and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, it shall deliver to Agent or to Agent for distribution to Lenders, as required, the following Financial Statements, notices, Business Plans and other information at the times, to the Persons
and in the manner set forth below: 
 (a) Monthly Financials. At such time in which Cash Dominion Period exists, to Agent and
Lenders, within thirty (30) days after the end of each Fiscal Month, financial information regarding Parent Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, certified by a Financial Officer of Parent Borrower, consisting of consolidated
(i) unaudited balance sheets as of the close of such Fiscal Month and the related statements of income for that portion of the Fiscal Year ending as of the close of such Fiscal Month and (ii) unaudited statements of income for such Fiscal
Month, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the prior year. Such financial information shall be accompanied by the certification of a Financial Officer of Parent Borrower that such financial information and
any other information presented is true, correct and complete in all material respects and that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of such time or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
describing the nature thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Default or Event of Default. 
 (b) Quarterly Financials. To
Agent, within forty-five (45) days after the end of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, consolidated financial information regarding Parent Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, certified by a Financial Officer
of Parent Borrower, including (i) unaudited balance sheets as of the close of such Fiscal Quarter and (ii) unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter, in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures
for the corresponding period in the prior year and the related statements of income and cash flow for that portion of the Fiscal Year ending as of the close of such Fiscal Quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to absence of
footnotes and normal year-end adjustments). Such financial information shall be accompanied by (A) a statement in reasonable detail (each, a “Compliance Certificate”) showing the calculations used in determining compliance with
the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.10, if applicable, and (B) including the certification of a Financial Officer of Parent Borrower that (i) such financial information fairly presents, in all material respects in
accordance with GAAP (except as approved by accountants or officers, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein, including the economic impact of such exception, and subject to 

  
 93 

 
normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosure), the financial position, results of operations and statements of cash flows of Parent Borrower and its consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and for that portion of the Fiscal Year then ended, and (ii) that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of such time or, if a Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, describing the nature thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Default or Event of Default. In addition, Borrowers shall deliver to Agent and Lenders, within forty-five (45) days after the
end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, a management discussion and analysis that includes a comparison of performance for that Fiscal Quarter to the corresponding period in the prior year. 

(c) Annual Audited Financials. To Agent, within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, audited Financial Statements
for Parent Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, consisting of balance sheets and statements of income and retained earnings and cash flows, setting forth in comparative form in each case the figures for the
previous Fiscal Year, which Financial Statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as approved by accountants or officers), as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein, including the economic impact of such
exception, and certified without qualification as to going-concern or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by KPMG LLP, another independent certified public accounting firm of national standing or a firm otherwise reasonably
acceptable to Agent. Such Financial Statements shall be accompanied by (i) a Compliance Certificate showing the calculations used in determining compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.10, if applicable, and
(ii) a certification of a Financing Officer of Borrower Representative that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of such time or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, describing the nature
thereof and all efforts undertaken to cure such Default or Event of Default. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Agent and Lenders, together with such audited Financial Statements delivered pursuant to this clause, a management discussion and
analysis that includes a comparison of performance for that Fiscal Year to the corresponding period in the prior year. 
 (d) Business
Plan. To Agent, as soon as available, but not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an annual business plan for the Borrowers, on a consolidated basis, for the then current Fiscal Year, which (i) includes a
statement of all of the material assumptions on which such plan is based, (ii) includes projected quarterly balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for the following year and (iii) integrates sales, gross profits,
operating expenses, operating profit, cash flow projections, all prepared on the same basis and in similar detail as that on which operating results are reported (in each case, representing management’s good faith estimates of future financial
performance based on historical performance), and including plans for personnel, Capital Expenditures and facilities. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above will be based upon good faith
estimates and assumptions believed by management of Parent Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being acknowledged and agreed by the Lenders that (a) such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as
fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount, (b) the financial and business projections furnished to Agent or the
Lenders are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (c) no assurances are given by any of Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries that the results
forecasted in the projections will be realized. 

  
 94 

 (e) Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.1 may be
delivered by electronic communication pursuant to procedures approved hereunder. 
 (f) Default Notices. To Agent and Lenders, as
soon as practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after a Financial Officer of any Borrower has actual knowledge of the existence of any Default, or Event of Default, telephonic or fax or electronic notice specifying the
nature of such Default or Event of Default, including the anticipated effect thereof, which notice, if given telephonically, shall be promptly confirmed in writing on the next Business Day. 

(g) SEC Filings and Press Releases. To Agent and Lenders, promptly upon their becoming available, copies of: (i) all Financial
Statements, annual, regular, and periodic reports and proxy statements made publicly available by any Credit Party to its stockholders (in their capacity as such), generally; and (ii) all regular and periodic reports and all registration
statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by any Credit Party with any securities exchange or with the SEC. 
 (h) Litigation. To
Agent in writing, promptly upon learning thereof, notice of any Litigation commenced or threatened in writing against any Credit Party that (i) could reasonably be expected to result in damages in excess of $2,500,000 (net of insurance
coverages for such damages), (ii) seeks injunctive relief which, if granted, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) could otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(i) Insurance Notices. To Agent, disclosure of losses or casualties required by Section 6.4 in an amount in excess of
$2,500,000 covered by insurance. 
 (j) Other Documents. To Agent for distribution to Lenders, such other financial and other
information respecting any Credit Party’s or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party’s business or financial condition as Agent shall from time to time reasonably request. 

(k) Lender Calls. Annually, at a time mutually agreed with Agent and Parent Borrower that is promptly after the delivery of the
information required pursuant to clause (c) above, unless otherwise agreed by the Requisite Lenders, participate in a conference call for Lenders to discuss the financial condition and results of operations of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries
for the most recently-ended Fiscal Year for which financial statements have been delivered. 
 (l) Environmental Matters. To Agent,
notice of any matter under any Environmental Law that has resulted or is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of or resulting from the commencement of, or any material adverse development in, any
litigation or proceeding affecting any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary and arising under any Environmental Law. 

  
 95 

 (m) ERISA/Pension Matters. To Agent, notice of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that has
resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a liability of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $2,500,000. 

(n) Lease Default Notices. To Agent, within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof, copies of any and all default notices
received under or with respect to any leased location or warehouse where Eligible Equipment Collateral is located. 
 (o) Change of Name;
etc. Parent Borrower agrees to notify Agent in writing promptly, but in any event within 10 days (or such longer period as Agent may agree in its discretion), after any change in (i) the legal name of any Credit Party, (ii) the
identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such Credit Party, or (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of such Credit Party. 

5.2 Collateral Reporting. Each Credit Party executing this Agreement hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until the
Termination Date, it shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Agent, as required, the following documents and reports (including Borrowing Base Certificates in the form of Exhibit 5.2) at the times, to the Persons and in the manner
set forth below: 
 (a) To Agent, and in any event no less frequently than on the twentieth day of each Fiscal Month commencing with the
Fiscal Month ending November 30, 2013 during the term of this Agreement, each of the following reports, each of which shall be prepared by the Borrowers as of the last day of the immediately preceding month; provided, however,
that if a Cash Dominion Period has occurred and is continuing (or if Parent Borrower elects, so long as the frequency of delivery is maintained by Parent Borrower for the immediately following twenty (20) calendar day period after the delivery
of the first Borrowing Base Certificate so delivered), then the following shall be delivered no less frequently than 12:00 p.m. (New York time) on the third Business Day of each week: 

(i) a Borrowing Base Certificate accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by Agent, in its
Permitted Discretion; and 
 (ii) on the date of the delivery of monthly Borrowing Base Certificates only, a monthly trial balance showing
Accounts outstanding aged from due date as follows: 1 to 90 days, 91 to 120 days and 121 days or more, accompanied by such supporting detail (including invoice date) and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by Agent in its Permitted
Discretion; 
 (b) To Agent, on a monthly basis except to the extent that the Borrowing Base is being delivered on a weekly basis, and in
that instance reports in connection with clause (a) above shall then be delivered on a weekly basis, together with such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by Agent in its Permitted Discretion each of
which shall be prepared by Borrowers as of the last day of the immediately preceding month (or such other time as may be requested by Agent); 

  
 96 

 (c) To Agent, at the time of delivery of each of the Financial Statements delivered pursuant to
Section 5.1, an aging of accounts payable, accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by Agent in its Permitted Discretion. 

(d) To Agent, at the time of delivery of each of the quarterly or annual Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1, a
list of any application for the registration of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright filed by any Credit Party with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or United States Copyright Office, respectively, or any successor office or agency in
the prior Fiscal Quarter; 
 (e) Borrowers shall pay all reasonable fees incurred by Agent in connection with (i) one
(1) appraisal of Equipment and Real Estate that is part of the Borrowing Base and (ii) one (1) field examinations per calendar year; provided, that at any time after the date on which Availability has been less than the greater
of 17.5% of the Available Credit and $15,000,000, for five consecutive Business Days during such calendar year, one (1) additional field exam and one (1) additional appraisal of Equipment and Real Estate that is part of the Borrowing Base
will be permitted in such calendar year (each at the expense of the Borrowers) and (ii) at any time during the continuation of an Event of Default, field examinations and appraisals may be conducted (each at the expense of the Borrowers) as
frequently as determined by Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided; further; that notwithstanding anything to the contrary Agent may conduct additional appraisals and field examinations in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion
at its own cost and expense; and 
 (f) Such other reports, statements and reconciliations (including reconciliations of Accounts, Equipment
and Real Estate from general ledger to financial statements to Borrowing Base) with respect to the Borrowing Base, Collateral or Obligations of any or all Credit Parties as Agent shall from time to time reasonably request. 

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 
 Each Credit Party
executing this Credit Agreement agrees as to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries that from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date: 

6.1 Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 7.1 or 7.8, each
Credit Party shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to (a) preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence (except, as to Persons other than Credit Parties,
where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect) and (ii) its material rights and franchises; (b) continue to conduct its business substantially as now conducted or as otherwise permitted
hereunder (including under Section 7.5); and (c) at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its assets and properties used or useful in the conduct of its business and keep the same in good repair, working order and
condition in all material respects (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear and except for casualties and condemnations) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements
thereto consistent with industry practices, except, in each case, referred to in this Section 6.1(a)(ii), (b) and (c) where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

  
 97 

 6.2 Payment of Charges and Taxes. 

(a) Subject to Section 6.2(b), each Credit Party shall pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged promptly all material
Charges, Taxes and claims payable by it, including: (i) material Charges and Taxes imposed upon it, its income and profits, or any of its property (real, personal or mixed) and all material Charges with respect to tax, social security, employer
contributions and unemployment withholding with respect to its employees; (ii) lawful claims for labor, materials, supplies and services or otherwise; and (iii) all material storage or rental charges payable to warehousemen or bailees at
which Eligible Equipment is located, in each case, before any thereof shall become past due, in each case, which the non-payment of such Charge, Tax or claim could give rise to a material Lien (other than Permitted Encumbrances). 

(b) Each Credit Party may in good faith contest, by appropriate proceedings, the validity or amount of any Charges, Taxes or claims described
in Section 6.2(a) and not pay or discharge such Charges, Taxes or claims while so contested; provided, that (i) adequate reserves with respect to such contest are maintained on the books of such Credit Party, in accordance
with GAAP and (ii) the failure to make such payment could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
 6.3
Books and Records. Each Credit Party shall keep adequate books and records with respect to its business activities in which proper entries, reflecting all material financial transactions, are made in accordance with GAAP and on a basis
consistent with the Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.4. 
 6.4 Insurance; Damage to or Destruction of
Collateral. 
 (a) Borrowers will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable
insurance companies insurance in such amounts and against such risks, as are customarily maintained by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations (after giving effect to any
self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated companies). The Borrowers will furnish to Agent, upon written request, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained, including, without limitation, for any
Mortgaged Property located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, Flood Insurance equal to the least of (i) the full, unpaid balance of the Loans and any prior liens on the Mortgaged Property, (ii) the maximum amount of coverage available under
the National Flood Insurance Program for the particular type of building or (iii) the total replacement cost value of the improvements located thereon, in each case with deductibles customarily carried by businesses of the size, character and
creditworthiness of the business of the Credit Parties. 
 (b) Borrowers will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, at all times
keep its property which constitutes Collateral insured, and all policies or certificates (or certified copies thereof) with respect to such insurance (i) shall be endorsed to Agent’s reasonable satisfaction for the benefit of Agent
(including, without limitation, by naming Agent as loss payee and/or additional insured) and (ii) shall state that such insurance policies shall not be canceled without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof by the
respective insurer to Agent (or at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice in the case of non-payment of premium). 

  
 98 

 (c) If Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to maintain insurance in accordance with
this Section 6.4, Agent shall have the right, upon ten (10) days’ prior notice to Borrowers (but shall be under no obligation), to procure such insurance and Borrowers agree to reimburse Agent for all reasonable costs and
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of procuring and maintaining such insurance. 
 (d) Sections 6.4(b) and (c) shall only
apply to insurance in respect of assets included in the Collateral; provided, however, Sections 6.4(b) and (c) shall not apply to credit insurance. 

6.5 Compliance with Laws. Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply in all material respects with
all applicable provisions of law of any Governmental Authority. 
 6.6 PATRIOT Act. No Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof is in
breach of or is the subject of any action or investigation under the PATRIOT Act. 
 6.7 Intellectual Property. Each Credit Party
shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, (a) conduct its business without knowingly infringing any Intellectual Property of any other Person which infringement could reasonably be expected to result in damages in excess of
$150,000, and (b) comply in all material respects with the obligations under its material Licenses. 
 6.8 Environmental
Matters. Except where the failure to do so would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Credit Party shall, and shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to: 

(a) comply in all material respects with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants
and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material
respects with and maintain, any and all Environmental Permits, except in each case, where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and 

(b) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under
Environmental Laws and comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws. 

6.9 [Reserved.] 
 6.10
Further Assurances. Each Credit Party executing this Agreement agrees that it shall and shall cause each applicable Subsidiary to, at such Credit Party’s reasonable expense and upon the reasonable request of Agent, duly execute and
deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, to Agent such further instruments and take all such further actions (including the 

  
 99 

 
authorization of filing and recording of Code financing statements, fixture filings, Mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents, in each case to the extent reasonably requested by Agent),
which may be required under any applicable law, or which Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created by the Collateral Documents or the
validity or priority of any such Liens, all at the reasonable expense of the Credit Parties and to the extent required by the Loan Documents. 

6.11 ERISA Matters. Each Credit Party executing this Agreement agrees that it shall and shall cause each other Credit Party and each
Restricted Subsidiary to timely make all contributions, pay all amounts due, and otherwise perform such actions necessary to prevent the imposition of any Liens under ERISA or Section 412 of the IRC (each an “ERISA Lien”). 

6.12 New Subsidiaries. 

(a) Within thirty (30) Business Days of the formation of any Restricted Subsidiary, acquisition of a Restricted Subsidiary or at any time
a Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, Borrowers shall notify Agent of such event and, promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30 days or such longer period as Agent may agree) cause each such new Restricted Subsidiary (that is not an
Excluded Subsidiary for purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) below) to (i) join this Agreement as a Credit Party by providing to Agent a joinder agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent (which joinder agreement
will specify whether such new Credit Party will be a “Borrower” hereunder), (ii) deliver to Agent a Guaranty, a supplement to the U.S. Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable, and such other security
documents related to personalty, together with appropriate financing statements, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent reasonably requested by Agent, together with appropriate financing statements, all in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Agent, (iii) with respect to all new Restricted Subsidiaries (for the avoidance of doubt, including Excluded Subsidiaries) that are directly owned in whole or in part by a Credit Party, provide to Agent a supplement
to the U.S. Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable, providing for the pledge of the Capital Stock in such new Restricted Subsidiary owned by it (or, in the case of the pledge under the U.S. Security Agreement of a
Foreign Subsidiary, sixty-five percent (65%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of the issued and outstanding voting Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary and one-hundred percent (100%) of the non-voting Capital Stock of
such Foreign Subsidiary, in each case to the extent that such Capital Stock does not constitute Excluded Property (as defined in the relevant security document)), as shall be requested by Agent together with appropriate certificates and powers or
financing statements under the Code or the PPSA, as applicable, or other applicable personal property or moveable property registries or other documents necessary to perfect such pledge, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, and
(iv) provide to Agent all other customary and reasonable documentation, including one or more opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Agent, which in its opinion is appropriate and customary with respect to such execution and delivery of
the applicable documentation referred to above. Upon execution and delivery of the joinder agreement by each new Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Credit Party hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally
named as a Credit Party herein. The execution and delivery of the joinder agreement shall not require the consent of any Credit Party or Lender hereunder. The rights and obligations 

  
 100 

 
of each Credit Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any Credit Party hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, no Foreign Subsidiary shall execute a
Guaranty. 
 (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary of any Borrower shall be
required to execute and deliver any joinder agreement, Guaranty, Collateral Document or any other document or grant a Lien in any Capital Stock or other property held by it if such action (A) is restricted or prohibited by general statutory
limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalization” rules or similar principles, (B) is not within the legal capacity of Borrowers or such Subsidiary or would conflict with the fiduciary
duties of its directors or contravene any legal prohibition or result in personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer or (C) for reasons of cost, legal limitations or other matters is unreasonably burdensome in relation to the
benefits to the Lenders of such Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s guaranty or security. 
 6.13 Designation of Subsidiaries.
A Financial Officer of Borrower Representative may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) immediately before and after
such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) the Borrowers shall be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.10 whether or not then in effect,
(c) no Unrestricted Subsidiary may own any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (d) no Unrestricted Subsidiary may guaranty any Indebtedness of any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, (e) neither
any Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary may guaranty any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary and (f) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “restricted subsidiary” for the purpose of other
material indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by Borrowers or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) therein at the
date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of all of such Person’s assets and the Investment resulting from such designation must otherwise be in compliance with Section 7.2. The designation of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time. With respect to the assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Restricted
Subsidiaries that are Credit Parties being included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base, (a) if a Restricted Subsidiary is designated by Borrowers as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the assets of such Subsidiary shall immediately be excluded
from the Borrowing Base, and (b) if an Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated by Borrowers as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, then the assets of such Subsidiary shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base until
(i) Agent consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to such inclusion (except to the extent such Subsidiary’s assets were previously included in the Borrowing Base) and (ii) Agent has received satisfactory appraisals and
field exams with respect to the assets of such Subsidiary, if applicable, as reasonably required by Agent and (iii) the Credit Parties have complied with Section 6.12(a) with respect to such Subsidiary. As of the Closing Date, the
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Borrowers are set forth on Schedule (6.13). No Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Closing Date may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time. 

  
 101 

 6.14 Post-Closing Matters. Execute and deliver the documents and complete the tasks set
forth on Schedule (6.14), in each case within the time limits specified on such schedule, as such time limits may be extended from time to time by Agent in its reasonable discretion. 

6.15 Use of Proceeds. All proceeds of the Loans shall be used as provided in Section 2.4. 

6.16 Driver Payables. Pay before the same become delinquent all Driver Payables, except to the extent that the non-payment thereof
could give rise to a Lien in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000. 
 6.17 Rolling Stock. 

(a) Each U.S. Borrower shall at all times maintain records with respect to Rolling Stock Collateral reasonably satisfactory to Agent, keeping
correct, detailed and accurate records describing the Rolling Stock Collateral and such U.S. Borrower’s cost therefor. 
 (b) On or
prior to the date that any Rolling Stock Collateral is included in the U.S. Borrowing Base, with respect to certificates of title, if applicable, of the Rolling Stock Collateral, the U.S. Borrowers shall have submitted applications to the relevant
state agencies for lien notations in Agent’s name with respect to such certificates of title of Rolling Stock Collateral and will deliver, promptly after its receipt of certificates of title noting Agent’s interest, all such certificates
of title to Agent, unless Agent consents that a third-party administrator acceptable to Agent may retain such certificates of title after having entered into a required custody agreement in favor of Agent. 

(c) Unless and until Agent may direct otherwise, the following items of Rolling Stock Collateral shall be located only at the locations
reasonably acceptable to Agent: (i) any manufacturers’ statements of origin or manufacturers’ certificates of origin and other certificates, statements, bills of sale or other evidence of the transfer to or ownership of any U.S.
Borrower of any of the Rolling Stock Collateral; and (ii) any certificates of title at any time issued under the laws of any State or other jurisdiction with respect to any of the Rolling Stock Collateral. In addition, and not in limitation of
the rights of Agent hereunder, promptly upon Agent’s request, Agent may require delivery of the documents identified in the prior sentence to it or to such third party as Agent may specify. 

(d) Each U.S. Borrower will keep the Rolling Stock Collateral of such Borrower only at the locations reasonably acceptable to Agent (except
for, in each case: (i) Rolling Stock out for repair (ii) Rolling Stock in transit between locations and (iii) Rolling Stock Collateral in “over the road use” or retained for the purpose of loading or unloading, fueling,
driver scheduling and compliance with hours of service, and other customary trucking use. 

  
 102 

 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS 

Each Credit Party executing this Agreement agrees as to itself and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries that from and after the Closing Date
until the Termination Date: 
 7.1 Mergers, Fundamental Changes, Etc. No Credit Party shall, or shall permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially
all of its property or business, except that: 
 (a) Any Borrower may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into another Borrower;
provided that in all mergers, amalgamations or consolidations involving Parent Borrower, Parent Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving entity; 

(b) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into a Borrower (provided that such
Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving entity) or with or into any Subsidiary Guarantor (provided that such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving entity); 

(c) any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any other
Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that if one Subsidiary to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving entity;

 (d) any U.S. Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets to another U.S. Borrower, any Canadian Borrower may Dispose of any or all
of its assets to another Borrower and any Subsidiary of a Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets (i) to a Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise), (ii) to a Subsidiary that is not a
Subsidiary Guarantor if the Subsidiary making the Disposition is not a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any such Disposition by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary must be to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, or (iii) pursuant to a Disposition
otherwise permitted by Section 7.8; 
 (e) any Investment (including any Permitted Acquisition) expressly permitted by
Section 7.2 may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation; and 
 (f) any Subsidiary may be dissolved or
liquidated so long as any Dispositions of assets of such Person in connection with such liquidation or dissolution would be to Persons entitled to receive such assets. 

7.2 Investments; Loans and Advances. No Credit Party shall, or shall permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make
any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “Investments”), except: 
 (a) extensions of trade credit
granted in the ordinary course of business; 
 (b) Investments in Cash Equivalents in connection with the cash management activities of
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries; 

  
 103 

 (c) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of any Group Member in the ordinary
course of business (including for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) in an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $2,500,000 at any one time outstanding; 

(d) intercompany Investments among the Credit Parties; 

(e) (i) intercompany Investments by Subsidiaries which are not Credit Parties in Credit Parties, (ii) intercompany Investments by
Subsidiaries which are not Credit Parties in other Subsidiaries which are not Credit Parties (including, without limitation, Foreign Subsidiaries), (iii) intercompany Investments by Credit Parties in Subsidiaries which are not Credit Parties
(including, without limitation, Permitted Acquisitions of Persons that do not become Subsidiary Guarantors following the Closing Date), in an aggregate amount not to exceed (when combined with Permitted Acquisitions made in reliance on the dollar
basket contained in clause (b) of the definition thereof) $10,000,000 and (iv) subject to Pro Forma Compliance with the Restricted Conditions, intercompany Investments by Credit Parties in Subsidiaries which are not Credit Parties
(including, without limitation, Unrestricted Subsidiaries); 
 (f) subject to Pro Forma Compliance with the Restricted Conditions, Permitted
Acquisitions and other Investments (other than Acquisitions); 
 (g) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of
endorsements of instruments for collection or deposit; 
 (h) Investments existing on, or contemplated as of, the Closing Date and listed on
Schedule (7.2); 
 (i) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers and in
settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment and
Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of trade receivable from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business; 

(j) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Qualified Capital Stock or common Capital Stock of Parent
Borrower; 
 (k) Investments constituting non-cash proceeds of sales, transfers and other dispositions of assets to the extent permitted by
Section 7.8; 
 (l) Investments by a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary resulting from a disposition of stock or assets by
another Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary permitted by Section 7.1 or 7.8; 
 (m) advances of payroll payments to its
employees in the ordinary course of business in an amount not to exceed $2,500,000 at any time; 

  
 104 

 (n) Guarantied Obligations of any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases or of other
obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (o) Investments of a
Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of any Person merged or amalgamated into any Credit Party or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.1 or 7.2 after the
Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or
consolidation; 
 (p) Investments constituting Guarantied Obligations of Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted under
Section 7.3; 
 (q) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of any Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the
amount of, Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to such parent in accordance with Section 7.13, subject to the limitations contained therein; 

(r) Investments in respect of Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.16; 

(s) loans and advances to independent contractors, owner-operators, drivers and carriers in an amount not to exceed $2,500,000 at any time;

 (t) other Investments by Credit Parties in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000; and 

(u) other Investments by a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary resulting from (i) a payment or prepayment of Indebtedness to the
extent permitted by Section 7.12 and (ii) a Restricted Payment to the extent permitted by Section 7.13. 
 7.3
Indebtedness. No Credit Party shall, or shall permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except (without duplication): 

(a) Indebtedness of any Credit Party pursuant to any Loan Document; 

(b) Indebtedness of any Credit Party under the Existing Senior Notes and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto; 

(c) (i) unsecured Indebtedness of any Credit Party owed to any other Credit Party, and (ii) other unsecured Indebtedness among Borrowers
and their Subsidiaries to the extent constituting an Investment permitted under Section 7.2(e); 
 (d) Indebtedness outstanding
on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.3(d) and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto; 
 (e) Indebtedness
incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with cash pooling, netting and cash management arrangements consisting of overdrafts or similar 

  
 105 

 
arrangements; provided that any such Indebtedness does not consist of Indebtedness for borrowed money and is owed to the financial institutions providing such arrangements and such
Indebtedness is extinguished in accordance with customary practices with respect thereto; 
 (f) Capital Lease Obligations and purchase
money Indebtedness of Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any one time outstanding; 

(g) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.16; 

(h) Indebtedness; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is assumed (or acquired) in connection with a Permitted Acquisition,
(ii) it was not incurred in contemplation of the applicable Permitted Acquisition, (iii) if secured, such Indebtedness is secured only by assets of the Person acquired pursuant to, or the assets acquired in, any Permitted Acquisition, and
(iv) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness in each case, the Borrowers shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Restricted Conditions; 

(i) Indebtedness arising out of the issuance of surety, stay, customs or appeal bonds, performance bonds and performance and completion
guaranties, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (j) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums
in the ordinary course of business with the providers of such insurance or their Affiliates; 
 (k) Indebtedness owed to (including in
respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any Person in connection with workers’ compensation, health, disability, or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance provided by such Person to the Borrowers or any
Subsidiary pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 
 (l)
Indebtedness incurred in respect of credit cards, credit card processing services, debit cards, or cash management services, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(m) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business; 

(n) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers’ acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities
entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the payment of such guarantees, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence
and provided, further, that the outstanding amount of Indebtedness under any such bankers’ acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any one time
outstanding; 
 (o) Guarantied Obligations incurred by (A) any Credit Party or their Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness
of any Credit Parties that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement or of other obligations of Credit Parties not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement and (B) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in respect of
Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement; 

  
 106 

 (p) Guarantied Obligations (A) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of
obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, transportation or service providers and licensors or (B) otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Section 7.2; 

(q) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.16; 

(r) Indebtedness secured by assets not contained in the Borrowing Base or on a junior basis to the Liens securing the Obligations,
collectively, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is assumed in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, (x) it was not incurred in contemplation of the applicable Permitted
Acquisition and (y) if secured, such Indebtedness is secured only by assets of the Person acquired pursuant to, or the assets acquired in, any Permitted Acquisition, (ii) such Indebtedness shall not mature earlier than the date that is
ninety-one (91) days after the Commitment Termination Date, (iii) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness no Default or Event of Default exists and no Cash Dominion Period exists and (iii) Liens securing such
Indebtedness are secured on a junior basis to the Liens securing the Obligations and are subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement satisfactory in form and substance to Agent; 

(s) unsecured Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar
obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock permitted hereunder; 

(t) unsecured Indebtedness for seller notes in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; 

(u) other unsecured Indebtedness, provided that (i) such Indebtedness shall not mature earlier than the date that is ninety-one
(91) days after the Commitment Termination Date and if such Indebtedness is in the nature of “term loans” has an amortization rate not greater than 1.00% per annum prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the
Commitment Termination Date, (ii) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness no Default or Event of Default exists and no Cash Dominion Period exists and (iii) that such Indebtedness shall not require any amortization or
payment (other than required offers to purchase resulting from the occurrence of a “change of control” or an “asset sale” or other “asset disposition”) earlier than the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the
Commitment Termination Date; and 
 (v) additional unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted hereunder not exceeding an aggregate
principal amount of $25,000,000 at any one time outstanding. 
 7.4 Affiliate Transactions. No Credit Party shall, or shall permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of any Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries other than (a) transactions among Credit Party and their Subsidiaries, (b) transactions on fair
and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Credit Parties or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by such Credit Party or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an
Affiliate, (c) the payment 

  
 107 

 
of fees and expenses in connection with the consummation of the Related Transactions, (d) loans and other transactions by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries to the extent not
prohibited by this Agreement, (e) entering into employment and severance arrangements between such Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees, as determined in good faith by the board of directors or
senior management of the relevant Person, (f) the payment of customary fees and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of, and customary indemnities provided to or on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of such Borrower and
the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the operations of such Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the board of directors or senior management of the relevant
Person, (g) arm’s-length transactions among Parent Borrower and its Affiliates that are not Subsidiaries in the ordinary course and subject to continued compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, (h) Restricted Payments
permitted hereunder, (i) transactions, agreements and arrangements described on Schedule (7.4) or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse, taken as a whole, to the Lenders in any material respect,
(j) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees, directors or consultants of any Credit Party or their Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent permitted hereunder and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar
arrangements with such employees, directors or consultants which, in each case, are approved by Parent Borrower in good faith, and payments to any future, current or former employee, director, officer or consultant thereunder; (k) the pledge of
the Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than a “top tier” Unrestricted Subsidiary) to lenders to support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary owed to such lenders, (l) any health, disability and similar
insurance or benefit plans or supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers or consultants that are, in each case, approved by Parent Borrower in good faith, (m) in the ordinary
course of business of the relevant Group Member, and (n) non-exclusive Licenses of Intellectual Property to or among Borrowers, their respective Restricted Subsidiaries and their Affiliates. 

7.5 Amendment of Certain Documents; Line of Business. No Credit Party shall amend its charter, bylaws or other organizational documents
in any manner materially adverse to the interest of the Lenders or such Credit Party’s duty or ability to repay the Obligations. No Credit Party shall engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by it on the date
hereof or businesses that are similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof (a “Similar Business”). 

7.6 [Reserved.] 
 7.7
Liens. No Credit Party shall, or shall permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties or assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) except for:

 (a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
provided that (i) adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP and (ii) none of the Collateral is then
subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of such contest that would result in a Material Adverse Effect; 

  
 108 

 (b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, suppliers’, mechanics’, materialmen’s,
repairmen’s, landlord’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 

(c) pledges, bonds or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

 (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety
and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (e) easements,
rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, building codes and other encumbrances or title or survey defects that, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the real property subject thereto or materially interfere with
the ordinary conduct of the business of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or are imposed by law; 
 (f) Liens in
existence on the Closing Date listed on Schedule (7.7) in respect of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.3(d); provided that no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property (other than the proceeds or
products thereof and accessions thereto) after the Closing Date; 
 (g) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Credit Party or any other
Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 7.3(f) to finance the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created substantially
simultaneously with or within 180 days of such acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such
Indebtedness (and the proceeds and products thereof and accessions thereto) and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased; 

(h) Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents; 

(i) (i) leases, Licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to other Persons that exist on the Closing Date or are granted thereafter in the
ordinary course of business which do not (x) materially interfere with the business of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary, or (y) secure any Indebtedness, or (ii) materially interfere with the rights reserved or vested in any Person
by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by any Credit Party or any Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a
condition to the continuance thereof; 
 (j) Liens securing judgments, decrees or attachments not constituting an Event of Default; 

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the
importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 109 

 (l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Code or similar
provision of another applicable law on items in the course of collection, (ii) in favor of a banking or other depositary institution encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in
the banking industry, (iii) in favor of a financial institution encumbering financial assets on deposit in securities accounts (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary to the securities industry or
(iv) that are contractual rights of set-off relating to the establishment of depositary and cash management relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness for borrowed money and which are within the general
parameters customary to the banking industry; 
 (m) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property
of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such
acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and accessions thereto), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby (or,
as applicable, any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof) is permitted under Section 7.3; 
 (n) Liens
arising from precautionary Code or PPSA financing statement filings (or similar filings); 
 (o) Liens arising out of a conditional sale,
title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not prohibited by this Agreement; provided that such Liens
only cover the property subject to such arrangements; 
 (p) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the
establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of such Credit Party or Subsidiary or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers or suppliers of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (q) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Code or similar provision of another applicable law in
favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods; 
 (r) security given to a public or private utility or any Governmental Authority
as required in the ordinary course of business; 
 (s) indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit
or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person and deposits as security for the payment of rent, performance and
return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (including letters of credit issued in lieu of any such bonds or to support the issuance thereof and including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations), in each case incurred
in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 110 

 (t) Liens on securities which are subject to repurchase agreements as contemplated in the
definition of “Cash Equivalents”; 
 (u) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 7.3(h) and
Section 7.3(r); 
 (v) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such
Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(w) Liens to secure any modification, refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding,
extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (f), (g) and (m) or hereof; provided, however, that such new Lien shall be limited to
all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus accessions, additions and improvements on such property, including (i)) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien,
(ii) after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any
property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such modification, refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement) and (iii) the proceeds and products thereof); 

(x) other Liens securing obligations which do not exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding, with the amount determined on the dates of
incurrence of such obligations; 
 (y) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of
any Joint Venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any Joint Venture or similar agreement; 
 (z) Liens on Stock of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary that secures Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (aa) Liens on insurance policies and the
proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto; 
 (bb) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller
of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a
transaction permitted under this Agreement in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or sale, disposition, transfer or lease, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien; 

  
 111 

 (cc) Liens on earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents made by Borrower or its
Subsidiaries in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder; and 
 (dd) Liens in favor of a credit
card processor arising in the ordinary course of business under any processor agreement. 
 7.8 Sale of Capital Stock and Assets.
Except as set forth herein, no Credit Party shall, or shall permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, transfer, convey, assign or otherwise Dispose of any of its properties or other assets, including the Capital Stock of any of its
Subsidiaries (whether in a public or a private offering or otherwise), other than: 
 (a) the Disposition (including the abandonment of any
Copyright, Patent, Trademark or other intellectual property) of obsolete, no longer used or useful, surplus, uneconomic, negligible or worn out property in the ordinary course of business; 

(b) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business; 

(c) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.1, 7.7 and 7.13; 

(d) (i) the sale or issuance of any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) the sale or issuance
of Capital Stock of Borrower to any employee (and, where required by law, to any officer or director) under any employment or compensation plans or to qualify such officers and directors; 

(e) the sale of assets that do not constitute Borrowing Base assets subsequent to the Closing Date, so long as (i) no Default or Event of
Default then exists or would result therefrom, (ii) each such sale or other disposition is in an arm’s-length transaction and the respective Borrower or Subsidiary receives at least fair market value, and (iii) the consideration
received by such Borrower or such Subsidiary consists of at least 75% cash and is paid at the time of the closing of such sale; 
 (f)
subject to compliance with Applicable Conditions, the sale of assets that constitute Borrowing Base assets subsequent to the Closing Date, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, (ii) each such
sale or other disposition is in an arm’s-length transaction and the respective Borrower or Subsidiary receives at least fair market value and (iii) the consideration received by such Borrower or such Subsidiary consists of at least 75%
cash and is paid at the time of the closing of such sale; 
 (g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business in
connection with the cash management activities of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries; 
 (h) Dispositions of Accounts in connection with
compromise, write down or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; 
 (i) leases, subleases,
licenses or sublicenses of property in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 112 

 (j) Dispositions of Capital Stock to directors where required by applicable law or to satisfy
other requirements of applicable law with respect to the ownership of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries; 
 (k) Dispositions of the
Capital Stock of any Joint Venture to the extent required by the terms of customary buy/sell type arrangements entered into in connection with the formation of such Joint Venture; 

(l) transfer of property subject to a casualty or condemnation (i) upon receipt of net cash proceeds of such casualty or (ii) to a
Governmental Authority as a result of condemnation; 
 (m) Dispositions of property in connection with (i) Sale-Leaseback Transactions
for fair value (as determined at the time of the consummation thereof in good faith by the applicable Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary) not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate so long as 75% of the consideration received by such Credit Party
or Restricted Subsidiary from such Sale-Leaseback Transaction is in the form of cash and (ii) Sale-Leaseback Transactions between Excluded Subsidiaries; 

(n) (i) any Credit Party may Dispose of its property to another Credit Party, (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party
may Dispose of its property to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party and (iii) asset Dispositions among Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and 

(o) Dispositions of assets which constitute Investments permitted under Section 7.2. 

7.9 ERISA. No Credit Party shall, or shall cause or permit any ERISA Affiliate to, cause or permit to occur (i) an event that
could result in the imposition of an ERISA Lien or (ii) an ERISA Event to the extent such ERISA Event or ERISA Lien would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

7.10 Financial Covenants. If a Covenant Trigger Period exists, the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated
basis, shall not permit: 
 (a) EBITDA as of the last day of each fiscal quarter commencing with the last day of the most recent fiscal
quarter immediately preceding the commencement of a Financial Covenant Trigger Period and ending on the expiration of such Financial Covenant Trigger Period, in each case for the 12 month period then ended (taken as a single accounting period) to be
less than the amount set forth below corresponding period then ending (the financial covenant described in this clause (a) being referred to as the “EBITDA Covenant”): 

 

					
	 Twelve Month Period Ending
	  	Minimum EBITDA	 
	 December 31, 2013
	  	($	1,452,580	) 
	 March 31, 2014
	  	($	2,207,346	) 
	 June 30, 2014
	  	$	1,464,751	  

  
 113 

					
	 September 30, 2014
	  	$	6,249,328	  
	 December 31, 2014
	  	$	8,594,194	  
	 March 31, 2015
	  	$	12,167,835	  
	 June 30, 2015
	  	$	17,227,467	  
	 September 30, 2015
	  	$	24,390,998	  
	 December 31, 2015
	  	$	34,533,271	  
	 March 31, 2016
	  	$	41,849,932	  
	 June 30, 2016
	  	$	50,716,794	  
	 September 30, 2016
	  	$	61,462,304	  
	 December 31, 2016
	  	$	74,484,495	  
	 March 31, 2017
	  	$	82,815,327	  
	 June 30, 2017
	  	$	92,077,934	  
	 September 30, 2017
	  	$	102,376,531	  
	 December 31, 2017
	  	$	113,826,991	  
	 March 31, 2018
	  	$	119,303,232	  
	 June 30, 2018
	  	$	125,042,937	  
	 September 30, 2018
	  	$	131,058,780	  
	 December 31, 2018
	  	$	137,364,047	  

 - or - 

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, determined as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter immediately preceding the commencement of
a Financial Covenant Trigger Period and ending on the expiration of such Financial Covenant Trigger Period and calculated for (i) in the case of the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2013, such fiscal quarter, (ii) in the case of
the fiscal quarter ending on March 31, 2014, the six month period then ended (taken as a single accounting period), (iii) in the case of the fiscal quarter ending on June 30, 2014, the nine month period then ended (taken as a single
accounting period) and (iv) for each fiscal quarter ending thereafter, for the 12 month period then ended (taken as a single accounting period) to be less than 1.00 to 1.00 (the financial covenant described in this clause (b) being
referred to as the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Covenant”). 
 On the Closing Date, the financial covenant applicable under this
Section 7.10 during the existence of a Financial Covenant Trigger Period shall be the EBITDA Covenant. Following the Closing Date, subject to the conditions set forth below, the Borrower Representative may elect that the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio Covenant become effective; provided that the Borrower Representative may make such election only so long as (i) EBITDA is positive, (ii) no Financial Covenant Trigger Period exists and (iii) the Borrower
Representative has provided on a Business Day prior written notice of such election to Agent; provided, further that from and after the 

  
 114 

 
Borrowers elect to first use the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Covenant, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Covenant and not the EBITDA Covenant shall apply during the term of this Agreement. 

7.11 Hazardous Materials. No Credit Party shall, or shall authorize any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or permit a Release of
any Hazardous Material on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of the Real Estate where such Release would violate in any respect, or form the basis for any Environmental Liabilities under, any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits
other than such Releases, violations or Environmental Liabilities that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

7.12 Limitations on Payments, Prepayments of Indebtedness. No Credit Party will, or will permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
pay, amortize, repay, voluntarily prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease, or make any sinking fund payment in respect of, any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to a Credit Party) prior to the Commitment Termination Date (other
than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents); provided, however, (i) that so long as the Restricted Conditions are satisfied, any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary may pay, amortize, repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem or
otherwise defease, or make any sinking fund payment in respect of, such Indebtedness in whole or in part; (ii) that Indebtedness of the Credit Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries may be refinanced in full or in part with the proceeds of
Refinancing Indebtedness, (iii) that any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary may pay, prepay, repurchase, redeem or otherwise defease, or make any sinking fund payment in respect of, any such Indebtedness with the proceeds of any issuance
of common Capital Stock or Qualified Capital Stock earmarked for such transaction or in exchange for any common Capital Stock or Qualified Capital Stock (and may make cash payments in connection therewith in lieu of issuing fractional shares in an
amount not to exceed $150,000 in the aggregate) and (iv) that any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary may pay, repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem or otherwise defease, or make any sinking fund payment in respect of Indebtedness in any
calendar year (when combined with Restricted Payments made such calendar year in reliance on Section 7.13(g)) in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $15,000,000 in any calendar year (with an amount not to exceed 50% of any unused
amounts permitted to be carried to following calendar year and to be used first in such subsequent calendar year (but not to the second calendar year following such year)) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would result therefrom and no Cash Dominion Period exists, in each case, after giving Pro Forma Effect to such payment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance. 

7.13 Restricted Payments. No Credit Party shall, or shall permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Payment,
except: 
 (a) any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to a Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor; 

(b) any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments pro rata to the holders of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiaries entitled to receive the
same; 

  
 115 

 (c) any Borrower may make cash payments by a Borrower in lieu of the issuance of fractional
shares upon the exercise of options in the ordinary course of business; 
 (d) any Credit Party or their Restricted Subsidiaries may make
Restricted Payments so long as the Borrowers are in Pro Forma Compliance with the Restricted Conditions; 
 (e) so long as no Cash Dominion
Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Parent Borrower may purchase Capital Stock (i) from present or former officers, directors, consultants or employees (or the assigns, estate, heirs or current or former spouses
thereof) of any Group Member or upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such officer, director, consultant or employee or (ii) pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any
other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee or director of any Group Member in an amount not to exceed the sum of (A) $2,500,000 plus all amounts
obtained from any key-man life insurance policies. 
 (f) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving
effect thereto, the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may redeem in whole or in part any of its Capital Stock for another class of its Capital Stock or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of
new Capital Stock, provided that such new Capital Stock contains terms and provisions at no less advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Capital Stock redeemed thereby; and 

(g) other Restricted Payments in any calendar year (when combined with payment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance made such calendar year
in reliance on Section 7.12(iv)) not to exceed $15,000,000 (it being understood that amounts under this clause (g) are counted as of the date Restricted Payment is paid) in any calendar year so long as no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and no Cash Dominion Period exists, in each case, after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payment. 

7.14 Change of Jurisdiction of Incorporation; Change of Fiscal Year. No Credit Party shall change its jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization to a jurisdiction outside of the country in which it is currently incorporated or organized. No Credit Party shall change its Fiscal Year. 

7.15 [Reserved.] 
 7.16
No Speculative Transactions. No Credit Party shall, or shall permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any Swap Contract, except (a) Swap Contracts entered into to hedge or mitigate risks (and not for speculative purposes)
of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than those in respect of Equity Interest), including, but not limited to, foreign exchange rate and commodity hedges and (b) Swap Contracts entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or
exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or Investment of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. 

  
 116 

 7.17 Canadian Pension Plans. The Parent Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any other
Credit Party to: 
 (a) establish, commence participation in, commence contributing to, terminate (in whole or in part) or assume any
liability under any Canadian Pension Plan which contains a “defined benefit provision”, as defined in subsection 147.1(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (a “Defined Benefit Plan”) without the prior consent of the Agent
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); 
 (b) contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to or withdraw
from participation in any “multi-employer pension plan”, as such term is defined in the Pension Benefits Act (Ontario) or any similar plan under pension standards legislation in another jurisdiction without the prior consent of the Agent
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); or 
 (c) fail to pay or remit in a timely manner all contributions and
premiums required to be paid or remitted to or under any Canadian Pension Plan except where such failure could not reasonably be expected to result in a material liability of a Credit Party. 

7.18 OFAC; Patriot Act. No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to fail to comply in all
material respects with the laws, regulations and executive orders referred to in Section 4.23 and Section 4.24. 

7.19 Limitation of Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. No Credit Party shall, or shall permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly, or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any consensual encumbrance or restriction which prohibits or limits the ability of any Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary to: (a) pay dividends or make other distributions
or pay such Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary; (b) make loans or advances to such Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary; (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to such Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary; or (d) create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, to secure the Obligations whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than encumbrances and restrictions arising under (i) applicable law, (ii) this
Agreement, (iii) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease or sublease governing a leasehold interest of such Subsidiary, (iv) customary restrictions on dispositions of real property interests found in
reciprocal easement agreements of such Subsidiary, (v) agreements that are binding on a Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary or are
assumed in connection with an acquisition of assets permitted hereunder, so long as such contractual obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary or in connection with such
acquisition, (vi) restrictions existing on the Closing Date and the extension or continuation of Contractual Obligations in existence on the Closing Date or refinanced, continued or rolled over or continued on terms that are not materially less
favorable to Agent and Lenders than those encumbrances and restrictions under or pursuant to the Contractual Obligations so extended or continued, (vii) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has
been entered into in connection with a Disposition permitted hereunder with respect to the assets that are the subject of such Disposition, (viii) encumbrances or restrictions that are binding on a Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary at the
time such Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary or are assumed in connection with an acquisition of assets permitted hereunder, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into
solely in contemplation 

  
 117 

 
of such Person becoming a Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary or in connection with such acquisition and (ix) restrictions under joint venture agreements or other similar agreements
entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with Joint Ventures; provided, that, any such encumbrances or restrictions contained in such extension or continuation are no less favorable to Agent and Lenders than those
encumbrances and restrictions under or pursuant to the Contractual Obligations so extended or continued. 
 8. TERM 

8.1 Termination. The financing arrangements contemplated hereby shall be in effect until the Commitment Termination Date, and the Loans
and all other Obligations shall be automatically due and payable in full on such date. 
 8.2 Survival of Obligations Upon Termination of
Financing Arrangements. Except as otherwise expressly provided for in the Loan Documents, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of any financing arrangement under this Agreement shall in any way affect or impair the
obligations, duties and liabilities of the Credit Parties or the rights of Agent and Lenders relating to any unpaid portion of the Loans or any other Obligations, due or not due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated, or any transaction or event
occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event, the performance of which is required after the Commitment Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Loan Document, all undertakings, agreements,
covenants, warranties and representations of or binding upon the Credit Parties, and all rights of Agent and each Lender, all as contained in the Loan Documents, shall not terminate or expire, but rather shall survive any such termination or
cancellation and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date; provided, that the payment obligations under Sections 2.13 and 2.14, and the indemnities contained in the Loan Documents shall survive the
Termination Date. 
 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 

9.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”
hereunder: 
 (a) Any Borrower (i) fails to make any payment of principal of the Loans when due and payable, (ii) fails to pay any
interest or Fees owing in respect of the Loans within three (3) Business Days after the same becomes due and payable, or (iii) fails to pay or reimburse Agent or Lenders for any other Obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document
within ten (10) days after the same becomes due and payable. 
 (b) Any Credit Party fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any
of the provisions of Sections 2.4, 2.6, 6.1 (with respect to Borrowers’ existence), 6.14 or 7 (other than Section 7.4), or any of the provisions set forth in Annex A, respectively. 

(c) Any Credit Party fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any of the provisions of Section 5.1, Section 5.2
or Section 7.4, respectively, and the same shall remain unremedied for five (5) Business Days or more. 

  
 118 

 (d) Any Credit Party fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any other provision of this
Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents (other than any provision embodied in or covered by any other clause of this Section 9.1) and the same shall remain unremedied for thirty (30) days or more after written notice to
Borrower Representative from Agent or any Lender to Borrower Representative. 
 (e) a default or breach occurs under any other agreement,
document or instrument to which any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party that is not cured within any applicable grace period therefor, and such default or breach (i) involves the failure to make any payment when due in respect
of any Indebtedness or Guarantied Obligations (other than the Obligations) of any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount of not less than $5,000,000, or (ii) causes or permits any holder of such Indebtedness or
Guarantied Obligations or a trustee, with the giving of notice, if required, to cause Indebtedness or Guarantied Obligations of Indebtedness or a portion thereof in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding principal amount to become due
prior to its stated maturity or prior to its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or cash collateral in respect thereof (in excess of $5,000,000) is demanded as a result of any such breach or default, in each case, regardless of whether such right
is exercised, by such holder or trustee; provided that this clause (e)(ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such
sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness. 
 (f) Any information contained in any
Borrowing Base Certificate is untrue or incorrect in any material respect or any representation or warranty herein or in any Loan Document or in any written statement, report, financial statement or certificate (other than a Borrowing Base
Certificate) made or delivered to Agent or any Lender by any Credit Party is untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date when made or deemed made; provided, that, if any inadvertent errors with respect to the Borrowing Base
Certificate shall have been made by Borrowers, such inadvertent errors shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder so long as (i) Borrowers provide a corrected Borrowing Base Certificate to Agent promptly upon Borrowers’ obtaining
knowledge of the errors therein, and in any event no later than two (2) days after first knowledge thereof, and (ii) as a result of the error, no Overadvance shall have occurred. In the event an Overadvance shall have occurred as a result
of the error, Borrowers shall repay all advanced amounts within one (1) Business Day from the date of notice from Agent of such Overadvance. 

(g) A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time are outstanding against one or
more of the Credit Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment and does not deny coverage or third party indemnity), and the same are
not, within sixty (60) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay. 

(h) Any material provision of any Loan Document for any reason (other than due to (i) Agent’s failure to take or refrain from taking
any action under its sole control or (ii) Agent’s loss of possessory Collateral that was in its or its Agent’s possession) ceases to be in full 

  
 119 

 
force and effect (or any Credit Party shall challenge the enforceability of any Loan Document or shall assert in writing that any provision of any of the Loan Documents has ceased to be or
otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms), or any Loan Document ceases to create a valid and perfected security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby (subject to
Permitted Encumbrances and qualifications with respect to perfection set forth in this Agreement), except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually
delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Code or PPSA financing statements or continuation statements or other equivalent filings and except, as to Collateral consisting of Real Estate to the extent
that such losses are covered by a Lender’s title insurance policy and the related insurer shall not have denied or disclaimed in writing that such losses are covered by such title insurance policy. 

(i) Any Change of Control occurs. 

(j) An involuntary case or application or proceeding is commenced against any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an
Immaterial Subsidiary) seeking a decree or order in respect of such Credit Party or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) (i) under any Insolvency Law or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or
other similar law or any incorporation law, (ii) appointing a custodian, receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, custodian, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for such Credit Party or such Restricted
Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or for any substantial part of any such Credit Party’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) assets, or (iii) ordering the winding up, dissolution,
insolvency suspension of general operations or liquidation of the affairs of such Credit Party or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise,
arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), or composition of it or its debts or any other relief under any federal, provincial or foreign law now or hereafter in
effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors of any Canadian Domiciled Credit Party (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), and such case or proceeding
shall remain undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) days or more or a decree or order granting the relief sought in such case or proceeding shall be entered by a court of competent jurisdiction. 

(k) Any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) (i) files a petition seeking relief under any
Insolvency Law, or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (ii) consents to the institution of proceedings referred to in Section 9.1(j) thereunder or the filing of any such petition or the
appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for such Credit Party or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or for any substantial part
of any such Credit Party’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) assets, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) institutes any proceeding seeking to adjudicate it an
insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any 

  
 120 

 
class of creditors), or composition of it or its debts or any other relief, under any federal, provincial or foreign law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency,
reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors. 
 (l) (i) an ERISA Event shall have occurred,
(ii) a trustee shall be appointed by a United States district court to administer any Plan; (iii) the PBGC shall institute proceedings to terminate any Plan or Plans, (iv) any Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate
shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred or will be assessed Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan and such entity does not have reasonable grounds for contesting such Withdrawal Liability or is
not contesting such Withdrawal Liability in a timely and appropriate manner, or (v) any Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA
or Section 4975 of the IRC) involving any Plan, and in each case in clauses (i) through (v) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. 
 9.2 Remedies. 

(a) To the extent permitted under Section 2.5(d), the rate of interest applicable to the Loans and the Letter of Credit Fees shall
increase to the Default Rate. In addition, with the consent of Requisite Lenders Agent may, or at the request of the Requisite Lenders Agent shall, suspend the Commitments with respect to additional Advances and/or the incurrence of additional
Letter of Credit Obligations, whereupon any additional Advances and additional Letter of Credit Obligations shall be made or incurred in the sole discretion of the Requisite Lenders so long as such Event of Default is continuing. 

(b) If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Agent shall, at the written request of the Requisite Lenders, take any or all of
the following actions: (i) terminate the Revolving Loan facility with respect to further Advances or the incurrence of further Letter of Credit Obligations; (ii) reduce the Commitments from time to time; (iii) declare all or any
portion of the Obligations, including all or any portion of any Loan to be forthwith due and payable, and require that the Letter of Credit Obligations be cash collateralized in the manner set forth in Section 2.2, all without
presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrowers and each other Credit Party; or (iv) exercise any rights and remedies provided to Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity,
including all remedies provided under the Code or the PPSA, as applicable, and any other applicable law of any jurisdiction; provided, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 9.1(j) or
Section 9.1(k), all Commitments shall be terminated and all of the Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without declaration, notice or demand by any Person. Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, provide to
Borrower Representative notice of any action taken pursuant to this Section 9.2(b) (but failure to provide such notice shall not impair the rights of Agent or the Lenders hereunder and shall not impose any liability upon Agent or the
Lenders for not providing such notice). 
 9.3 Waivers by Credit Parties. Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement or by
applicable law, each Credit Party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law (including for purposes of Section 13): (a) presentment, demand and protest and notice of presentment,

  
 121 

 
dishonor, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, protest, default, nonpayment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all commercial paper,
accounts, contract rights, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by Agent as Collateral on which any Credit Party may in any way be liable, and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever Agent may do in this regard,
(b) all rights to notice and a hearing prior to Agent’s taking possession or control of, or to Agent’s replevy, attachment or levy upon, the Collateral or any bond or security that might be required by any court prior to allowing
Agent to exercise any of its remedies, and (c) the benefit of all valuation, appraisal, marshaling and exemption laws. Each Credit Party acknowledges that in the event such Credit Party fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its
obligations or liabilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any remedy of law may prove to be inadequate relief to Agent and the Lenders; therefore, such Credit Party agrees, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or by
applicable law, that Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages. 

9.4 Cure Right. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.1, in the event that the Credit
Parties fail to comply with the covenant contained in Section 7.10 (the “Financial Performance Covenant”) with respect to any fiscal quarter, after the end of such fiscal quarter until the expiration of the 10th day
subsequent to the date on which financial statements with respect to the fiscal quarter for which Financial Performance Covenants are being measured are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or (c), one or more
investors shall have the right to make a Specified Equity Contribution to Parent Borrower (collectively, the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by Parent Borrower of cash (the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the
exercise by one or more investors of such Cure Right (and so long as such Cure Amount is actually received by Parent Borrower no later than 10 days after the date on which financial statements with respect to the fiscal quarter for which the
Financial Performance Covenants are being measured are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b), and (c) upon notice from Parent Borrower to Agent as to the fiscal quarter with respect to which such Cure Amount is
made, then the Financial Performance Covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments (but without regard to any reduction in Indebtedness made with all or any portion of such Cure Amount or any portion of the Cure
Amount on the balance sheet of Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries): 
 (i) EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purpose
of measuring the Financial Performance Covenants and determining the existence of an Event of Default set forth in Section 9.1 resulting from a breach of the Financial Performance Covenant and not for any other purpose under this
Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount for such fiscal quarter and any four fiscal quarter period that contains such fiscal quarter; and 

(ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Credit Parties shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the
Financial Performance Covenant, the Credit Parties shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply
therewith at such date, and no breach or default of the Financial Performance Covenant shall have been deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement. 

  
 122 

 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four consecutive fiscal quarter period there
shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than 100% of the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Performance Covenant, (iii) the Cure
Right shall not be exercised more than four times during the term of this Agreement and (iv) no Specified Equity Contribution nor the proceeds thereof may be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios (other than as applicable
to the Financial Performance Covenants for purposes of increasing EBITDA as provided in subclause (a), above) or any available basket or thresholds under this Agreement and shall not result in any adjustment to any amounts or calculations other than
the amount of the EBITDA to the extent provided subclause (a), above. During the period, the Borrowers elect to exercise the Cure right, Lender shall be under no obligation to make any Loans or advances hereunder. 

As used herein, “Specified Equity Contribution” means any cash contribution to the common Capital Stock or preferred equity
that is Qualified Capital Stock of Parent Borrower. 
 10. APPOINTMENT OF AGENT 

10.1 Appointment of Agent. MSSF, as Agent, is hereby appointed to act on behalf of all Lenders with respect to the administration of the
Loans and the Commitments made to Borrowers and to act as agent on behalf of all Lenders with respect to Collateral of Credit Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 10.1 are solely for
the benefit of Agent and Lenders and no Credit Party nor any other Person shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions hereof (other than Sections 10.6 and 10.11). In performing its functions and duties
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Agent shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume or shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation toward or relationship of agency or trust with or for any Credit Party or any
other Person. Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except for those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The duties of Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature and Agent shall not have, or
be deemed to have, by reason of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Agent shall not have any duty to
disclose, nor shall they be liable for failure to disclose, any information relating to any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Account Debtor that is communicated to or obtained by MSSF or any of its Affiliates in any
capacity. Neither Agent nor any of their respective Affiliates nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives shall be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under
any other Loan Document, or in connection herewith or therewith, except for damages caused by its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment. 

If Agent shall request instructions from Requisite Lenders, Supermajority Lenders or all affected Lenders with respect to any act or action
(including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until Agent shall have received instructions from Requisite Lenders,
Supermajority Lenders or all affected Lenders, as the case may be, and Agent shall not 

  
 123 

 
incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document (a) if such
action would, in the opinion of Agent be contrary to law or the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) if such action would, in the reasonable opinion of Agent expose Agent to Environmental Liabilities, or (c) if Agent
shall not first be indemnified to its satisfaction against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of
action whatsoever against Agent as a result of Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under any other Loan Document in accordance with the instructions of Requisite Lenders, Supermajority Lenders or all affected Lenders, as applicable.

 10.2 Agent’s Reliance, Etc. Neither Agent nor any of its Affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents
or employees shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, except for damages caused by its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct or that of its
Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, agents or employees as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent: (a) may treat the payee
of any Note as the holder thereof until Agent receives written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof signed by such payee and in form reasonably satisfactory to Agent; (b) may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants
and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (c) makes no warranty or representation to any
Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (d) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the
performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents on the part of any Credit Party or to inspect the Collateral (including the books and records) of any Credit Party; (e) shall
not be responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto;
(f) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by fax, telegram, cable or telex) believed by it to be
genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties; and (g) shall be entitled to delegate any of its duties hereunder to one or more sub-agents. 

Except for action requiring the approval of Requisite Lenders, Supermajority Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be, Agent shall be entitled to use its
discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any rights which may be vested in it by, and with respect to taking or refraining from taking any action or actions which it may be able to take under or in respect of, this
Agreement, unless Agent shall have been instructed by Requisite Lenders, Supermajority Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be, to exercise or refrain from exercising such rights or to take or refrain from taking such action. Agent shall not
incur any liability to the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement with respect to anything which it may do or refrain from doing in the reasonable exercise of its judgment or which may seem to it to be necessary or desirable in the
circumstances, except for its own gross negligence, bad faith, material breach or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a 

  
 124 

 
final and non-appealable judgment. Agent shall not be liable to any Lender in acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement in accordance with the instructions of Requisite Lenders,
Supermajority Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be, and any action taken or failure to act pursuant to such instructions shall be binding on all Lenders. 

10.3 MSSF and Affiliates. With respect to its Commitments hereunder, MSSF shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not Agent; and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include MSSF in its individual capacity. MSSF
and its Affiliates may lend money to, invest in, and generally engage in any kind of business with, any Credit Party, any of their Affiliates and any Person who may do business with or own securities of any Credit Party or any such Affiliate, all as
if MSSF were not Agent and without any duty to account therefor to Lenders. MSSF and its Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from any Credit Party for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account
for the same to Lenders. 
 10.4 Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance
upon Agent or any other Lender and based on the Financial Statements referred to in Section 4.4(a) and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit and financial analysis of the Credit Parties
and its own decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement. Each Lender acknowledges the potential conflict of interest of each other Lender as a result of Lenders holding disproportionate interests in the Loans,
and expressly consents to, and waives any claim based upon, such conflict of interest. Each Lender acknowledges the potential conflict of interest between MSSF, as a Lender, holding disproportionate interests in the Loans, and MSSF, as Agent. 

10.5 Indemnification. Lenders agree to indemnify Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by Credit Parties and without limiting the
obligations of Credit Parties hereunder), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on,
incurred by, or asserted against Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted to be taken by Agent in connection therewith; provided, that no Lender shall be liable
for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment; provided, further, that none of the Canadian Borrowers shall have any obligation to make any payment with respect to any of the U.S. Borrowers’ Obligations under this Agreement
or any other Loan Document. Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by Agent in connection with the
preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement and each other
Loan Document, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by Credit Parties. 

  
 125 

 10.6 Successor Agent. Agent may resign at any time by giving not less than thirty
(30) days’ prior written notice thereof to Lenders and Borrower Representative. Upon any such resignation, the Requisite Lenders (in consultation with Borrower Representative) shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no
successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Requisite Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the resigning Agent’s giving notice of resignation, then the resigning Agent may, on behalf of
Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a Lender, if a Lender is willing to accept such appointment, or otherwise shall be a commercial bank, financial institution or trust company. If no successor Agent has been appointed pursuant to the
foregoing, within thirty (30) days after the date such notice of resignation was given by the resigning Agent, such resignation shall become effective the Requisite Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of Agent hereunder, in each
case, until such time, if any, as the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided above. Any successor Agent appointed by Requisite Lenders hereunder shall be subject to the approval of Borrower Representative, such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that such approval shall not be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent
shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning Agent. Upon the earlier of the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent or the effective date of the resigning
Agent’s resignation, the resigning Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, except that any indemnity rights or other rights in favor of such resigning Agent shall continue.
After any resigning Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Section 10 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents. 
 10.7 Setoff and Sharing of Payments. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and
not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without prior notice to any Credit Party or to any Person other
than Agent, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to offset and to appropriate and to apply any and all balances held by it at any of its offices for the account (other than Excluded Accounts (as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement)) of
a Credit Party (regardless of whether such balances are then due to such Credit Party) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by that Lender or that holder to or for the credit or for the account of a Credit Party against and on
account of any of the Obligations that are not paid when due; provided that the Lender exercising such offset rights shall give notice thereof to the affected Credit Party promptly after exercising such rights and provided,
further that the Lender may not offset or appropriate and apply any balances held by it for the account of any Canadian Borrower of Canadian Guarantor or any other Indebtedness held or owing by that Lender to or for the credit or for the
account of any Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Guarantor against or on account of any Obligations of a U.S. Borrower or U.S. Guarantor. Any Lender exercising a right of setoff or otherwise receiving any payment on account of the Obligations in
excess of its Pro Rata Share thereof shall purchase for cash (and the other Lenders or holders shall sell) such participations in each such other Lender’s or holder’s Pro Rata Share of the Obligations as would be necessary to cause such
Lender to share the amount so offset or otherwise received with each other Lender or holder in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (other than offset rights exercised by 

  
 126 

 
any Lender with respect to Sections 2.11, 2.13 or 2.14). Each Lender’s obligation under this Section 10.7 shall be in addition to and not in limitation of
its obligations to purchase a participation in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Swing Line Loans under Section 2.1 and Letter of Credit Obligations under Section 2.2. Each Credit Party agrees, to the fullest
extent permitted by law and subject to the limitations set forth above, that any Lender may exercise its right to offset with respect to amounts in excess of its Pro Rata Share of the Obligations owed to it and may sell participations in such
amounts so offset to other Lenders and holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the offset amount or payment otherwise received is thereafter recovered from the Lender that has exercised the right of offset, the purchase of
participations by that Lender shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored without interest. If a Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender receives any such payment as described in this Section 10.7, such Lender shall turn over such
payments to Agent in an amount that would satisfy the cash collateral requirements set forth in Section 10.8(a). Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.7, amounts in accounts of the Canadian Borrowers shall not be used
to setoff the Obligations of the U.S. Borrowers. 
 10.8 Advances; Payments; Availability of Lender’s Pro Rata Share; Return of
Payments; Non-Funding Lenders; Dissemination of Information; Actions in Concert. 
 (a) Advances; Payments. 

(i) Lenders shall refund or participate in the Swing Line Loan in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 2.1(b). If
Swing Line Lender declines to make a Swing Line Loan or if Swing Line Availability is zero, Agent shall notify Lenders, promptly after receipt of a Notice of Revolving Credit Advance and in any event prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date
such Notice of Revolving Credit Advance is received, by fax, telephone or other similar form of transmission. Each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Revolving Credit Advance available to Agent in same day
funds by wire transfer to Agent’s account as set forth in Annex B not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the requested funding date, in the case of a Base Rate Loan, and not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the requested
funding date, in the case of a LIBOR Loan. After receipt of such wire transfers (or, in Agent’s sole discretion, before receipt of such wire transfers), subject to the terms hereof, Agent shall make the requested Revolving Credit Advance to the
Borrower designated by Borrower Representative in the Notice of Revolving Credit Advance. All payments by each Lender shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind. 

(ii) Not less than once during each calendar week or more frequently at Agent’s election (each, a “Settlement Date”),
Agent shall advise each Lender by telephone (confirmed promptly thereafter in writing), fax, or similar form of transmission, of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of principal, interest and Fees paid for the benefit of Lenders with
respect to each applicable Loan. Provided that each Lender has funded all payments or Advances required to be made by it and has purchased all participations required to be purchased by it under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as of such
Settlement Date, Agent shall pay to each Lender such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of principal, interest and Fees paid by Borrowers since the previous Settlement Date for the benefit of such Lender on the Loans held by it. Agent shall be entitled to
set off the funding short-fall against any Non-Funding Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments received from Borrowers and hold, in a non-interest bearing 

  
 127 

 
account, all payments received by Agent for the benefit of any Non-Funding Lender pursuant to this Agreement as cash collateral for any unfunded reimbursement obligations of such Non-Funding
Lender until the Obligations are paid in full in cash, all Letter of Credit Obligations have been discharged or cash collateralized and all Commitments have been terminated, and upon such unfunded obligations owing by a Non-Funding Lender becoming
due and payable, Agent shall be authorized to use such cash collateral to make such payment on behalf of such Non-Funding Lender. Any amounts owing by a Non-Funding Lender to Agent which are not paid when due shall accrue interest at the interest
rate applicable during such period to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans. Such payments shall be made by wire transfer to such Lender’s account (as specified in writing by such Lender to Agent) not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on
the next Business Day following each Settlement Date. 
 (b) Availability of Lender’s Pro Rata Share. Agent may assume that each
Lender will make its Pro Rata Share of each Revolving Credit Advance available to Agent on each funding date unless Agent has received prior written notice from such Lender that it does not intend to make its Pro Rata Share of a Loan because all or
any of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 have not been satisfied. If such Pro Rata Share is not, in fact, paid to Agent by such Lender when due, Agent will be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender without
setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind. If any Lender fails to pay the amount of its Pro Rata Share forthwith upon Agent’s demand, Agent shall promptly notify Borrower Representative and Borrowers shall repay such amount to Agent within
three (3) Business Days of such demand. Nothing in this Section 10.8(b) or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to require Agent to advance funds on behalf of any Lender or to relieve any Lender
from its obligation to fulfill its Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder. Unless Agent has received prior written notice from a Lender that it
does not intend to make its Pro Rata Share of each Loan available to Agent because all or any of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 have not been satisfied to the extent that Agent advances funds to any Borrower on behalf of any
Lender and is not reimbursed therefor on the same Business Day as such Advance is made, Agent shall be entitled to retain for its account all interest accrued on such Advance until reimbursed by such Lender. 

(c) Return of Payments. 

(i) If Agent pays an amount to a Lender under this Agreement in the belief or expectation that a related payment has been or will be received
by Agent from Borrowers and such related payment is not received by Agent, then Agent will be entitled to recover such amount from such Lender on demand without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind. 

(ii) If Agent determines at any time that any amount received by Agent under this Agreement must be returned to any Borrower or paid to any
other Person pursuant to any Insolvency Law or otherwise, then, notwithstanding any other term or condition of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Agent will not be required to distribute any portion thereof to any Lender. In addition, each
Lender will repay to Agent on demand any portion of such amount that Agent has distributed to such Lender, together with interest at such rate, if any, as Agent is required to pay to any Borrower or such other Person, without setoff, counterclaim or
deduction of any kind. 

  
 128 

 (d) Non-Funding Lenders. The failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make any Advance,
reimbursement of any Letter of Credit Obligation or any payment required by it hereunder or to purchase any participation in any Swing Line Loan to be made or purchased by it on the date specified therefor shall not relieve any other Lender (each
such other Lender, an “Other Lender”) of its obligations to make such Advance or purchase such participation on such date, but neither any Other Lender nor Agent shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make
an Advance, purchase a participation or make any other payment required hereunder subject to the reallocation provisions in Sections 2.2(b)(i) and 2.1(b)(iii). Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, a Non-Funding
Lender shall not have any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Loan Document or constitute a “Lender” (or be, or have its Loans and Commitments, included in the determination of “Requisite Lenders”,
“Supermajority Lenders” or “Lenders directly affected” hereunder) for any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Loan Document except with respect to any amendment, modification or consent described in
Section 12.2(c)(i)-(iv) that directly affects such Non-Funding Lender. Moreover, for the purposes of determining Requisite Lenders and Supermajority Lenders, the Loans and Commitments held by any Non-Funding Lender shall be excluded
from the total Loans and Commitments outstanding. At Borrower Representative’s request, Agent or a Person reasonably acceptable to Agent shall have the right with Agent’s reasonable consent and in Agent’s sole discretion (but shall
have no obligation) to purchase from any Non-Funding Lender, and each Non-Funding Lender agrees that it shall, at Agent’s request, sell and assign to Agent or such Person, all of the Commitments of that Non-Funding Lender for an amount equal to
the principal balance of all Loans held by such Non-Funding Lender and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment Agreement. In the event
that a Non-Funding Lender does not execute an Assignment Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1 within five (5) Business Days after receipt by such Non-Funding Lender of notice of replacement pursuant to this Section 10.8(d)
and presentation to such Non-Funding Lender of an Assignment Agreement evidencing an assignment pursuant to this Section 10.8(d), Agent shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute such an Assignment Agreement on behalf of such
Non-Funding Lender, and any such Assignment Agreement so executed by the replacement Lender and Agent, shall be effective for purposes of this Section 10.8(d) and Section 11.1. 

(e) Dissemination of Information. Agent shall not be required to deliver to any Lender originals or copies of any documents,
instruments, notices, communications or other information received by Agent from any Credit Party, any Subsidiary, any Lender or any other Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document except (i) as specifically
provided for in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) as specifically requested from time to time in writing by any Lender with respect to a specific document, instrument, notice or other written communication received by and in
the possession of Agent at the time of receipt of such request and then only in accordance with such specific request. 
 10.9 Actions in
Concert. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender hereby agrees with each other Lender that no Lender shall take any action to protect or enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or the Notes (other than
exercising any rights 

  
 129 

 
of setoff) without first obtaining the prior written consent of Agent and Requisite Lenders, it being the intent of Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce rights under this Agreement
and the Notes shall be taken in concert and at the direction or with the consent of Agent or Requisite Lenders; provided, however, that (i) each Lender shall be entitled to file a proof of claim in any proceeding under any
Insolvency Law to the extent that such Lender disagrees with Agent’s composite proof of claim filed on behalf of all Lenders, (ii) each Lender shall be entitled to vote its claim with respect to any plan of reorganization in any proceeding
under any Insolvency Law and, (iii) each Lender shall be entitled to pursue its deficiency claim after liquidation of all or substantially all of the Collateral and application of the proceeds therefrom. 

10.10 Procedures. Agent is hereby authorized by each Credit Party and each other Person to whom any Obligations are owed to establish
procedures (and to amend such procedures from time to time) to facilitate administration and servicing of the Loans and other matters incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent is hereby authorized to establish
procedures to make available or deliver, or to accept, notices, documents and similar items on, by posting to or submitting and/or completion on, E-Systems. The posting, completion and/or submission by any Credit Party of any communication pursuant
to an E-System shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Credit Parties that any representation, warranty, certification or other similar statement required by the Loan Documents to be provided, given or made by a Credit Party in
connection with any such communication is true, correct and complete in all material respects except as expressly noted in such communication or otherwise on such E-System. 

10.11 Collateral Matters. 

(a) Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to release (or subordinate) any Liens upon any
Collateral or any Guaranty of the Obligations, (i) upon the Termination Date; (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of (including property owned by any Subsidiary being sold or disposed of) and any Guaranty of an entity being
sold or disposed of if Borrower Representative certifies to Agent that the sale or Disposition is made in compliance with this Agreement and the Loan Documents (or otherwise is not prohibited) (and Agent may rely conclusively on any such
certificate, without further inquiry) or such sale or Disposition is approved by the Requisite Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be required under Section 12.2); (iii) constituting property in which Credit Parties
owned no interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or (iv) constituting property leased to Credit Parties under a lease which has expired or been terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement. Upon
request by Agent or Borrower Representative at any time, Lenders will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release any Lien upon particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.11. In addition, the Lenders
hereby authorize Agent, at its option and its discretion, to subordinate or release any Lien granted to or held by Agent upon any Collateral to any Lien on such asset permitted pursuant to Section 7.7(g). 

(b) Upon receipt by Agent of any authorization required pursuant to Section 10.11(a) from Lenders of Agent’s authority to
release (or subordinate) any Liens upon particular types or items of Collateral, and upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written request by Borrower Representative, Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by Lenders to)

  
 130 

 
execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release (or subordination) of its Liens upon such Collateral; provided, however, that (i) Agent shall not be required
to execute any such document on terms which, in Agent’s opinion, would expose Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty, and (ii) such release
shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly being released) upon (or obligations of Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by Credit Parties, including the proceeds of
any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral. 
 10.12 Additional Agents. None of the Lenders or other
entities identified on the facing page of this Agreement as a “syndication agent”, “documentation agent”, “arranger” or “bookrunner” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. No Agent, Lender, “syndication agent”, “documentation agent”, “arranger” or “bookrunner” has any fiduciary
relationship with or duty to any Credit Party arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other hand, in
connection herewith or with such other Loan Documents is solely that of debtor and creditor. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any other Lender. Each
Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other entities so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in taking or not taking action hereunder or thereunder. If
necessary or appropriate Agent may appoint a Person to serve as a co-collateral agent or separate collateral agent under any Loan Document. Each right and remedy intended to be available to Agent under the Loan Document shall also be vested in such
agent. Secured Parties shall execute and deliver any instrument or agreement that Agent may request to effect such appointment. If such Person appointed by Agent shall die, dissolve, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, then all the
rights and remedies of such agent, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall vest in and be exercised by Agent until appointment of a new agent. 

10.13 Distribution of Materials to Lenders and L/C Issuers. 

(a) The Borrowers acknowledge and agree that the Loan Documents and all reports, notices, communications and other information or materials
provided or delivered by, or on behalf of, the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, the “Borrower Materials”) may be disseminated by, or on behalf of, Agent, and made available to, the Lenders and L/C Issuers by posting such Borrower
Materials on an E-System (the “Borrower Workspace”). The Borrowers authorize Agent to download copies of its logos from its website and post copies thereof on the Borrower Workspace. The Borrowers hereby acknowledge that certain of
the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrowers hereby agree that they will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of
the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (i) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall
appear prominently on the first page thereof, (ii) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrowers shall be deemed to have authorized Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as either publicly available
information or not material information (although it may be sensitive, confidential and 

  
 131 

 
proprietary) with respect to the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries or their securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws, (iii) all the Borrower Materials marked
“PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Borrower Workspace designated “Public Investor”, and (iv) Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as
being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Borrower Workspace not designated “Public Investor.” 
 (b) Each Lender and
L/C Issuer represents, warrants, acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Borrower Materials may contain MNPI concerning the Borrowers, their Affiliates or their securities, (ii) it has developed compliance policies and procedures regarding
the handling and use of MNPI, and (iii) it shall use all such Borrower Materials in accordance with Section 12.8 and any applicable laws and regulations, including federal and state securities laws and regulations. 

(c) If any Lender or L/C Issuer has elected to abstain from receiving MNPI concerning Borrowers, their Affiliates or their securities, such
Lender or L/C Issuer acknowledges that, notwithstanding such election, Agent and/or the Borrowers will, from time to time, make available syndicate-information (which may contain MNPI) as required by the terms of, or in the course of administering
the credit facilities, including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to the credit contact(s) identified for receipt of such information on the Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s administrative questionnaire who are able to receive and use
all syndicate-level information (which may contain MNPI) in accordance with such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s compliance policies and Contractual Obligations and applicable law, including federal and state securities laws; provided that
if such contact is not so identified in such questionnaire, the relevant Lender or L/C Issuer hereby agrees to promptly (and in any event within one (1) Business Day) provide such a contact to Agent and Borrower Representative upon oral or
written request therefor by Agent or Borrower Representative. Notwithstanding such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s election to abstain from receiving MNPI, such Lender or L/C Issuer acknowledges that if such Lender or L/C Issuer chooses to
communicate with Agent, it assumes the risk of receiving MNPI concerning the Borrowers, their Affiliates or their securities. 
 10.14
Agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, all determinations of Agent under the Loan Documents shall be made by Agent. 

11. ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 

11.1 Assignment and Participations. 

(a) Subject to the terms of this Section 11.1, any Lender may make an assignment, or sell participations in, at any time or times,
the Loan Documents, Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations and any Commitment or any portion thereof or interest therein, including any Lender’s rights, title, interests, remedies, powers or duties thereunder, to an Eligible Assignee. Any
assignment by a Lender shall be subject to the following conditions: 
 (i) Assignment Agreement. Any assignment by a Lender shall
require (A) the execution of an assignment agreement (the “Assignment Agreement”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 11.1(a) or otherwise in form and substance reasonably

  
 132 

 
satisfactory to and acknowledged by Agent and (B) the payment of a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 by the assignor or assignee to Agent (unless such assignment is to a Lender, an
Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund). Agent, acting as the Borrowers’ agent, shall maintain at one of its offices listed in Section 12.10 (as may be updated from time to time pursuant to Section 12.10), a copy of
each Assignment Agreement delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). Agent shall
accept and record into the Register each Assignment Agreement that it receives which is executed and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and Borrowers,
Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for
inspection by Borrowers and the Lenders, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. 
 (ii) Minimum
Amounts. 
 (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at
the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and 

(B) in any case not described in Section 11.1(a)(ii)(A), the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes
Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment Agreement with
respect to such assignment is delivered to Agent or, if “Effective Date” is specified in the Assignment Agreement, as of the Effective Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000, and in increments of $1,000,000, unless each of (1) Agent
and (2) so long as no Event of Default under Sections 9.1 (a), (j) or (k) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers, otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and the
Borrowers shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment unless the Borrower Representative shall have objected thereto by written notice to Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received such Assignment Agreement). 

(iii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning
Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, except that this Section 11.1(a)(iii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and
obligations among separate tranches on a non-pro rata basis (if any). 
 (iv) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for
any assignment except to the extent required by Section 11.1(a)(ii)(B) and, in addition: 
 (A) the consent of the Borrowers
for any assignment (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such

  
 133 

 
assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (z) such assignment is to or by MSSF in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans; provided that
Borrowers shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof; 

(B) the consent of Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect
of any Revolving Loan or Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; 

(C) the consent of the L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) shall be required for any assignment
that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and 

(D) the consent of the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) shall be required for any
assignment in respect of the Swing Line Loans. 
 (b) In the case of an assignment by a Lender under this Section 11.1, the
assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment, the same rights, benefits and obligations as all other Lenders hereunder. The assigning Lender shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to its Commitments or assigned portion
thereof from and after the date of such assignment. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that any assignment shall give rise to a direct obligation of Borrowers to the assignee and that the assignee shall be considered to be a
“Lender”. In all instances, each Lender’s liability to make Loans hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the applicable Commitment. In the event Agent or any Lender
assigns or otherwise transfers all or any part of the Obligations, Agent or any such Lender shall so notify Borrowers and Borrowers shall, upon the request of Agent or such Lender, execute new Notes in exchange for the Notes, if any, being assigned.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.1, (i) any Lender may at any time pledge the Obligations held by it and such Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to a Federal Reserve
Bank, and any Lender that is an investment fund may assign the Obligations held by it and such Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to another investment fund managed by the same investment advisor; provided,
that no such pledge to a Federal Reserve Bank shall release such Lender from such Lender’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document and (ii) no assignment shall be made to any Credit Party, any Subsidiary of a Credit Party or
any Affiliate of a Credit Party. 
 (c) Any participation by a Lender of all or any part of its Commitments shall be made with the
understanding that all amounts payable by Borrowers hereunder shall be determined as if that Lender had not sold such participation, and that the holder of any such participation shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take
any action hereunder except actions directly affecting (i) any reduction in the principal amount of, or interest rate or Fees payable with respect to, the Loans participated; (ii) any extension of the final maturity date thereof; and
(iii) any release of all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents or the other Loan 

  
 134 

 
Documents). Solely for purposes of Sections 2.11, 2.13 and 2.14 each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that a participation shall give rise to a direct obligation of Borrowers
to the participant and the participant shall be considered to be a “Lender”; provided, that, a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.13 and 2.14 than the applicable Lender
from whom it received its participation would have been entitled with respect to the participation sold to such participant (unless the sale of the participation to the participant is made with the Borrower Representative’s prior written
consent). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated
interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the
Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the
extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant
Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the
contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, Agent (in its capacity as Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence no Borrower or Credit Party shall have any obligation or duty
to any participant. Neither Agent nor any Lender (other than the Lender selling a participation) shall have any duty to any participant and may continue to deal solely with the Lender selling a participation as if no such sale had occurred.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Loan Documents, no Lender may assign or sell a participation to any Person that is not an Eligible Assignee and participations shall not require Borrowers’ or Agent’s prior written
consent. 
 (d) Except as expressly provided in this Section 11.1, no Lender shall, as between Borrowers and that Lender, or
Agent and that Lender, be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any sale, assignment, transfer or negotiation of, or granting of participation in, all or any part of the Loans, the Notes or other Obligations owed to such
Lender. 
 (e) Any Lender may furnish information concerning Credit Parties in the possession of such Lender from time to time to assignees
and participants (including prospective assignees and participants); provided that such Lender shall obtain from assignees or participants confidentiality covenants substantially equivalent to those contained in Section 12.8. 

(f) No Lender shall assign or sell participations in any portion of its Loans or Commitments to a potential Lender or participant, if, as of
the date of the proposed assignment or sale, the assignee Lender or participant would be subject to capital adequacy or similar requirements under Section 2.14(a), increased costs under Section 2.14(b), an inability to fund
LIBOR Loans under Section 2.14(c), or withholding taxes in accordance with Section 2.13(a). 
 (g) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”), may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPC”), identified as such in writing by the Granting Lender to Agent and Borrowers,
the option to provide to 

  
 135 

 
Borrowers all or any part of any Loans that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall
constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Loan; and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the
terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. No SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment
obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). Any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, Borrowers and Agent assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans
to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by Borrowers and Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a
confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guaranty or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC. This Section 11.1(g) may not be amended
without the prior written consent of each Granting Lender, all or any of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including, without limitation, the
approval of any amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or the obligation to pay any amount otherwise payable by the Granting Lender under the Loan Documents, continue to be the Lender of record hereunder. 

11.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents is binding on and inures to the benefit of each Credit Party,
Agent, Lender and their respective successors and assigns (including, in the case of any Credit Party, a debtor-in-possession on behalf of such Credit Party), except as otherwise provided herein or therein. No Credit Party may assign, transfer,
hypothecate or otherwise convey its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents without the prior express written consent of Agent and all of the Lenders; provided that Agent and the Lenders
shall be deemed to have consented to any assignment, transfer, hypothecation or conveyance of rights, benefits, obligations or duties to any successor of a Credit Party as a result of the consummation of a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or
other fundamental change or transaction permitted under Section 7. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by any Credit Party without the prior express written consent of Agent and all of the Lenders
shall be void. The terms and provisions of this Agreement are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of each Credit Party, Agent and Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and no Person shall be a third
party beneficiary of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. 
 11.3 Certain Assignees.
No assignment or participation may be made to any Borrower, any Affiliate of any Borrower, Non-Funding Lender or a natural person. 
 12. MISCELLANEOUS 

12.1 Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the
Borrowers, the other Credit Parties signatory hereto, the Lenders and Agent. Thereafter, it shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of, but only to the benefit of, Borrowers, the other Credit Parties party hereto, Agent, the Swing Line

  
 136 

 
Lender, the L/C Issuer and each Lender, their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as expressly provided in any Loan Document, none of any Borrower, any other Credit Party, any
Lender or Agent shall have the right to assign any rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein. The Loan Documents constitute the complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and may not be modified,
altered or amended except as set forth in Section 12.2. Any letter of interest, commitment letter, fee letter or confidentiality agreement, if any, between any Credit Party and Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates,
predating this Agreement and relating to a financing of substantially similar form, purpose or effect shall be superseded by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fee Letter shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
shall continue to be binding obligations of the parties in the manner and for the period provided for therein. 
 12.2 Amendments and
Waivers. 
 (a) Except for actions expressly permitted to be taken by Agent, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrowers and by Requisite Lenders,
Supermajority Lenders or all directly and adversely affected Lenders as provided in Section 12.2(c). Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) below, all such amendments, modifications, terminations or waivers requiring the
consent of any Lenders shall require the written consent of Requisite Lenders. 
 (b) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of
or consent with respect to any provision of this Agreement that waives compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 to the making of any Loan or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit
Obligations shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Requisite Lenders and Borrowers. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, no amendment or modification with respect to any provision of this Agreement that
either (i) increases the advance rates with respect to the Borrowing Base above those in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) amends or modifies the definition of Borrowing Base or any defined term used therein (to the extent such
amendment or modification would have the effect of making more credit available) shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent, Supermajority Lenders and Borrowers. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to
the contrary, no waiver or consent with respect to any Default or any Event of Default shall be effective for purposes of the conditions precedent to the making of Loans or the incurrence of Letter of Credit Obligations set forth in
Section 3.2 unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent and Requisite Lenders. 
 (c) No amendment, modification,
termination or waiver shall, unless in writing and signed by Agent and each Lender and L/C Issuer directly affected thereby: (i) increase the principal amount of any Lender’s Commitment (which action shall be deemed only to affect those
Lenders whose Commitments are increased); (ii) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on, composition of interest on (i.e., cash pay or payment-in-kind) or Fees payable with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit Obligations of any affected
Lender (provided, however, in each case, the waiver of any Default or Event of Default or the implementation or revocation of Default Rate interest shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or any Fee);
(iii)

  
 137 

 
extend the final maturity date of the principal amount of any Loan of any Lender; (iv) waive, forgive, defer, extend or postpone any payment of interest or Fees or other Obligations as to
any affected Lender (provided, however, in each case, the waiver of any Default or Event of Default or the implementation or revocation of Default Rate interest shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or any Fee);
(v) release all or substantially all of the Guaranties or, except as otherwise permitted herein or in the other Loan Documents, release (or subordinate the Lien of Agent in), or permit any Credit Party to sell or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of the Collateral (which action shall be deemed to directly affect all Lenders and the L/C Issuer); (vi) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans that shall be required
for Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder; (vii) amend or waive this Section 12.2 or the definitions of the term “Requisite Lenders” or “Supermajority Lenders”; or (viii) amend
the allocation and waterfalls in Section 2.9. Furthermore, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver affecting the rights or duties of Agent or L/C Issuer, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including any increase
in the L/C Sublimit or any release any Guaranty requiring a writing signed by all of the Lenders or release of any Collateral requiring a writing signed by all Lenders, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by Agent or L/C Issuer, as the
case may be, in addition to Lenders required hereinabove to take such action. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 12.2 to the contrary, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended by Agent and each Credit Party party
thereto in accordance with Sections 2.16, to incorporate the terms of any Incremental Loans or increased Commitments and the related Loans thereunder and to provide for non-Pro Rata borrowings and payments of any amounts hereunder as
between the Loans and any Incremental Loans, or increased Commitments in connection therewith, in each case with the consent of Agent but without the consent of any Lender. Each amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be effective only
in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be required for Agent to take additional Collateral pursuant to any Loan Document. No amendment, modification,
termination or waiver of any provision of any Note shall be effective without the written concurrence of the holder of that Note. No notice to or demand on any Credit Party in any case shall entitle such Credit Party or any other Credit Party to any
other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 12.2 shall be binding upon each holder of the Obligations at the
time outstanding and each future holder of the Obligations. Any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, termination or release of any Bank Product Documents or Secured Hedge Agreement may be effected by the parties thereto without the consent of
the Lenders. 
 (d) If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination requiring the consent of all Lenders
or all directly and adversely affected Lenders, the consent of Requisite Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in this
Section 12.2(d) being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then, with respect to this Section 12.2(d), so long as Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, at Borrower Representative’s request, Agent
or a Person reasonably acceptable to Agent shall have the right with Agent’s consent (but shall have no obligation) to purchase from any such Non-Consenting Lenders, and any such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon Agent’s
request, sell and assign to Agent or such Person, all of the Commitments of any such Non-Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans held by such Non-Consenting Lenders and all

  
 138 

 
accrued interest and Fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment Agreement. In the event that a Non-Consenting
Lender does not execute an Assignment Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1 within five (5) Business Days after receipt by such Non-Consenting Lender of notice of replacement pursuant to this Section 12.2(d) and
presentation to such Non-Consenting Lender of an Assignment Agreement evidencing an assignment pursuant to this Section 12.2(d), Borrower Representative shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute such Assignment Agreement on behalf
of any such Non-Consenting Lender, and any such Assignment Agreement so executed by Borrower Representative, the replacement Lender and Agent, shall be effective for purposes of this Section 12.2(d) and Section 11.1. 

(e) Upon the Termination Date, Agent shall deliver to Borrowers termination statements, security releases and other documents necessary or
appropriate to evidence the termination of the Liens securing payment of the Obligations. 
 (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Section 12.2, in the event that the Borrowers request that this Agreement be modified or amended in a manner that would require the unanimous consent of all of the Lenders and such modification or amendment is agreed to
by the Requisite Lenders, then with the consent of Borrower Representative, Agent and the Requisite Lenders, Borrower Representative, Agent and the Requisite Lenders shall be permitted to amend this Agreement without the consent of the
Non-Consenting Lenders to provide for (i) the termination of the Commitment of each Non-Consenting Lender at the election of Borrower Representative, Agent and the Requisite Lenders, (ii) simultaneously with the Commitment termination
provided for in the foregoing clause (i), the addition to this Agreement of one or more other financial institutions (each of which shall be acceptable to Agent), or an increase in the Commitment of one or more of the Requisite Lenders (with the
written consent thereof), so that the total Commitment after giving effect to such amendment shall be in the same amount as the total Commitment immediately before giving effect to such amendment, so long as such new or increased Commitments are on
the same terms and provisions (including, without limitation, economic terms with respect to interest rates, pricing, fees, maturity date, etc.) as the Commitment terminated pursuant to the foregoing clause (i), (iii) if any Loans are
outstanding at the time of such amendment, the making of such additional Loans by such new financial institutions or Requisite Lender(s), as the case may be, as may be necessary to repay in full, at par, the outstanding Loans of the Non-Consenting
Lenders immediately before giving effect to such amendment and (iv) such other modifications to this Agreement as may be appropriate to effect the foregoing clauses (i)-(iii). 

(g) Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.2, if Agent and Borrower Representative shall
have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature, in each case that is immaterial (as determined by Agent) in any provision of the Loan Documents, then Agent and Borrower Representative shall be permitted to
amend such provisions and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Requisite Lenders within ten (10) Business Days
following receipt of notice thereof. 

  
 139 

 12.3 Fees and Expenses. Borrowers shall reimburse: (i) Agent for all reasonable
documented fees, reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable documented fees and reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses of one firm of counsel); and (ii) Agent (and, with respect to clauses (b),
(c) and (d) below, all Lenders for all reasonable documented out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses, including the reasonable documented fees, reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of one firm of counsel for Agent and
Lenders, taken as a whole, and a single local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest where Agent or the Lender affected by such conflict informs Agent of such conflict and thereafter
retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Person), incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and filing and/or recordation of the Loan Documents, and incurred in connection with: 

(a) any amendment, modification or waiver of, consent with respect to, or termination of, any of the Loan Documents or Related Transactions
Documents or advice in connection with the syndication and administration of the Loans made pursuant hereto or its rights hereunder or thereunder; 

(b) any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action (whether instituted by Agent, any Lender, any Credit Party or any other
Person and whether as a party, witness or otherwise) in any way relating to the Collateral, any of the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or any other agreement to be executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith,
including any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, case, proceeding or action, and any appeal or review thereof; in connection with a case commenced by or against any or all of the Credit Parties or any other Person that may be obligated to Agent by
virtue of the Loan Documents; including any such litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action arising in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the Loans during the pendency of one or more Events of Default; provided,
that no Person shall be entitled to reimbursement under this clause (b) in respect of any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action to the extent any of the foregoing results from such Person’s gross negligence, bad faith,
material breach or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment); provided, further, that no Indemnified Person will be indemnified for any such cost, expense or
liability to the extent of any dispute solely among Indemnified Persons other than claims against Agent, in such capacity in connection with fulfilling any such roles; 

(c) any attempt to enforce any remedies of Agent against any or all of the Credit Parties or any other Person that may be obligated to Agent
or any Lender by virtue of any of the Loan Documents, including any such attempt to enforce any such remedies in the course of any work-out or restructuring of the Loans during the pendency of one or more Events of Default; 

(d) any workout or restructuring of the Loans upon the occurrence and during the continuance of one or more Events of Default; and 

(e) efforts to (i) monitor the Loans or any of the other Obligations, (ii) evaluate, observe or assess any of the Credit Parties or
their respective affairs, and (iii) subject to the limitation contained herein verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, audit, collect, sell, 

  
 140 

 
liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral; including, as to each of clauses (a) through (d) above, all reasonable and documented professionals fees, including, but not
limited to appraisers’, field examiners’ and attorneys’ fees arising from such services and other advice, assistance or other representation, including those in connection with any appellate proceedings, and all reasonable documented
out-of-pocket expenses, costs, charges and other fees incurred by such professionals in connection with or relating to any of the events or actions described in this Section 12.3. All amounts under this Section 12.3 shall be
payable no later than 20 days after written demand therefore (together with reasonably detailed supporting documentation submitted to a Financial Officer of Borrower Representative). 

12.4 No Waiver. Agent’s or any Lender’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by the Credit Parties of
any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Agent or such Lender thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance herewith or therewith. Any suspension or waiver of an Event of
Default shall not suspend, waive or affect any other Event of Default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether the same or of a different type. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.2, none of the undertakings,
agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of any Credit Party contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and no Default or Event of Default by any Credit Party shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by Agent
or any Lender, unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other authorized employee of Agent and the applicable Requisite Lenders, and directed to Borrowers specifying such suspension or waiver. 

12.5 Remedies. Agent’s and Lenders’ rights and remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any
other rights and remedies that Agent or any Lender may have under any other agreement, including the other Loan Documents, by operation of law or otherwise. Recourse to the Collateral shall not be required. 

12.6 Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be interpreted in such a
manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such
prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement or such other Loan Document. 

12.7 Conflict of Terms. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by specific reference to the
applicable provisions of this Agreement, if any provision contained in this Agreement conflicts with any provision in any of the other Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Agreement shall govern and control. 

12.8 Confidentiality. Each Lender, each L/C Issuer and Agent agrees to maintain, the confidentiality of information obtained by it
pursuant to any Loan Document and designated in writing by any Credit Party as confidential or disclosed under circumstances where it is reasonable to assume that such information is confidential (the “Information”), except that
such Information may be disclosed by the Lenders, L/C Issuer or Agent (i) with Borrower Representative’s consent, (ii) to Related Persons of such Lender, L/C Issuer or Agent, as the case may be, that are advised of the confidential
nature of such Information and are instructed to keep 

  
 141 

 
such Information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) to the extent such information presently is or hereafter becomes (A) publicly available other than as a result
of a breach of this Section 12.8 or (B) available to such Lender, L/C Issuer or Agent or any of their Related Persons, as the case may be, from a source (other than any Credit Party) not known by them to be subject to disclosure
restrictions, (iv) to the extent disclosure is required by applicable law or other legal process or requested or demanded by any Governmental Authority (in which case Agent shall notify Borrower Representative to the extent not prohibited by
law or legal process), (v) to the extent necessary or customary for inclusion in league table measurements, (vi) (A) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, any examiner or any nationally
recognized rating agency or (B) otherwise to the extent consisting of general portfolio information that does not identify Credit Parties, (vii) to current or prospective assignees or participants, direct or contractual counterparties to
any Swap Contracts and to their respective Related Persons, in each case to the extent such assignees, participants, counterparties or Related Persons agree to be bound by provisions substantially similar to the provisions of this
Section 12.8 (and such Person may disclose information to their respective Related Persons in accordance with clause (ii) above), (viii) to any other party hereto, (ix) in connection with the exercise or enforcement of any
right or remedy under any Loan Document, in connection with any litigation or other proceeding to which such Lender, L/C Issuer or Agent or any of their Related Persons is a party or bound, or to the extent necessary to respond to public statements
or disclosures by Credit Parties or their Related Persons referring to a Lender, L/C Issuer or Agent or any of their Related Persons and (x) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar
organization, regulatory authority, examiner or nationally recognized ratings agency. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Section 12.8 and those of any Loan Document, the terms of this Section 12.8 shall
govern. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any other written or oral understanding or agreement to which the parties hereto
are parties or by which they are bound, the parties acknowledge and agree that (i) any obligations of confidentiality contained herein and therein do not apply and have not applied to the federal tax treatment and federal tax structure of the
Loans (the “Tax Structure”) (and any related transactions or arrangements) from the commencement of discussions between the parties, and (ii) each party (and each of its employees, representatives or other agents) may disclose
to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax Structure and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to such party relating to the Tax Structure. The preceding sentence is intended to
cause the Tax Structure to be treated as not having been offered under conditions of confidentiality for purposes of Section 1.6011-4(b)(3) (or any successor provision) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 6011 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed in a manner consistent with such purpose. Subject to the proviso with respect to disclosure in the first sentence of this paragraph, each party hereto acknowledges that it has no
proprietary or exclusive rights to the Tax Structure. 
 12.9 GOVERNING LAW. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN ANY OF THE
LOAN DOCUMENTS, IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE OBLIGATIONS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THAT STATE AND ANY 

  
 142 

 
APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, CITY OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK SHALL HAVE
EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THE CREDIT PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING
TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS; PROVIDED, THAT AGENT, LENDERS AND THE CREDIT PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF NEW YORK COUNTY; PROVIDED,
FURTHER, THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE AGENT FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS, OR TO
ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF AGENT. EACH CREDIT PARTY EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH CREDIT PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT
SUCH CREDIT PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY
HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH
CREDIT PARTY AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 12.10 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH CREDIT PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES
MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. 
 12.10 Notices. 

(a) Addresses. All notices, demands, requests, directions and other communications required or expressly authorized to be made by this
Agreement shall, whether or not specified to be in writing unless otherwise expressly specified to be given by any other means, be given in writing and (i) addressed to (A) the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile
number indicated in this Section 12.10 (or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto), or (B) the party to be notified at its address specified on the signature page of this Agreement or any
applicable Assignment Agreement, (ii) to the extent given by a Credit Party posted to any E-System set up by or at the direction of Agent in an appropriate location or (iii) addressed to such other address as shall be notified in writing
(A) in the case of Borrower Representative, Agent and Swing Line Lender, to the other parties hereto and (B) in the case of all other parties, to Borrower Representative and Agent. Transmission by electronic mail (including E-Fax, even if
transmitted to the fax numbers set forth in clause (i) above) shall not be sufficient or effective to transmit any such notice under this clause (a) unless such transmission is an available means to post to any E-System. Notice addresses
as of the Closing Date shall be as set forth below: 
  

	 	(i)	If to Agent, at 

 Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. 

1 New York Plaza, 41st Floor 

New York, New York 10004 

Telephone No.: 212-507-6680 

Email: msagency@morganstanley.com 

  
 143 

 with copies to: 

Paul Hastings LLP 
 75 East 55th
Street 
 New York, New York 10022 

Attention: Leslie A. Plaskon, Esq. 

Fax No.: (212) 230-5137 

Telephone No.: (212) 318-6421 
  

	 	(ii)	If to any Borrower, to Borrower Representative, at 

 XPO Logistics, Inc. 

Five Greenwich Office Park 

Greenwich, Connecticut 06831 

Attn: Gordon Devens 
 Fax:
(203) 629-7073 
 Telephone No.: (203) 413-4003 

Email: Gordon.devens@xpologistics.com 

with a copy to: 
 Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom, LLP 
 155 N. Wacker Drive 

Chicago, IL 60606 
 Attention:
Seth Jacobson 
 Fax: (312) 407-8511 

Telephone No: (312) 407-0889 

(b) Effectiveness. 
 (i)
All communications described in clause (a) above and all other notices, demands, requests and other communications made in connection with this Agreement shall be effective and be deemed to have been received (i) if delivered by hand, upon
personal delivery, (ii) if delivered by overnight courier service, one Business Day after delivery to such courier service, (iii) if delivered by mail, five (5) Business Days after deposit in the mail, (iv) if delivered by
facsimile or electronic mail (other than to post to an E-System pursuant to clause (a) above) upon sender’s receipt of confirmation of proper transmission, and (v) if delivered by 

  
 144 

 
posting to any E-System, on the later of the date of such posting in an appropriate location and the date access to such posting is given to the recipient thereof in accordance with the standard
procedures applicable to such E-System. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person (other than Borrower Representative or Agent) designated in
Section 12.10 to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in
writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. 
 (ii) The posting, completion and/or submission by any Credit Party of any
communication pursuant to an E-System shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Credit Parties that any representation, warranty, certification or other similar statement required by the Loan Documents to be provided, given or made by a
Credit Party in connection with any such communication is true, correct and complete in all material respects (to the extent required under the Loan Documents) except as expressly noted in such communication or E-System. 

(c) Each Lender shall notify Agent in writing of any changes in the address to which notices to such Lender should be directed, of addresses
of its lending office, of payment instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder and of such other administrative information as Agent shall reasonably request. 

12.11 Section Titles. The Section titles and Table of Contents contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning
or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto. 
 12.12 Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or Electronic Transmission shall be as effective
as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. 
 12.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN
CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT
THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO KNOWINGLY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,
SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG AGENT, LENDERS, L/C ISSUERS AND ANY CREDIT PARTY ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP

  
 145 

 
ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO. 

12.14 Press Releases and Related Matters. Each Credit Party consents to the publication by Agent or any Lender of customary advertising
material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement using Borrower’s name, product photographs, logo or trademark. Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and
customary for inclusion in league table measurements. 
 12.15 Reinstatement. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect
should any petition be filed by or against Borrowers for liquidation or reorganization, should Borrowers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager
or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of Borrowers’ assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is,
pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though
such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded,
reduced, restored or returned. 
 12.16 Advice of Counsel. Each of the parties represents to each other party hereto that it has
discussed this Agreement and, specifically, the provisions of Sections 12.9 and 12.13, with its counsel. 
 12.17 No Strict
Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by
the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement. 

12.18 Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender and Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Credit Parties that
pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, such Lender and Agent may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Credit Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Credit Parties and other
information that will allow such Lender and Agent, as the case may be, to identify the Credit Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act. 

12.19 Currency Equivalency Generally. For the purposes of making valuations or computations under this Agreement (but not for purposes
of the preparation of any financial statements delivered pursuant hereto), and in particular, without limitation, for purposes of valuations or computations under Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 4, 6, 7 and
9, unless expressly provided otherwise, where a reference is made to a dollar amount the amount is to be considered as the amount in Dollars and, therefore, each other currency shall be converted into the Dollar Equivalent thereof. 

  
 146 

 12.20 Judgment Currency. 

(a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Credit Party in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to
convert into any other currency (such other currency being hereinafter in this Section 12.20 referred to as the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due under any Loan Document in Dollars (the “Obligation
Currency”), the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding (i) the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any jurisdiction
that will give effect to such conversion being made on such earlier date, or (ii) the date on which the judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such conversion is
made pursuant to this Section 12.20 being hereinafter in this Section 12.20 referred to as the “Judgment Conversion Date”). 

(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 12.20(a), there is a change in the
rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt for value of the amount due, the applicable Credit Party shall pay such additional amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be
necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the
amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from a Credit Party under this Section 12.20(b) shall be due as a separate
debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of any of the Loan Documents. 
 (c)
The term “rate of exchange” in this Section 12.20 means the rate of exchange at which Agent would, on the relevant date at or about 1:00 p.m. (New York time), be prepared to sell the Obligation Currency against the Judgment
Currency. 
 12.21 Electronic Transmissions. 

(a) Authorization. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.10(a), each of Agent, Lenders, each Credit Party and each of
their Related Persons, is authorized (but not required) to transmit, post or otherwise make or communicate, in its sole discretion, Electronic Transmissions in connection with any Loan Document and the transactions contemplated therein. Each
Borrower and each Lender party hereto acknowledges and agrees that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and each
indicates it assumes and accepts such risks by hereby authorizing the use of Electronic Transmissions. 
 (b) Signatures. Subject to
the provisions of Section 12.10(a), (i)(A) no posting to any E-System shall be denied legal effect merely because it is made electronically, (B) each E-Signature on any such posting shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any
requirement for a “signature” and (C)(i) each such posting shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any requirement for a “writing”, in each case including pursuant to any Loan Document, any applicable provision of any Code, the
federal Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures in Global 

  
 147 

 
and National Commerce Act and any substantive or procedural applicable law governing such subject matter, (ii) each such posting that is not readily capable of bearing either a signature or
a reproduction of a signature may be signed, and shall be deemed signed, by attaching to, or logically associating with such posting, an E-Signature, upon which Agent, each Lender and each Credit Party may rely and assume the authenticity thereof,
(iii) each such posting containing a signature, a reproduction of a signature or an E-Signature shall, for all intents and purposes, have the same effect and weight as a signed paper original and (iv) each party hereto or beneficiary
hereto agrees not to contest the validity or enforceability of any posting on any E-System or E-Signature on any such posting under the provisions of any applicable law requiring certain documents to be in writing or signed; provided,
however, that nothing herein shall limit such party’s or beneficiary’s right to contest whether any posting to any E-System or E-Signature has been altered after transmission. 

(c) Separate Agreements. All uses of an E-System shall be governed by and subject to, in addition to Section 12.10 and this
Section 12.21, the separate terms, conditions and privacy policy posted or referenced in such E-System (or such terms, conditions and privacy policy as may be updated from time to time, including on such E-System) and related Contractual
Obligations executed by Agent and Credit Parties in connection with the use of such E-System. 
 (d) LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. ALL
E-SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. NONE OF AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY OF THEIR RELATED PERSONS WARRANTS THE ACCURACY, ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY E-SYSTEMS OR ELECTRONIC
TRANSMISSION AND DISCLAIMS ALL LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS THEREIN. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND IS MADE BY AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY OF THEIR RELATED PERSONS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY E-SYSTEMS OR ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS. Each of the Borrowers, each other Credit Party executing this Agreement and each Lender agrees that Agent has no
responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, Software, services or any testing required in connection with any Electronic Transmission or otherwise required for any E-System. 

12.22 Independence of Provisions. The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several
different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters, and that such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and must each be performed, except as expressly stated to the contrary in this Agreement. 

12.23 No Third Parties Benefited. This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Credit
Parties, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, Agent and their permitted successors and assigns, and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. Neither Agent nor any Lender nor any Credit Party (except as otherwise specifically provided under the Loan Documents) shall have any obligation to any Person not a party to this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents. 

  
 148 

 12.24 Relationships between Lenders and Credit Parties. The Borrowers acknowledge and
agree that the Lenders are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Borrowers with respect to the Loans and other financial accommodations contemplated hereby and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary
to, or an agent of, the Borrowers or any other Person. Additionally, no Lender is advising the Borrowers or any other Person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Borrowers shall consult with
their own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making their own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Lenders shall have no responsibility or liability to the Borrowers with
respect thereto. Any review by the Lenders of the Borrowers, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Lenders and shall not be on behalf of the Borrowers.

 13. CROSS-GUARANTY 
 13.1
Cross-Guaranty. 
 (a) Each U.S. Borrower hereby agrees that such Borrower is jointly and severally liable for, and hereby absolutely
and unconditionally guarantees to Agent and Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of, all Obligations owed or hereafter owing to
Agent and Secured Parties by each other Borrower. Each Canadian Borrower hereby agrees that such Borrower is jointly and severally liable for, and hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Agent and Lenders and their respective successors
and assigns, the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of, all Obligations owed or hereafter owing to Agent and Secured Parties by each other Canadian Borrower. Each Borrower agrees that
its guaranty obligation hereunder is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, that its obligations under this Section 13 shall not be discharged until the Termination Date, and that its obligations under
this Section 13 shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by, 
 (i) the genuineness, validity,
regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or change in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which any Borrower is or may become a party; 

(ii) the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Section 13) or any other Loan Document or the waiver or
consent by Agent and Lenders with respect to any of the provisions thereof; 
 (iii) the existence, value or condition of, or failure to
perfect its Lien against, any security for the Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by Agent and Lenders in respect thereof (including the release of any such security); 

(iv) the insolvency of any Credit Party; or 

(v) any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.

  
 149 

 Each Borrower shall be regarded, and shall be in the same position, as principal debtor with respect to the
Obligations guarantied hereunder. 
 (b) Each Borrower expressly represents and acknowledges that it is part of a common enterprise with the
other Borrowers and that any financial accommodations by Lenders, or any of them, to any other Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are and will be of direct and indirect interest, benefit and advantage to all Borrowers. 

13.2 Waivers by Borrowers. Each Borrower expressly waives, to the extent permitted by law, all rights it may have now or in the future
under any statute, or at common law, or at law or in equity, or otherwise, to compel Agent or Lenders to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the Obligations guarantied hereunder against any other Credit Party, any other party or against any
security for the payment and performance of the Obligations before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, such Borrower. It is agreed among each Borrower, Agent and Lenders that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the
transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that, but for the provisions of this Section 13 and such waivers, Agent and Lenders would decline to enter into this Agreement. Each Borrower expressly waives
diligence, presentment and demand (whether for non-payment or protest or of acceptance, maturity, extension of time, change in nature or form of the Obligations, acceptance of further security, release of further security, composition or agreement
arrived at as to the amount of, or the terms of, the Obligations, notice of adverse change in any Borrower’s financial condition or any other fact which might increase the risk to another Borrower). 

13.3 Benefit of Guaranty. Each Borrower agrees that the provisions of this Section 13 are for the benefit of Agent and
Lenders and their respective successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Borrower and Agent or Lenders, the obligations of such other Borrower under the Loan Documents. 

13.4 Subordination of Subrogation, Etc. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, and
except as set forth in Section 13.7, each Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably subordinates to payment of the Obligations any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution,
indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor until the Termination Date. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that this subordination is intended to benefit Agent and Lenders and
shall not limit or otherwise affect such Borrower’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Section 13, and that Agent, Lenders and their respective successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the
waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 13.4. 
 13.5 Election of Remedies. If Agent or any Lender may, under
applicable law, proceed to realize its benefits under any of the Loan Documents giving Agent or such Lender a Lien upon any Collateral, whether owned by any Borrower or by any other Person, either by judicial foreclosure or by non judicial sale or
enforcement, Agent or any Lender may, at its sole option, determine which of its remedies or rights it may pursue without affecting any of its rights 

  
 150 

 
and remedies under this Section 13. If, in the exercise of any of its rights and remedies, Agent or any Lender shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies, including its right to
enter a deficiency judgment against any Borrower or any other Person, whether because of any applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each Borrower hereby consents to such action by Agent or such Lender and waives
any claim based upon such action, even if such action by Agent or such Lender shall result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that such Borrower might otherwise have had but for such action by Agent or such Lender. Any election
of remedies that results in the denial or impairment of the right of Agent or any Lender to seek a deficiency judgment against any Borrower shall not impair any other Borrower’s obligation to pay the full amount of the Obligations. In the event
Agent or any Lender shall bid at any foreclosure or trustee’s sale or at any private sale permitted by law or the Loan Documents, Agent or such Lender may bid all or less than the amount of the Obligations and the amount of such bid need not be
paid by Agent or such Lender but shall be credited against the Obligations. The amount of the successful bid at any such sale, whether Agent, Lender or any other party is the successful bidder, shall be conclusively deemed to be the fair market
value of the Collateral and the difference between such bid amount and the remaining balance of the Obligations shall be conclusively deemed to be the amount of the Obligations guaranteed under this Section 13, notwithstanding that any
present or future law or court decision or ruling may have the effect of reducing the amount of any deficiency claim to which Agent or any Lender might otherwise be entitled but for such bidding at any such sale. 

13.6 Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, each Borrower’s liability under this
Section 13 shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of determination the greater of: 
 (a) the amount of all
Loans advanced to such Borrower; 
 (b) the net amount of all Loans advanced to another Borrower under this Agreement and then re-loaned or
otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of, such Borrower; and 
 (c) the amount that could be claimed by Agent and Lenders from such
Borrower under this Section 13 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance
Act or similar foreign or domestic statute or common law after taking into account, among other things, such Borrower’s right of contribution and indemnification from each other Borrower under Section 13.7. 

13.7 Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations. 

(a) To the extent that any Borrower shall make a payment under this Section 13 of all or any of the Obligations (other than Loans
made to that Borrower for which it is primarily liable) (a “Guarantor Payment”) that, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Borrower, exceeds the amount that such Borrower
would otherwise have paid if each Borrower had paid the aggregate Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Borrower’s “Allocable Amount” (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to
such Guarantor Payment) bore 

  
 151 

 
to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Borrowers as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following the Termination Date, such Borrower shall be
entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Borrower for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor
Payment. 
 (b) As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Borrower shall be equal to the maximum
amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such Borrower under this Section 13 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state
Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law. 
 (c) This Section 13.7 is
intended only to define the relative rights of Borrowers and nothing set forth in this Section 13.7 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Borrowers, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become
due and payable in accordance with the terms of, and subject to the limitations contained in, this Agreement, including Section 13.1. Nothing contained in this Section 13.7 shall limit the liability of any Borrower to pay the
Loans made directly or indirectly to that Borrower and accrued interest, Fees and expenses with respect thereto for which such Borrower shall be primarily liable. 

(d) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Borrower to
which such contribution and indemnification is owing. 
 (e) The rights of the indemnifying Borrowers against other Credit Parties under
this Section 13.7 shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments. 

13.8 Liability Cumulative. The liability of Borrowers under this Section 13 is in addition to and shall be cumulative with
all liabilities of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party or in respect of any Obligations or obligation of the other Borrower, without any limitation as to amount,
unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary. 
 13.9 Obligations
of the Canadian Domiciled Credit Parties. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (i) no Canadian Domiciled Credit Party, other than a Specified Entity, shall be liable or in any manner
responsible for, or be deemed to have guaranteed, directly or indirectly, whether as a primary obligor, guarantor, indemnitor, or otherwise, and none of their assets shall secure, directly or indirectly, any Obligations of any U.S. Borrower or U.S.
Guarantor (including, without limitation, principal, interest, fees, penalties, premiums, expenses, charges, reimbursements, indemnities or any other Obligations) under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) no Collateral or other
assets of any Canadian Domiciled Credit Party, other than a Specified Entity, nor any collections on or proceeds of, any such Collateral or other assets shall be applied to the Obligations of any U.S. Borrower or U.S. Guarantor under this Agreement
or any other Loan Document and (iii) no 

  
 152 

 
Canadian Domiciled Credit Party, other than a Specified Entity, shall be obligated to make any payment hereunder or under any other Loan Document on behalf of, or with respect to, any Obligation
of any U.S. Borrower or U.S. Guarantor. 
 [SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW] 

  
 153 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the date first written above.

  

							
	BORROWERS:
		
		 	XPO LOGISTICS, INC.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ John J Hardig

		 		 	Name:	 	John J. Hardig
		 		 	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
		
		 	3P DELIVERY CANADA INC.
		 	3PD, INC.
		 	3PDIC, INC.
		 	BOUNCE LOGISTICS, INC.
		 	CONCERT GROUP LOGISTICS, INC.
		 	EXPRESS-1, INC.
		 	SD LOGISTICS, LLC
		 	XPO AIR CHARTER, LLC
		 	XPO LOGISTICS CANADA INC.
		 	XPO LOGISTICS, LLC
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ John J Hardig

		 		 	Name:	 	John J. Hardig
		 		 	Title:	 	Treasurer

  
 [Signature Page to
Revolving Loan Credit Agreement] 

 
							
	CREDIT PARTIES:
		
		 	XPO AQ, INC.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ John J Hardig

		 		 	Name:	 	John J. Hardig
		 		 	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
		
		 	3PD HOLDING, INC.
		 	PENCHANT SOFTWARE, INC.
		 	THE HOME DELIVERY GROUP LLC
		 	XPO DEDICATED, LLC
		 	XPO GLOBAL LOGISTICS INC.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ John J Hardig

		 		 	Name:	 	John J. Hardig
		 		 	Title:	 	Treasurer

  
 [Signature Page to
Revolving Loan Credit Agreement] 

 
			
	AGENT:
	
	MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Agent
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lisa Hanson

	Name:	 	Lisa Hanson
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  
 [Signature Page to
Revolving Loan Credit Agreement] 

 
			
	LENDERS:
	
	MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lisa Hanson

	Name:	 	Lisa Hanson
	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as a Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lisa Hanson

	Name:	 	Lisa Hanson
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  
 [Signature Page to
Revolving Loan Credit Agreement] 

 
			
	MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a L/C Issuer
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lisa Hanson

	Name:	 	Lisa Hanson
	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 [Signature Page to
Revolving Loan Credit Agreement] 

 
			
	MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Swing Line Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lisa Hanson

	Name:	 	Lisa Hanson
	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 [Signature Page to
Revolving Loan Credit Agreement] 

 
			
	CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Vipu Dhadda

	Name:	 	Vipu Dhadda
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael D’Onofrio

	Name:	 	Michael D’Onofrio
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  
 [Signature Page to
Revolving Loan Credit Agreement] 

 
			
	DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Peter Cucchiara

	Name:	 	Peter Cucchiara
	Title:	 	Vice President
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kirk L. Tashjian

	Name:	 	Kirk L. Tashjian
	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 [Signature Page to
Revolving Loan Credit Agreement] 

 ANNEX A 

TO 
 CREDIT
AGREEMENT 
 CASH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 

Each Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Credit Party to, establish and maintain the Cash Management Systems described below: 

(a) On or before the sixtieth (60th) day following the Closing Date (as may be extended by Agent in its reasonable discretion) and until
the Termination Date, Borrowers and the other Credit Parties shall (i) establish lock boxes (“Lock Boxes”) or at Agent’s discretion, blocked accounts (“Blocked Accounts”) at one or more of the banks set
forth in Schedule (4.19), and shall request in writing that all Account Debtors forward payment directly to such Lock Boxes, and (ii) deposit and cause the other Credit Parties to deposit or cause to be deposited promptly, in accordance
with historical practices (but in any event no later than the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date of receipt thereof), all cash, checks, drafts or other similar items of payment relating to or constituting payments made in respect of any
and all Collateral (whether or not otherwise delivered to a Lock Box) into one or more Blocked Accounts in such Credit Parties’ name and at a bank identified in Schedule (4.19) (each, a “Relationship Bank”). On or
before the sixtieth (60th) day (as may be extended by Agent in its reasonable discretion) following the Closing Date, Borrowers and the other Credit Parties shall have established one or more concentration accounts in such Credit Parties’
name (each a “Concentration Account” and collectively, the “Concentration Accounts”) at the bank or banks that shall be designated as the Concentration Account bank for each such Credit Party in Schedule
(4.19) (each a “Concentration Account Bank” and collectively, the “Concentration Account Banks”), which banks shall be reasonably satisfactory to Agent. 

(b) Credit Parties may maintain, in their respective name, an account (each a “Disbursement Account” and collectively, the
“Disbursement Accounts”) at a bank reasonably acceptable to Agent into which Agent shall, from time to time, deposit proceeds of Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances made to such Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.1 for use by such Borrower solely in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4. 
 (c) On or before
the sixtieth (60th) day following the Closing Date (as may be extended by Agent in its reasonable discretion) or within forty-five (45) days of opening of any new Concentration Account or Disbursement Account (as may be extended by Agent
in its reasonable discretion), as applicable, each Concentration Account Bank, each bank where a Disbursement Account is maintained and all other Relationship Banks, shall have entered into tri-party deposit account control agreements (other than
with respect to (i) any payroll, withholding tax or other employee wage and benefit account so long as such account is funded only to the extent of payroll, employee wages or benefits; (ii) escrow, fiduciary or other trust accounts;
(iii) tax accounts, including, without limitation, sales tax accounts and escrow accounts; (iv) accounts which are used solely to make disbursements and (v) any other accounts that do not have a daily balance in excess of $1,500,000
collectively for all such accounts in the aggregate at any time and into which the Credit Parties shall not accept or direct collections or receipts) with Agent, for the benefit of itself and Lenders, and the applicable Credit Party with

 
respect to such accounts of the Credit Parties, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent, which shall become operative on or before the sixtieth (60th) day following the Closing
Date (as may be extended by Agent in its reasonable discretion). With respect to any Concentration Account or Disbursement Account, Agent shall only give a notice (an “Activation Notice”) at such time in which a Cash Dominion Period
exists (an “Activation Event”). During any Cash Dominion Period, no Borrower shall, or shall cause or permit any Subsidiary thereof to, accumulate or maintain cash in Disbursement Accounts or payroll accounts as of any date of
determination in excess of checks outstanding against such accounts as of that date and amounts necessary to meet minimum balance requirements. Upon the termination (or waiver) of any Cash Dominion Period, Agent shall terminate such Activation
Notice unless and until a subsequent Activation Event shall occur. 
 (d) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
Credit Parties may amend Schedule (4.19) to add or replace a Relationship Bank, Lock Box or Blocked Account or to replace any Concentration Account or any Disbursement Account; provided, that (i) Agent shall have consented in
writing in advance to the opening of such account or Lock Box with the relevant bank, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and (ii) prior to the time of the opening of such account or Lock Box (subject to the exceptions
set forth subsection (c)(i)(iii) in this Annex A), the applicable Credit Party and such bank shall have executed and delivered to Agent a tri-party deposit account control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.
Credit Parties shall close any of their accounts (and establish replacement accounts in accordance with the foregoing sentence) promptly and in any event within sixty (60) days (as may be extended by Agent in its discretion) following notice
from Agent that the creditworthiness (as determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion) of any bank holding an account is no longer acceptable in Agent’s reasonable judgment, or as promptly as practicable and in any event within sixty
(60) days (as may be extended by Agent in its discretion) following notice from Agent that the operating performance, funds transfer or availability procedures or performance with respect to accounts or Lock Boxes of the bank holding such
accounts or Agent’s liability under any tri-party blocked account agreement with such bank is no longer acceptable in Agent’s reasonable judgment; provided that such bank shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the date of
such notice from Agent to the Credit Parties to remedy the creditworthiness issues, in the Permitted Discretion of Agent, and if such issues are not resolved, in the Permitted Discretion of Agent, then the Credit Parties shall have sixty
(60) days (as may be extended by Agent in its Permitted Discretion) following the expiration of the thirty (30) days or determination by Agent that the creditworthiness issues have not been resolved (whichever is shorter) to move such
accounts. 
 (e) The Lock Boxes, Blocked Accounts, Disbursement Accounts and the Concentration Accounts shall be cash collateral accounts,
with all cash, checks and other similar items of payment in such accounts securing payment of the Loans and all other Obligations, and in which a Credit Party shall have granted a Lien to Agent, on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties, pursuant
to the U.S. Security Agreement. 
 (f) All amounts deposited in the Collection Account during a Cash Dominion Period shall be deemed
received by Agent in accordance with Section 2.8 and shall be applied (and allocated) by Agent in accordance with Section 2.9. In no event shall any amount be so applied unless and until such amount shall have been credited
in immediately available funds to the Collection Account. 

 (g) Each Credit Party shall and shall cause its Affiliates, officers, employees, agents,
directors or other Persons acting for or in concert with such Credit Party to (i) hold in trust for Agent, for the benefit of itself and Lenders, all checks, cash and other items of payment received by such Credit Party or any such Related
Person, and (ii) within five (5) Business Days after receipt by such Credit Party or any such Related Person of any checks, cash or other items of payment, deposit the same into a Blocked Account of such Credit Party. Each Credit Party
acknowledges and agrees that all cash, checks or other items of payment constituting proceeds of Collateral are part of the Collateral. All proceeds of the sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be deposited directly into the applicable
Blocked Accounts unless transferred directly to Agent and applied toward repayment of the Loans in accordance with this Agreement. 

 ANNEX B 

TO 
 CREDIT
AGREEMENT 
 WIRE TRANSFER INFORMATION 

Bank: Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. 
 ABA#: [Redacted] 

Account Number: [Redacted] 
 REF: XPO Logistics 

Account Name: Morgan Stanley Bank, NA 
 Bank: Morgan Stanley
Senior Funding, Inc. 
 ABA#: [Redacted] 
 Account Number:
[Redacted] 
 REF: XPO Logistics 
 Account Name: Morgan Stanley
Senior Funding, Inc. 

 ANNEX C 

TO 
 CREDIT
AGREEMENT 
  

													
	 Lender(s)
	  	Commitment	 	  	Canadian
Commitment1	 	  	Swing Line
Commitment2	 
	 Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
	  	$	25,000,000	  	  	$	5,000,000	  	  	$	0	  
	 Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.
	  	$	17,500,000	  	  	$	3,500,000	  	  	$	10,000,000	  
	 Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch
	  	$	42,500,000	  	  	$	8,500,000	  	  	$	0	  
	 Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch
	  	$	40,000,000	  	  	$	8,000,000	  	  	$	0	  

  

	1 	Canadian Commitment constitutes a subfacility of the aggregate Commitments. 

	2 	Swing Line Commitment constitutes a subfacility of the aggregate Commitments. 

 EXHIBIT 2.1(a)(i) 

to 
 CREDIT AGREEMENT 

FORM OF NOTICE OF REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCE 

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among XPO LOGISTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Parent Borrower”), certain of Parent Borrower’s wholly-owned Domestic
Subsidiaries signatory thereto, as borrowers (collectively with the Parent Borrower, referred to therein as the “U.S. Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “U.S. Borrower”), XPO LOGISTICS CANADA INC., an Ontario
corporation (“XPO Canada”), certain of Parent Borrower’s other wholly-owned Canadian subsidiaries signatory thereto, as borrowers (collectively, referred to therein as the “Canadian Borrowers” and each,
individually, as a “Canadian Borrower” and together with the U.S. Borrowers, collectively, referred to therein as the “Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “Borrower”), the Lenders from time to
time party thereto and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., in its capacity as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with any successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Agent”). All capitalized terms but not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. 
 [Borrower Representative on behalf of the U.S.
Borrowers hereby gives its irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement, of its request for a Revolving Credit Advance in U.S. Dollars which shall be [a LIBOR Loan in the amount of
$[        ] with a LIBOR Period of [    ] months / a Base Rate Loan in the amount of $[        ]], which Revolving Credit Advance is requested to be
dated and made on [            , 20    ]. To the extent this Revolving Credit Advance is a Base Rate Loan, the Revolving Credit Advance [shall/shall not] constitute a
Swing Line Loan. The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Advance made to the U.S. Borrowers should be wired on behalf of the U.S. Borrowers as set forth below.] [Borrower Representative on behalf of the Canadian Borrowers hereby gives irrevocable
notice, pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement, of its request for a Revolving Credit Advance in Canadian Dollars which shall be a LIBOR Loan in the amount of $[        ] with a LIBOR
Period of [    ] months, which Revolving Credit Advance is requested to be dated and made on [            , 20    ]. The proceeds of the Revolving
Credit Advance made to the Canadian Borrowers should be wired on behalf of the Canadian Borrowers as set forth below.]3 The foregoing instructions shall be irrevocable. 

 

	3 	Elect as applicable. 

 Bank Name: 

Bank Address: 
 ABA#: 

Account Name: 
 Account Number:

 Federal Tax I.D. #: 

Borrower Representative hereby certifies as follows: 

1. After giving effect to the foregoing, the number of LIBOR Loans outstanding shall not exceed ten (10). 

2. The representations and warranties of the Credit Parties in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in
all material respects (with respect to any representation or warranty that is not otherwise qualified as to materiality) on and as of the date of borrowing, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier
date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Advance for which this Notice
for Revolving Credit Advance is given, and all applicable conditions set forth in Section[s] [3.1 and]4 3.2 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied or appropriately waived in writing by Agent
and Required Lenders. 
 3. No Default or Event of Default exists as of the date of borrowing or will exist immediately after giving effect
to this Notice of Revolving Credit Advance. 
 4. After giving effect to the Revolving Credit Advance, (x) the outstanding principal
amount of the aggregate Revolving Loan does not exceed the Available Credit, in each case, less the then outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Loan and (y) [the amount of any Revolving Credit Advances to be made to the U.S.
Borrowers at any time shall not exceed the U.S. Availability at such time] and [the amount of any Revolving Credit Advances to be made to the Canadian Borrowers at any time shall not exceed the Canadian Availability at such time].5 
 [remainder of page intentionally left blank] 

 

	4 	For initial Advance only. 

	5 	Elect as applicable. 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower Representative has caused this Notice of Revolving Credit Advance be
executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above. 
  

			
	XPO LOGISTICS, INC., as the Borrower Representative
		
	By:	 	  

		
		 	Name:
		
		 	Title:

 EXHIBIT 2.1(a)(ii) 

to 
 CREDIT AGREEMENT 

FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE 
 New York,
New York 

			
	 $[        ]
	  	[            ], 2013

 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [XPO LOGISTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its
wholly-owned domestic Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, referred to herein as “U.S. Borrowers” and each individually as a “U.S. Borrower”)], [XPO LOGISTICS CANADA INC., an Ontario corporation
(“XPO Canada”), XPO Global Logistics, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act and 3P Delivery Canada, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the Canada Business Corporation Act (collectively,
referred to herein as the “Canadian Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “Canadian Borrower” HEREBY PROMISE TO PAY to [        ] (“Lender”) or its
registered assigns, at the offices of MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., in its capacity as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with any successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Agent”), at its address at 1585
Broadway, New York, New York 10036, or at such other place as Agent may designate from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the amount of
[        ] DOLLARS AND [        ] CENTS ($[        ]) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid amount of all Revolving Credit Advances
made to the undersigned under the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. 

This Revolving Note is one of the Revolving Notes issued pursuant to that certain Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 18, 2013, by and among the Borrowers, Agent, the Lenders and L/C Issuers signatory thereto from time to time (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto, and as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified, the “Credit Agreement”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Credit Agreement, the Collateral Documents and all of the other Loan Documents referred to therein. Reference is hereby made to the Credit
Agreement for a statement of all of the terms and conditions under which the Revolving Loans evidenced hereby are made and are to be repaid. 

The principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby shall be payable in the amounts and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.
Interest thereon shall be paid until such principal amount is paid in full at such interest rates and at such times, and pursuant to such calculations, as are specified in the Credit Agreement. 

The right to receive principal of, and stated interest on, this Revolving Note may only be transferred in accordance with the provisions of
the Credit Agreement. 

 Time is of the essence of this Revolving Note. Demand, presentment, protest and notice of
nonpayment and protest are hereby waived by each Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law. 
 THIS REVOLVING NOTE SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THAT STATE. 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Borrower has caused this Revolving Note to be executed and delivered by
its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above. 
  

			
	XPO LOGISTICS, INC., as a Borrower
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	XPO LOGISTICS CANADA INC., as a Borrower
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[                    ], as a Borrower
	
	[Name of Borrower], as a Borrower
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 EXHIBIT 2.1(b)(ii) 

to 
 CREDIT AGREEMENT 

FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE 
 New York,
New York 
  

			
	$[        ]	  	[                    ], 2013

 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, XPO LOGISTICS, INC., (the “Parent Borrower”) a Delaware
corporation, and certain of its wholly-owned domestic Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively with Parent Borrower, referred to herein as “U.S. Borrowers” and each individually as a “U.S. Borrower”), HEREBY
PROMISE TO PAY to MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. (in such capacity, “Swing Line Lender”), and its registered assigns at the offices of Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent for Lenders
(“Agent”), at its address at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the amount of TEN MILLION DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($10,000,000.00) or, if less,
the aggregate unpaid amount of all Swing Line Advances made to the undersigned under the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 This Swing Line Note is issued pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2013, by and among the Borrowers
Agent, and the Lenders and L/C Issuers signatory thereto from time to time (including all annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto, and as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit
Agreement”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Credit Agreement, the Collateral Documents and all of the other Loan Documents referred to therein. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement for a statement of all of
the terms and conditions under which the Swing Line Loans evidenced hereby are made and are to be repaid. 
 The principal amount of the
indebtedness evidenced hereby shall be payable in the amounts and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement. Interest thereon shall be paid until such principal amount is paid in full at such interest rates and at such times, and pursuant to
such calculations, as are specified in the Credit Agreement. 
 Time is of the essence of this Swing Line Note. Demand, presentment, protest
and notice of nonpayment and protest are hereby waived by each U.S. Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law. 
 The right to
receive principal of, and stated interest on, this Swing Line Note may only be transferred in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. 

THIS SWING LINE NOTE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND
PERFORMED IN THAT STATE. 

 [REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each U.S. Borrower has caused this Swing Line Note to be executed and
delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above. 
  

			
	XPO LOGISTICS, INC., as Parent Borrower
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[                    ], as a U.S. Borrower
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 EXHIBIT 2.5(e) 

to 
 CREDIT AGREEMENT 

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION 

[DATE] 
 Reference is made to that
certain Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among XPO LOGISTICS, INC., a
Delaware corporation (“Parent Borrower”), certain of Parent Borrower’s wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiaries signatory thereto, as borrowers (collectively with Parent Borrower, referred to therein as the “U.S.
Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “U.S. Borrower”), XPO LOGISTICS CANADA INC., an Ontario corporation (“XPO Canada”), certain of Parent Borrower’s other wholly-owned Canadian subsidiaries
signatory thereto, as borrowers (collectively, referred to therein as the “Canadian Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “Canadian Borrower” and together with the U.S. Borrowers, collectively, referred to therein
as the “Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “Borrower”), the other credit parties signatory thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”) and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR
FUNDING, INC., in its capacity as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with any successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Agent”). All capitalized terms but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to
them in the Credit Agreement. 
 Parent Borrower hereby gives irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.5(e) of the Credit Agreement,
of its request to: 
 (a) [on [                 ,
20    ], convert $[        ] of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances, bearing interest at the [Base/LIBOR] Rate, into a [Base Rate/LIBOR] Loan [and,
in the case of a LIBOR Loan, having a LIBOR Period of [            ] month(s)]]; 

(b) [on [                 , 20    ],
continue $[        ] of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances, bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate, as a LIBOR Loan having a LIBOR Period of
[            ] month(s)]. 
 Parent Borrower, on behalf of all of the Borrowers,
hereby represents and warrants that all of the conditions contained in Section 3.2 of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied on and as of the date of the conversion/continuation requested hereby after giving effect thereto. 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent Borrower has caused this Notice of Conversion/Continuation be executed
and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above. 
  

			
	XPO LOGISTICS, INC., as Parent Borrower
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 EXHIBIT 5.2 

to 
 CREDIT AGREEMENT 

FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE 

[DATE] 
 Reference is made to that
certain Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among XPO LOGISTICS, INC., a
Delaware corporation (“Parent Borrower”), certain of Parent Borrower’s wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiaries signatory thereto, as borrowers (collectively with Parent Borrower, referred to therein as the “U.S.
Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “U.S. Borrower”), XPO LOGISTICS CANADA INC., an Ontario corporation (“XPO Canada”), certain of Parent Borrower’s other wholly-owned Canadian subsidiaries
signatory thereto, as borrowers (collectively, referred to therein as the “Canadian Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “Canadian Borrower” and together with the U.S. Borrowers, collectively, referred to therein
as the “Borrowers” and each, individually, as a “Borrower”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., in its capacity as administrative agent (in such capacity and
together with any successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Agent”). All capitalized terms but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. 

Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the undersigned Financial Officer certifies that the information provided in this Borrowing Base Certificate
(including, without limitation, the information attached hereto as Schedule 1) to Agent is true and correct in all material respects based on the accounting records of the Credit Parties. 

[remainder of page left blank intentionally] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent Borrower has caused this Borrowing Base Certificate be executed and
delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above. 
  

			
	XPO LOGISTICS, INC., as Parent Borrower
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Schedule 1 

See attached. 

 EXHIBIT 11.1(a) 

to 
 REVOLVING LOAN CREDIT
AGREEMENT 
 FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT 

This Assignment Agreement (the “Assignment Agreement”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into
by and between [Insert Name of Assignor] (the “Assignor”) and [Insert Name of Assignee] (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Revolving Loan Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto
are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment Agreement as if set forth herein in full. 

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases
and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and
obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and
obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including, without limitation, any guarantees included in such facilities), and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits,
causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto
or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related
to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as
the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment Agreement, without representation or warranty by the Assignor. 

 

							
	1.	  	Assignor:	  	  
	  	
				
	2.	  	Assignee:	  	  
	  	
		  		  	[and is a Lender, an Affiliate of [Identify Lender] or an Approved Fund]6
		
	3.	  	Borrowers: XPO Logistics, Inc. (the “Parent Borrower”) and certain of the Parent Borrower’s wholly-owned domestic and Canadian subsidiaries (collectively with the Parent Borrower, the
“Borrowers”)

  

	6 	Select as applicable 

  
 1 

							
		
	4.	  	Agent: Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Agent under the Credit Agreement (the “Agent”)
		
	5.	  	Credit Agreement: The Revolving Loan Credit Agreement dated as of October 18, 2013 by and among the Borrowers, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and the Agent.
		
	6.	  	Assigned Interest[s]:
		
		  	Assignor Lender’s Loans

  

					
	Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans for all
Lenders	 	Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned	 	Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans
		 		 	

 Effective Date:                  ,
20    [TO BE INSERTED BY AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.] 

  
 2 

 The terms set forth in this Assignment Agreement are hereby agreed to: 

 

			
	ASSIGNOR
	[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	ASSIGNEE
	[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 3 

			
	[Consented to and]7 Accepted:
	
	MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Agent
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[Consented to:]8
	
	[Name of L/C Issuer], as L/C Issuer
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[Consented to:]9
	
	[Name of Swing Line Lender], as Swing Line Lender
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[Consented to:]10
	
	XPO LOGISTICS, INC., as Parent Borrower
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[Name of Borrower], as Borrower
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

	7 	To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. 

	8 	To be added only if the consent of the L/C Issuer is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. 

	9 	To be added only if the consent of the Swing Line Lender is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. 

	10 	To be added only if the consent of the Borrowers is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. 

  
 4 

 ANNEX 1 to Assignment Agreement 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR 

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT 
 1.
Representations and Warranties. 
 1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal
and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver
this Assignment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is not a Non-Funding Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or
in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than this Assignment Agreement), (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents (other than this
Assignment Agreement) or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrowers, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document, or (iv) the performance or
observance by the Borrowers, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document. 

1.2. Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action
necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it is not a Disqualified Institution and it meets all the requirements of
an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender
thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or
the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity
to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter
into this Assignment Agreement and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vii) it is not a Borrower, an Affiliate of any Borrower, a Non-Funding Lender or a natural person, (viii) if it is not already a
Lender under the Credit Agreement, attached to the Assignment Agreement is an administrative questionnaire in the form provided by the Agent and (ix) attached to the Assignment Agreement is any documentation required to be delivered by it
pursuant to the 

  
 5 

 
Credit Agreement, including Section 2.13, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Agent, the
Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in
accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender. 

2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including
payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts that have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts that have accrued from and after the Effective Date. 

3. General Provisions. This Assignment Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns. This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment Agreement by
telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment Agreement. This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York. 

  
 6 

 SCHEDULE (A-1) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS 
 U.S.
Subsidiary Guarantors 
 Bounce Logistics, Inc. 
 Concert
Group Logistics, Inc. 
 Express-1, Inc. 
 XPO Air Charter, LLC

 XPO AQ, Inc. 
 XPO Dedicated, LLC 

XPO Logistics, LLC 
 3PD Holding, Inc. 

3PDIC, Inc. 
 3PD, Inc. 

Penchant Software, Inc. 
 SD Logistics, LLC 

The Home Delivery Group LLC 
 Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors

 XPO Logistics Canada Inc. 
 XPO Global Logistics Inc.

 3P Delivery Canada Inc. 

  
 1 

 SCHEDULE (1.2) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

STIPULATED EBITDA 
  

					
	 Period Ending
	  	Stipulated EBITDA	 
	 March 31, 2013
	  	$	(500,000	) 
	 June 30, 2013
	  	$	(800,000	) 
	 September 30, 2013
	  	$	(2,800,000	) 

  
 2 

 SCHEDULE (2.1) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

AGENT’S REPRESENTATIVES 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. 
 1 New York Plaza, 41st
Floor 
 New York, New York 10004 
 Telephone: 212-507-6680 

Email: msagency@morganstanley.com 

  
 3 

 SCHEDULE (4.1) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

TYPE OF ENTITY; JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION 
  

					
	 Credit Party
	  	 Type of Entity
	  	 Jurisdiction of Organization

	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Delaware, USA
	Bounce Logistics, Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Delaware, USA
	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Delaware, USA
	Express-1, Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Michigan, USA
	XPO Air Charter, LLC	  	Limited Liability Company	  	Delaware, USA
	XPO AQ, Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Delaware, USA
	XPO Dedicated, LLC	  	Limited Liability Company	  	Delaware, USA
	XPO Logistics, LLC	  	Limited Liability Company	  	Delaware, USA
	3PD Holding, Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Delaware, USA
	3PDIC, Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Georgia, USA
	3PD, Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Georgia, USA
	Penchant Software, Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Minnesota, USA
	SD Logistics, LLC	  	Limited Liability Company	  	Delaware, USA
	The Home Delivery Group LLC	  	Limited Liability Company	  	Nevada, USA
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Ontario, Canada
	XPO Global Logistics Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Canada
	3P Delivery Canada Inc.	  	Corporation	  	Canada

  
 4 

 SCHEDULE (4.2) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE; PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS; FEIN 

 

							
	 Credit Party
	  	 Organizational Number
	  	 Chief Executive Office or

Principal Place of Business
	  	 FEIN

	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	3224563	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	3P Delivery Canada Inc.	  	444856-1	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	3PD Holding, Inc.	  	4230058	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	3PD, Inc.	  	572654	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	3PDIC, Inc.	  	472516	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	Bounce Logistics, Inc.	  	4487889	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.	  	4487887	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	Express-1, Inc.	  	380075	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	Penchant Software, Inc.	  	7T-281	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	SD Logistics, LLC	  	4235980	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	The Home Delivery Group LLC	  	E0592782006-7	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Air Charter, LLC	  	5282926	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	XPO AQ, Inc.	  	5353989	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Dedicated, LLC	  	5236664	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Global Logistics Inc.	  	831647-3	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	1887745	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, LLC	  	5084817	  	 Five Greenwich Office Park,

Greenwich, CT 06831
	  	[Redacted]

  
 5 

 COLLATERAL LOCATIONS 

See Schedule (4.6) for additional collateral locations. 

  
 6 

 SCHEDULE (4.6) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

REAL ESTATE AND LEASES 
  

									
	 Property Address
	  	 Owned,
 Leased or

Other
	  	 Credit Party

	MI	  	Buchanan	  	441 and 429 Post Road	  	Owned	  	Express-1, Inc.
	AL	  	Montgomery	  	100 Capitol Commerce Blvd, Suite 580	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	AL	  	Pelham	  	290-292 Cahaba Valley Circle	  	Leased	  	Express-1, Inc.
	AZ	  	Glendale	  	5365 N. 51st Avenue, Suite 105	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	AZ	  	Phoenix	  	13450 North Black Canyon Highway, Suite 163	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	AZ	  	Scottsdale	  	8283 N. Hayden Road, Suite 220, Hayden Corporate Center	  	Leased	  	Bounce Logistics, Inc. d/b/a XPO Logistics
					
	BC	  	Burnaby	  	4400 Dominion Street, Suite 280	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.
	CA	  	Compton	  	1725 W. Walnut Parkway	  	Leased	  	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.
	CA	  	Rancho Cucamonga	  	9448 Richmond Place, Unit A	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	CA	  	Union City	  	1600-1620 Atlantic Street	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	CO	  	Denver	  	12050 E. 45th Avenue	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	CT	  	Greenwich	  	Five Greenwich Office Park	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.
	CT	  	Wallingford	  	425 South Cherry Street	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	FL	  	Jacksonville	  	10751 Deerwood Park Blvd, Ste 140	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	FL	  	Miami	  	12650 NW 25th Street	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.

  
 7 

									
	 Property Address
	  	 Owned,
Leased or
Other
	  	 Credit Party

	FL	  	Miami	  	7855 NW 12th Street, Suite 206	  	Leased	  	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.
	FL	  	Orlando	  	5742 South Semoran Blvd.	  	Leased	  	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.
	FL	  	Orlando	  	7473 Presidents Drive	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	FL	  	Tampa	  	5550-B Airport Boulevard	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	FL	  	Tampa	  	5845 Barry Road	  	Leased	  	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.
	GA	  	Atlanta	  	2802 Paces Ferry Road, Suite 100-A	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.
	GA	  	Atlanta	  	775 Atlanta South Parkway, Suite 200-B	  	Leased	  	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.
	GA	  	Fayetteville	  	100 Governor’s Trace	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	GA	  	Gainesville	  	2419 West Park Drive	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
					
	GA	  	Marietta	  	1851 West Oak Parkway, Suite 100	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	IL	  	Bolingbrook	  	One Gateway Court, Unit B	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	IL	  	Chicago	  	10 South LaSalle Street, Unit 1925	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	IL	  	Chicago	  	303 East Wacker Drive, 7th Floor	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	IL	  	Downers Grove	  	1430 Branding Avenue, Suite 150	  	Leased	  	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.
	IL	  	Lake Forest	  	100 South Sounders Road, Suite 130	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	IN	  	Fort Wayne	  	3217-A Stellhorn Road	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	IN	  	South Bend	  	5838 W. Brick Road, Suite 103	  	Leased	  	Bounce Logistics, Inc.
	KY	  	Louisville	  	9931 Corporate Campus Drive, Ste 3000	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	LA	  	Gonzales	  	9380 Ashland Road #140	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.

  
 8 

									
	 Property Address
	  	 Owned,
Leased or
Other
	  	 Credit Party

					
	MA	  	Cambridge	  	One Broadway	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.
	MA	  	Worcester	  	75B Southwest Cutoff	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	MI	  	Ann Arbor	  	825 Victors Way, Suite 370	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	MI	  	Grand Rapids	  	5635 Clay Avenue SW	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	MI	  	Rochester Hills	  	2399 Avon Industrial Drive	  	Leased	  	Express-1, Inc.
	MI	  	Romulus	  	28781 Goddard Road, Suite 100	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	MN	  	St. Louis Park	  	5100 Gamble Drive, Suite 470	  	Leased	  	Penchant Software, Inc.
	MN	  	St. Paul	  	2584 Rice Street, Lower Level	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	MN	  	St. Paul	  	2584 Rice Street, Upper Level	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	NC	  	Charlotte	  	13777 Ballantyne Corporate Place, Suite 400, Ballantyne Two	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	NC	  	Charlotte	  	13840 Ballantyne Corporate Place (Simmons Building)	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	NC	  	Charlotte	  	2211 Distribution Center Drive	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	NC	  	Statesville	  	276 Aviation Drive	  	Leased	  	XPO Air Charter, LLC
					
	NJ	  	Edison	  	191 Talmadge Road	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	NJ	  	Hanover	  	80 South Jefferson Road	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	NV	  	Reno	  	5340 Kietzke Lane, Suite 103	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	NY	  	East Syracuse	  	6314 Fly Road	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	NY	  	Guilderland	  	Route 146, Building #8, Guilderland Center	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	NY	  	Liverpool (Clay)	  	4530 Steelway Blvd South, Unit B	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.

  
 9 

									
	 Property Address
	  	 Owned,
 Leased or

Other
	  	 Credit Party

	ON	  	Mississauga	  	1355 Meyerside Drive	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.
	ON	  	Mississauga	  	5160 Explorer Drive, Ste 8	  	Leased	  	3P Delivery Canada Inc.
	QC	  	Vaudreuil-Dorion	  	420-422 Rue Aime-Vincent	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.
	SC	  	Columbia	  	1021 Pinnacle Point Drive	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	TX	  	Dallas	  	4311 Oak Lawn Avenue, Suite 620	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	TX	  	Dallas	  	535 Regal Row	  	Leased	  	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.
	TX	  	Dallas	  	8360 LBJ Freeway, Suite 220	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	TX	  	Frisco	  	2401 Internet Boulevard, Suite 108	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
					
	TX	  	Houston	  	4513 Oates Road	  	Leased	  	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.
	TX	  	Houston	  	850 Greens Parkway, Ste 250	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	TX	  	San Marcos	  	1600 Clovis Barker Road, Suite 206	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	UT	  	South Jordan	  	10813 South River Front Parkway	  	Leased	  	XPO Logistics, LLC
	VA	  	Lynchburg	  	7401 Timberlake Road	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.
	WA	  	Fife	  	3900 Industry Drive East, Suite D	  	Leased	  	3PD, Inc.

  
 10 

 SCHEDULE (4.7) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

LABOR MATTERS 
 Class actions:

 Marvin Brandon et al. v. 3PD, Inc., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Illinois 

Ruiz v. Affinity Logistics Corp., US District Court (California) 

Martins et al. v. 3PD, Inc., US District Court (Massachusetts) 

Dennis Montoya, et al. v. 3PD, Inc., The Home Depot, and The Home Depot, USA, US District Court, District of Arizona, Tucson Division 

Ardon, et al. v. 3PD, Inc., U.S. District Court, Central District of California 

  
 11 

 SCHEDULE (4.8) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

SUBSIDIARIES AND JOINT VENTURES 
  

											
	 Subsidiary
	  	 Jurisdiction of
Organization
	  	 Outstanding Capital Stock
	  	 Ownership
	  	Percent
Ownership	 
	 Bounce Logistics, Inc.
	  	Delaware	  	100 shares of common stock, no par value	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 Concert Group Logistics, Inc.
	  	Delaware	  	100 shares of common stock, no par value	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 Express-1, Inc.
	  	Michigan	  	125 shares of common stock, par value $40.00 per share	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 XPO Air Charter, LLC
	  	Delaware	  	100 uncertificated membership interest units	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 XPO AQ, Inc.
	  	Delaware	  	1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 XPO Dedicated, LLC
	  	Delaware	  	100 uncertificated membership interest units	  	XPO Logistics, LLC	  	 	100	% 
	 XPO Global Logistics Inc.
	  	Canada	  	100 shares of common stock, no par value	  	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 XPO Logistics Canada Inc.
	  	Ontario	  	100 uncertificated Common shares, no par value	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 XPO Logistics, LLC
	  	Delaware	  	100 uncertificated membership interest units	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 3PD Holding, Inc.
	  	Delaware	  	100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share	  	XPO AQ, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 3PDIC, Inc.
	  	Georgia	  	500 shares of common stock, no par value	  	3PD Holding, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 3PD, Inc.
	  	Georgia	  	100 shares of common stock, no par value	  	3PD Holding, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 Penchant Software, Inc.
	  	Minnesota	  	659 shares of common stock	  	3PD, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 SD Logistics, LLC
	  	Delaware	  	Uncertificated membership interest	  	3PD Holding, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 The Home Delivery Group LLC
	  	Nevada	  	Certificated membership interest	  	3PD, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 3P Delivery Canada Inc.
	  	Canada	  	1,000 common shares	  	3PD Holding, Inc.	  	 	100	% 
	 ALC Insurance Group, Ltd.
	  	Cayman Islands	  	5,000 shares of Class A Voting Common Shares	  	3PDIC, Inc.	  	 	100	% 

  
 12 

 SCHEDULE (4.11) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

TAX MATTERS 
 None. 

  
 13 

 SCHEDULE (4.13) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

LITIGATION 
 C.H. Robinson
Worldwide, Inc. v. XPO Logistics, Inc., et al, U.S. District Court, Hennepin County, Minnesota 
 Class actions: 

Marvin Brandon et al. v. 3PD, Inc., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Illinois 

Ruiz v. Affinity Logistics Corp., US District Court (California) 

Martins et al. v. 3PD, Inc., US District Court (Massachusetts) 

Dennis Montoya, et al. v. 3PD, Inc., The Home Depot, and The Home Depot, USA, US District Court, District of Arizona, Tucson Division 

Ardon, et al. v. 3PD, Inc., U.S. District Court, Central District of California 

  
 14 

 SCHEDULE (4.14) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

BROKERS 
 None. 

  
 15 

 SCHEDULE (4.15) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

PATENTS 
 3PD, Inc. Patents 

 

									
	 Serial Number
	  	 Country
	  	 Title
	  	 Brief Description
	  	 Status

	12/722,455	  	USA	  	Triggering and Conducting an Automated Survey	  	Describes the method used to trigger an automated service based on the completion of a service event.	  	Pending
	13/245,854	  	USA	  	Triggering and Conducting an Automated Survey	  	Describes the method used to trigger an automated service based on the completion of a service event.	  	Pending
	12/722,463	  	USA	  	Analyzing Survey Results	  	Describes the method used to analyze the results of an automated survey and potentially trigger follow up events	  	Pending
	13/245,858	  	USA	  	Analyzing Survey Results	  	Describes the method used to analyze the results of an automated survey and potentially trigger follow up events	  	Pending
	12/722,474	  	USA	  	Performing Follow-Up Actions Based on Survey Results	  	Describes the method used to follow up with service recipients based on the results of a survey.	  	Pending

  
 16 

									
	13/245,859	  	USA	  	Performing Follow-Up Actions Based on Survey Results	  	Describes the method used to follow up with service recipients based on the results of a survey.	  	Pending
	12/959,900	  	USA	  	Service Call-Ahead System and Method	  	Describes a method to trigger a service notification, such as an automated phone call, when a servicer is approximately 30 minutes away.	  	Pending
	13/246,494	  	USA	  	Service Call-Ahead System and Method	  	Describes a method to trigger a service notification, such as an automated phone call, when a servicer is approximately 30 minutes away.	  	Pending
	2696345	  	Canada	  	Automated Survey System	  	Systems and methods for initiating and conducting an automated survey.	  	Pending
	2723506	  	Canada	  	Service Call-Ahead System and Method	  	Systems and methods for managing service orders.	  	Pending

  
 17 

 TRADEMARKS 

3PD, Inc. Trademarks 
  

									
	 MARK
	  	 SERIAL NO.
	  	 STATUS
	  	 COUNTRY
	  	 REGISTRATION NO.

					
	3PD & Design	  	1505248	  	Registered	  	Canada	  	TMA811030
					
	3PD (Stylized)	  	77/894,626	  	Registered	  	USA	  	3,831,155
					
	3PD (word mark)	  	77/894,623	  	Registered	  	USA	  	3,824,760
					
	3PD (word mark)	  	1505247	  	Registered	  	Canada	  	TMA821281
					
	3PDedicated	  	85/050,030	  	Registered	  	USA	  	3,907,403
					
	3PDedicated	  	1505241	  	Pending	  	Canada	  	

  
 18 

									
	 MARK
	  	 SERIAL NO.
	  	 STATUS
	  	 COUNTRY
	  	 REGISTRATION NO.

					
	3PDESKTOP	  	85/192,841	  	Registered	  	USA	  	4,298,634
					
	3PDESKTOP	  	85/192,845	  	Registered	  	USA	  	4,298,635
					
	3PDESKTOP	  	1508375	  	Pending	  	Canada	  	
					
	3PDirect	  	85/053,098	  	Registered	  	USA	  	3,904,333
					
	3PDirect	  	85/053,455	  	Registered	  	USA	  	4,292,701
					
	3PDirect	  	85/192,847	  	Registered	  	USA	  	4,283,443
					
	3PDirect	  	1529093	  	Registered	  	Canada	  	TMA834537
					
	DISPATCH OFFICE	  	76/136,269	  	Registered	  	USA	  	2,694,544
					
	PENCHANT	  	85/049,404	  	Registered	  	USA	  	3,904,087

  
 19 

 The Home Delivery Group LLC Trademarks 

 

									
	 MARK
	  	 SERIAL NO.
	  	 STATUS
	  	 COUNTRY
	  	 REGISTRATION NO.

					
	HGD HOME DELIVERY GROUP & Design	  	77/181,399	  	Registered	  	USA	  	3,456,681
					
	HGD HOME DELIVERY GROUP	  	77/181,268	  	Registered	  	USA	  	3,460,537

  
 20 

 XPO Logistics, Inc. Trademarks 
  

									
	 MARK
	  	 SERIAL NO.
	  	 STATUS
	  	 COUNTRY
	  	 REGISTRATION NO.

					
	 

  
 XPO LOGISTICS &
Design (Color)
	  	85/478,195	  	Registered	  	USA	  	4,175,359
					
	XPO LOGISTICS	  	85/398,102	  	Registered	  	USA	  	4,227,242
					
	XPO	  	85/816,843	  	Pending	  	USA	  	
					
	XPO AIR CHARTER	  	85/952,533	  	Pending	  	USA	  	
					
	XPO AIR	  	85/952,559	  	Pending	  	USA	  	
					
	XPO EXPRESS	  	85/957,333	  	Pending	  	USA	  	
					
	EXPO EXPEDITED	  	85/968,966	  	Pending	  	USA	  	
					
	 

 XPOLOGISTICS
	  	1601106	  	Pending	  	Canada	  	
					
	 

  
 XPO LOGISTICS
CANADA
	  	1604678	  	Pending	  	Canada	  	

  
 21 

									
	 MARK
	  	 SERIAL NO.
	  	 STATUS
	  	 COUNTRY
	  	 REGISTRATION NO.

	XPO	  	1600931	  	Pending	  	Canada	  	
					
	XPO LOGISTICS	  	1600933	  	Pending	  	Canada	  	
					
	XPOLogistics Design	  	1600936	  	Pending	  	Canada	  	

 Bounce Logistics, Inc. Trademarks 
  

									
	 MARK
	  	 SERIAL NO.
	  	 STATUS
	  	 COUNTRY
	  	 REGISTRATION NO.

	 

 BOUNCE LOGISTICS & Design (Color)
	  	85/816,798	  	Pending	  	USA	  	

 Concert Group Logistics, Inc. Trademarks 
  

									
	 MARK
	  	 SERIAL NO.
	  	 STATUS
	  	 COUNTRY
	  	 REGISTRATION NO.

	OWNERS DELIVER	  	78/813,366	  	Registered	  	USA	  	3,190,340
					
	 

 CGL & Design
	  	76/300,954	  	Registered	  	USA	  	2,540,513

  
 22 

 SCHEDULE (4.17) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 
 None. 

  
 23 

 SCHEDULE (4.19) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

DEPOSIT AND DISBURSEMENT ACCOUNTS 
  

							
	 Account Name
	  	 Account Type
	  	 Financial Institution
	  	 Account Number

	 OPERATING ACCOUNTS:
	  		  		  	
	3P Delivery Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	Scotia Bank	  	[Redacted]
	3PD, Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	SunTrust	  	[Redacted]
	3PD, Inc.	  	Operating Account (eBay)	  	SunTrust	  	[Redacted]
				
	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.	  	3LI Operating Account	  	Chase	  	[Redacted]
				
	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.	  	International Settlement Account	  	PNC	  	[Redacted]
	SD Logistics, LLC	  	3PD Legacy Operating Account	  	SunTrust	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Air Charter, LLC	  	Main Operating Account	  	Wells Fargo	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Global Logistics Inc.	  	Main Operating Account	  	Royal Bank of Canada (“RBC”)	  	[Redacted]
				
	XPO Global Logistics Inc.	  	Receipt Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	XPO Canada CAD disbursements	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	XPO Canada USD disbursements	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
				
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Receipt Account (CDN)	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
				
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Receipt Account (USD)	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	Deposit Account for all entities	  	Wells Fargo	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	Deutsche Bank Demand, Short Term Investment Account	  	Deutsche Bank	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	Deutsche Bank MMK, Short Term Investment Account	  	Deutsche Bank	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	Disbursement Account for all entities	  	Wells Fargo	  	[Redacted]

  
 24 

							
	 Account Name
	  	 Account Type
	  	 Financial Institution
	  	 Account Number

	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	Master operating account	  	Wells Fargo	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	Payroll Account for US Payroll	  	Wells Fargo	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, Inc., Express-1, Inc.	  	Restricted Cash Account, used for Great West Insurance	  	PNC	  	[Redacted]
	LEGACY ACCOUNTS:	  		  		  	
	Continental Freight Services	  	Operating Account	  	First Citizens11	  	[Redacted]
	Covered Logistics & Transportation	  	Operating Account	  	Lake Forest12	  	[Redacted]
	Express-1, Inc.	  	International Operating Account	  	PNC	  	[Redacted]
	Express-1, Inc.	  	International Operating Account	  	PNC - lockbox	  	[Redacted]
	Express-1, Inc.	  	Operating	  	PNC	  	[Redacted]
	Express-1, Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	PNC	  	[Redacted]
	Express-1, Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	PNC	  	[Redacted]
	Express-1, Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	PNC	  	[Redacted]
	G & W Tanks	  	Operating Account	  	First Community	  	[Redacted]
	Interide Logistics	  	Operating Account	  	Key Bank	  	[Redacted]
	Turbo Dedicated	  	Operating Account	  	Bank of America	  	[Redacted]
	Turbo Logistics	  	Operating Account	  	Bank of America	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]

  

	11 	To be closed by 10/31/13 

	12 	To be closed by 10/31/13 

  
 25 

							
	 Account Name
	  	 Account Type
	  	 Financial Institution
	  	 Account Number

	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, LLC	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, LLC	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, LLC	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, LLC	  	Operating Account	  	RBC	  	[Redacted]
	XPO Logistics, LLC	  	Operating Account	  	PNC	  	[Redacted]

  
 26 

 SCHEDULE 4.21(a) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

PLEDGED COLLATERAL FILING OFFICES 
  

					
	 Type of
Filing13
	  	 Entity
	  	 Filing Office/Jurisdiction

	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	XPO Logistics, Inc.	  	Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	3P Delivery Canada Inc.	  	Recorder of Deeds of the District of Columbia
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	3P Delivery Canada Inc.	  	Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	3PD Holding, Inc.	  	Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	3PD, Inc.	  	Superior Court Clerks Cooperative Authority, Georgia
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	3PDIC, Inc.	  	Superior Court Clerks Cooperative Authority, Georgia
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	Bounce Logistics, Inc.	  	Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	XPO Global Logistics Inc.	  	Recorder of Deeds of the District of Columbia
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	XPO Global Logistics Inc.	  	Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	Concert Group Logistics, Inc.	  	Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	Express-1, Inc.	  	Michigan Department of State
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	Penchant Software, Inc.	  	Secretary of State of the State of Minnesota

  

	13 	UCC-1 financing statement, fixture filing, mortgage, intellectual property filing or other necessary filing. 

  
 27 

					
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	SD Logistics, LLC	  	Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	The Home Delivery Group LLC	  	Secretary of State of the State of Nevada
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	XPO Air Charter, LLC	  	Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	XPO AQ, Inc.	  	Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	XPO Dedicated, LLC	  	Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Recorder of Deeds of the District of Columbia
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut
	UCC-1 Financing Statement	  	XPO Logistics, LLC	  	Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
	Patent Security Agreement	  	3PD, Inc.	  	United States Patent and Trademark Office
	Trademark Security Agreement	  	 3PD, Inc.
 The Home Delivery Group LLC

XPO Logistics, Inc.
 Bounce Logistics, Inc.

Concert Group Logistics, Inc.
	  	United States Patent and Trademark Office
	PPSA – Financing Statement	  	3P Delivery Canada Inc.	  	Ontario
	PPSA – Financing Statement	  	XPO Global Logistics Inc.	  	Ontario
	PPSA – Financing Statement	  	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Ontario, British Columbia
	RPMRR	  	XPO Global Logistics Inc.	  	Quebec
	RPMRR	  	XPO Logistics Canada Inc.	  	Quebec

  
 28 

 SCHEDULE (4.30) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

PENSION PLANS AND BENEFIT PLANS 

None. 

  
 29 

 SCHEDULE (6.13) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES 
 None.

  
 30 

 SCHEDULE (6.14) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

POST-CLOSING MATTERS 
  

	•	 	On or before November 18, 2013 (or such later date as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Agent shall have received the insurance deliverables required pursuant to Section 6.4(b) of this
Agreement. 

  

	•	 	The Agent shall have received the Deposit Account Control Agreements required pursuant to Annex A of this Agreement within the time periods specified thereto. 

  
 31 

 SCHEDULE (7.2) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

EXISTING INVESTMENTS 
 None. 

  
 32 

 SCHEDULE (7.3(d)) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS 
 Letters of
Credit as indicated below to the extent each such letter of credit remains cash collateralized: 
  

									
	 Loan Party
	  	 Issuer LOC No.
	  	 Amount Outstanding
	  	 Beneficiary
	  	 Expiry Date

	XPO Logistics, Inc. (f/k/a Express-1 Expedited Solutions, Inc.)	  	 PNC Bank, National Association

Pittsburgh, PA

12501770-00-000
	  	300,000.00 USD	  	 Great West Casualty Company

South Sioux City, NE
	  	Auto-renewing
					
	Express-1, Inc.	  	 PNC Bank, National Association

Pittsburgh, PA

18117198-00-000
	  	25,000.00 USD	  	 TIP National, Inc.

Oklahoma City, OK
	  	Auto-renewing
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc. (f/k/a Kelron Montreal (TCL) Inc.)	  	 Royal Bank of Canada,

International Trade

Centre-Ontario
 Toronto, Ontario

P407056T07512
	  	50,000.00 USD	  	 Guarantee Company of North America c/o Roanoke Trade Services

Schaumburg, IL
	  	Auto-renewing
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc. (f/k/a Kelron Distribution Systems, Inc.)	  	 Royal Bank of Canada,

International Trade

Centre-Ontario
 Toronto, Ontario

P400886T07512
	  	8,000.00 USD	  	 U.S. Bank N.A., c/o TIA Services, Inc.

Las Vegas, NV
	  	Auto-renewing
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc. (f/k/a Kelron Distribution (Vancouver) Ltd)	  	 Royal Bank of Canada,

International Trade

Centre-Ontario
 Toronto, Ontario

P400820T07512
	  	8,000.00 USD	  	 U.S. Bank N.A., c/o TIA Services, Inc.

Las Vegas, NV
	  	Auto-renewing
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc. (f/k/a Kelron Distribution Ontario Limited)	  	 Royal Bank of Canada,

International Trade

Centre-Ontario
 Toronto, Ontario

P303613T07512
	  	100,000.00 CAD	  	Orlando Corporation Mississauga, Ontario	  	Auto-renewing

  
 33 

 SCHEDULE (7.4) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS 
 None. 

  
 34 

 SCHEDULE (7.7) 

TO 

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

EXISTING LIENS 
  

									
	 Name of Debtor
	  	 Secured Party
	  	 Jurisdiction/Office
	  	 Type of UCC/ File
Number/ Date Filed
	  	 Description of Collateral

	3PD, Inc.	  	Hitachi Capital America Corp.	  	Superior Court Clerks Cooperative Authority, Georgia	  	 UCC-1
 007-2009-009256
	  	2009 Chevrolet Tahoe VIN: 1GNFK23059R177168, together with all substitutions, attachments, replacements, accessions, insurance proceeds and the proceeds of the foregoing.

 Deposits as security for the following letters of credit, in each case, held with the financial institution issuing the
applicable letter of credit: 
  

									
	 Loan Party
	  	 Issuer LOC No.
	  	 Amount Outstanding
	  	 Beneficiary
	  	 Expiry Date

	Express-1, Inc.	  	PNC Bank, National Association
Pittsburgh, PA
18117198-00-000	  	25,000.00 USD	  	TIP National, Inc.
Oklahoma City, OK	  	Auto-renewing
	XPO Logistics, Inc. (f/k/a Express-1 Expedited Solutions, Inc.)	  	 PNC Bank, National Association 
Pittsburgh, PA

12501770-00-000
	  	300,000.00 USD	  	Great West Casualty Company
South Sioux City, NE	  	Auto-renewing
					
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc. (f/k/a Kelron Montreal (TCL) Inc.)	  	 Royal Bank of Canada, International Trade

Centre-Ontario
 Toronto, Ontario

P407056T07512
	  	50,000.00 USD	  	Guarantee Company of North America c/o Roanoke Trade Services
Schaumburg, IL	  	Auto-renewing
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc. (f/k/a Kelron Distribution Systems, Inc.)	  	 Royal Bank of Canada, International Trade

Centre-Ontario
 Toronto, Ontario

P400886T07512
	  	8,000.00 USD	  	U.S. Bank N.A., c/o TIA Services, Inc.
Las Vegas, NV	  	Auto-renewing
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc. (f/k/a Kelron Distribution (Vancouver) Ltd)	  	 Royal Bank of Canada, International Trade

Centre-Ontario
 Toronto, Ontario

P400820T07512
	  	8,000.00 USD	  	U.S. Bank N.A., c/o TIA Services, Inc.
Las Vegas, NV	  	Auto-renewing
	XPO Logistics Canada Inc. (f/k/a Kelron Distribution Ontario Limited)	  	 Royal Bank of Canada, International Trade

Centre-Ontario
 Toronto, Ontario

P303613T07512
	  	100,000.00 CAD	  	Orlando Corporation Mississauga, Ontario	  	Auto-renewing

  
 35 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

									
	1.	    	 DEFINITIONS, ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES AND OTHER INTERPRETIVE MATTERS
	  	 	1	  
				
		    	 1.1
	    	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
				
		    	 1.2
	    	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	49	  
				
		    	 1.3
	    	 Interpretive Matters
	  	 	49	  
				
		    	 1.4
	    	 GAAP
	  	 	49	  
				
		    	 1.5
	    	 Timing of Payment or Performance
	  	 	50	  
				
		    	 1.6
	    	 Quebec Matters
	  	 	50	  
				
		    	 1.7
	    	 Quebec Security
	  	 	51	  
				
		    	 1.8
	    	 Permitted Encumbrances
	  	 	52	  
				
		    	 1.9
	    	 Interest Act (Canada)
	  	 	52	  
				
		    	 1.10
	    	 Criminal Code (Canada)
	  	 	52	  
				
		    	 1.11
	    	 Anti-Money Laundering (Canada)
	  	 	52	  
			
	2.	    	 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT
	  	 	53	  
				
		    	 2.1
	    	 Credit Facilities
	  	 	53	  
				
		    	 2.2
	    	 Letters of Credit
	  	 	56	  
				
		    	 2.3
	    	 Prepayments
	  	 	62	  
				
		    	 2.4
	    	 Use of Proceeds
	  	 	64	  
				
		    	 2.5
	    	 Interest; Applicable Margins
	  	 	64	  
				
		    	 2.6
	    	 Cash Management Systems
	  	 	66	  
				
		    	 2.7
	    	 Fees
	  	 	66	  
				
		    	 2.8
	    	 Receipt of Payments
	  	 	66	  
				
		    	 2.9
	    	 Application and Allocation of Payments
	  	 	67	  
				
		    	 2.10
	    	 Loan Account and Accounting
	  	 	68	  
				
		    	 2.11
	    	 Indemnity
	  	 	68	  
				
		    	 2.12
	    	 Access
	  	 	70	  
				
		    	 2.13
	    	 Taxes
	  	 	70	  
				
		    	 2.14
	    	 Capital Adequacy; Increased Costs; Illegality
	  	 	73	  
				
		    	 2.15
	    	 Single Loan
	  	 	75	  
				
		    	 2.16
	    	 Incremental Revolving Loans; Extensions
	  	 	75	  
				
		    	 2.17
	    	 Bank Products
	  	 	78	  
				
		    	 2.18
	    	 Reserves Generally
	  	 	78	  

  
 -i- 

									
			
	3.	    	 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	  	 	78	  
				
		    	 3.1
	    	 Conditions to the Initial Loans
	  	 	78	  
				
		    	 3.2
	    	 Further Conditions to Each Loan, Each Letter of Credit Obligation, and Each Continuation/Conversion
	  	 	82	  
			
	4.	    	 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	  	 	82	  
				
		    	 4.1
	    	 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law
	  	 	82	  
				
		    	 4.2
	    	 Chief Executive Offices; Collateral Locations; FEIN
	  	 	83	  
				
		    	 4.3
	    	 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
	  	 	83	  
				
		    	 4.4
	    	 Financial Statements and Business Plan
	  	 	84	  
				
		    	 4.5
	    	 Material Adverse Effect
	  	 	85	  
				
		    	 4.6
	    	 Ownership of Real Property; Liens
	  	 	85	  
				
		    	 4.7
	    	 Labor Matters
	  	 	85	  
				
		    	 4.8
	    	 Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures
	  	 	86	  
				
		    	 4.9
	    	 Investment Company Act
	  	 	86	  
				
		    	 4.10
	    	 Margin Regulations
	  	 	86	  
				
		    	 4.11
	    	 Taxes/Other
	  	 	86	  
				
		    	 4.12
	    	 ERISA
	  	 	86	  
				
		    	 4.13
	    	 No Litigation
	  	 	87	  
				
		    	 4.14
	    	 Brokers
	  	 	87	  
				
		    	 4.15
	    	 Intellectual Property
	  	 	88	  
				
		    	 4.16
	    	 Full Disclosure
	  	 	88	  
				
		    	 4.17
	    	 Environmental Matters
	  	 	88	  
				
		    	 4.18
	    	 Insurance
	  	 	89	  
				
		    	 4.19
	    	 Deposit and Disbursement Accounts
	  	 	89	  
				
		    	 4.20
	    	 No Default
	  	 	89	  
				
		    	 4.21
	    	 Creation and Perfection of Security Interests
	  	 	89	  
				
		    	 4.22
	    	 Solvency
	  	 	91	  
				
		    	 4.23
	    	 Foreign Assets, Control Regulations, and Anti-Money Laundering
	  	 	91	  
				
		    	 4.24
	    	 Patriot Act: Use of Proceeds
	  	 	91	  
				
		    	 4.25
	    	 Regulation H
	  	 	91	  
				
		    	 4.26
	    	 Status as Senior Debt
	  	 	91	  
				
		    	 4.27
	    	 FCPA and Related
	  	 	91	  
				
		    	 4.28
	    	 Borrowing Base Certificates
	  	 	92	  

  
 -ii- 

									
				
		    	 4.29
	    	 Drivers
	  	 	92	  
				
		    	 4.30
	    	 Canadian Pension Plans and Canadian Benefit Plans
	  	 	92	  
			
	5.	    	 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION
	  	 	93	  
				
		    	 5.1
	    	 Financial Reports and Notices
	  	 	93	  
				
		    	 5.2
	    	 Collateral Reporting
	  	 	96	  
			
	6.	    	 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
	  	 	97	  
				
		    	 6.1
	    	 Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business
	  	 	97	  
				
		    	 6.2
	    	 Payment of Charges and Taxes
	  	 	98	  
				
		    	 6.3
	    	 Books and Records
	  	 	98	  
				
		    	 6.4
	    	 Insurance; Damage to or Destruction of Collateral
	  	 	98	  
				
		    	 6.5
	    	 Compliance with Laws
	  	 	99	  
				
		    	 6.6
	    	 PATRIOT Act
	  	 	99	  
				
		    	 6.7
	    	 Intellectual Property
	  	 	99	  
				
		    	 6.8
	    	 Environmental Matters
	  	 	99	  
				
		    	 6.9
	    	 [Reserved.]
	  	 	99	  
				
		    	 6.10
	    	 Further Assurances
	  	 	99	  
				
		    	 6.11
	    	 ERISA Matters
	  	 	100	  
				
		    	 6.12
	    	 New Subsidiaries
	  	 	100	  
				
		    	 6.13
	    	 Designation of Subsidiaries
	  	 	101	  
				
		    	 6.14
	    	 Post-Closing Matters
	  	 	102	  
				
		    	 6.15
	    	 Use of Proceeds
	  	 	102	  
				
		    	 6.16
	    	 Driver Payables
	  	 	102	  
				
		    	 6.17
	    	 Rolling Stock
	  	 	102	  
			
	7.	    	 NEGATIVE COVENANTS
	  	 	103	  
				
		    	 7.1
	    	 Mergers, Fundamental Changes, Etc
	  	 	103	  
				
		    	 7.2
	    	 Investments; Loans and Advances
	  	 	103	  
				
		    	 7.3
	    	 Indebtedness
	  	 	105	  
				
		    	 7.4
	    	 Affiliate Transactions
	  	 	107	  
				
		    	 7.5
	    	 Amendment of Certain Documents; Line of Business
	  	 	108	  
				
		    	 7.6
	    	 [Reserved.]
	  	 	108	  
				
		    	 7.7
	    	 Liens
	  	 	108	  
				
		    	 7.8
	    	 Sale of Capital Stock and Assets
	  	 	112	  
				
		    	 7.9
	    	 ERISA
	  	 	113	  

  
 -iii- 

									
				
		    	 7.10
	    	 Financial Covenants
	  	 	113	  
				
		    	 7.11
	    	 Hazardous Materials
	  	 	115	  
				
		    	 7.12
	    	 Limitations on Payments, Prepayments of Indebtedness
	  	 	115	  
				
		    	 7.13
	    	 Restricted Payments
	  	 	115	  
				
		    	 7.14
	    	 Change of Jurisdiction of Incorporation; Change of Fiscal Year
	  	 	116	  
				
		    	 7.15
	    	 [Reserved.]
	  	 	116	  
				
		    	 7.16
	    	 No Speculative Transactions
	  	 	116	  
				
		    	 7.17
	    	 Canadian Pension Plans
	  	 	117	  
				
		    	 7.18
	    	 OFAC; Patriot Act
	  	 	117	  
				
		    	 7.19
	    	 Limitation of Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	  	 	117	  
			
	8.	    	 TERM
	  	 	118	  
				
		    	 8.1
	    	 Termination
	  	 	118	  
				
		    	 8.2
	    	 Survival of Obligations Upon Termination of Financing Arrangements
	  	 	118	  
			
	9.	    	 EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	118	  
				
		    	 9.1
	    	 Events of Default
	  	 	118	  
				
		    	 9.2
	    	 Remedies
	  	 	121	  
				
		    	 9.3
	    	 Waivers by Credit Parties
	  	 	121	  
				
		    	 9.4
	    	 Cure Right
	  	 	122	  
			
	10.	    	 APPOINTMENT OF AGENT
	  	 	123	  
				
		    	 10.1
	    	 Appointment of Agent
	  	 	123	  
				
		    	 10.2
	    	 Agent’s Reliance, Etc
	  	 	124	  
				
		    	 10.3
	    	 MSSF and Affiliates
	  	 	125	  
				
		    	 10.4
	    	 Lender Credit Decision
	  	 	125	  
				
		    	 10.5
	    	 Indemnification
	  	 	125	  
				
		    	 10.6
	    	 Successor Agent
	  	 	126	  
				
		    	 10.7
	    	 Setoff and Sharing of Payments
	  	 	126	  
				
		    	 10.8
	    	 Advances; Payments; Availability of Lender’s Pro Rata Share; Return of Payments; Non-Funding Lenders; Dissemination of
Information; Actions in Concert
	  	 	127	  
				
		    	 10.9
	    	 Actions in Concert
	  	 	129	  
				
		    	 10.10
	    	 Procedures
	  	 	130	  
				
		    	 10.11
	    	 Collateral Matters
	  	 	130	  
				
		    	 10.12
	    	 Additional Agents
	  	 	131	  

  
 -iv- 

									
				
		    	 10.13
	    	 Distribution of Materials to Lenders and L/C Issuers
	  	 	131	  
				
		    	 10.14
	    	 Agent
	  	 	132	  
			
	11.	    	 ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
	  	 	132	  
				
		    	 11.1
	    	 Assignment and Participations
	  	 	132	  
				
		    	 11.2
	    	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	136	  
				
		    	 11.3
	    	 Certain Assignees
	  	 	136	  
			
	12.	    	 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	136	  
				
		    	 12.1
	    	 Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement
	  	 	136	  
				
		    	 12.2
	    	 Amendments and Waivers
	  	 	137	  
				
		    	 12.3
	    	 Fees and Expenses
	  	 	140	  
				
		    	 12.4
	    	 No Waiver
	  	 	141	  
				
		    	 12.5
	    	 Remedies
	  	 	141	  
				
		    	 12.6
	    	 Severability
	  	 	141	  
				
		    	 12.7
	    	 Conflict of Terms
	  	 	141	  
				
		    	 12.8
	    	 Confidentiality
	  	 	141	  
				
		    	 12.9
	    	 GOVERNING LAW
	  	 	142	  
				
		    	 12.10
	    	 Notices
	  	 	143	  
				
		    	 12.11
	    	 Section Titles
	  	 	145	  
				
		    	 12.12
	    	 Counterparts
	  	 	145	  
				
		    	 12.13
	    	 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	  	 	145	  
				
		    	 12.14
	    	 Press Releases and Related Matters
	  	 	146	  
				
		    	 12.15
	    	 Reinstatement
	  	 	146	  
				
		    	 12.16
	    	 Advice of Counsel
	  	 	146	  
				
		    	 12.17
	    	 No Strict Construction
	  	 	146	  
				
		    	 12.18
	    	 Patriot Act Notice
	  	 	146	  
				
		    	 12.19
	    	 Currency Equivalency Generally
	  	 	146	  
				
		    	 12.20
	    	 Judgment Currency
	  	 	147	  
				
		    	 12.21
	    	 Electronic Transmissions
	  	 	147	  
				
		    	 12.22
	    	 Independence of Provisions
	  	 	148	  
				
		    	 12.23
	    	 No Third Parties Benefited
	  	 	148	  
				
		    	 12.24
	    	 Relationships between Lenders and Credit Parties
	  	 	149	  
			
	13.	    	 CROSS-GUARANTY
	  	 	149	  
				
		    	 13.1
	    	 Cross-Guaranty
	  	 	149	  

  
 -v- 

									
				
		    	13.2	    	 Waivers by Borrowers
	  	 	150	  
				
		    	13.3	    	 Benefit of Guaranty
	  	 	150	  
				
		    	13.4	    	 Subordination of Subrogation, Etc
	  	 	150	  
				
		    	13.5	    	 Election of Remedies
	  	 	150	  
				
		    	13.6	    	 Limitation
	  	 	151	  
				
		    	13.7	    	 Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations
	  	 	151	  
				
		    	13.8	    	 Liability Cumulative
	  	 	152	  
				
		    	13.9	    	 Obligations of the Canadian Domiciled Credit Parties
	  	 	152	  

  
 -vi- 

 INDEX OF APPENDICES 

 

					
	Annex A	  	—	    	Cash Management System
	Annex B	  	—	    	Agent’s Wire Transfer Information
	Annex C	  	—	    	Commitments as of Closing Date
	Exhibit 2.1(a)(i)	  	—	    	Form of Notice of Revolving Credit Advance
	Exhibit 2.1(a)(ii)	  	—	    	Form of Revolving Note
	Exhibit 2.1(b)(ii)	  	—	    	Form of Swing Line Note
	Exhibit 2.5(e)	  	—	    	Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
	Exhibit 5.2	  	—	    	Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
	Exhibit 11.1(a)	  	—	    	Form of Assignment Agreement
	Schedule (2.1)	  	—	    	Agent’s Representatives
	Schedule (4.1)	  	—	    	Type of Entity; Jurisdiction of Organization
	Schedule (4.2)	  	—	    	Chief Executive Office, Jurisdiction of Organization; Principal Place of Business; Collateral Locations; FEIN
	Schedule (4.6)	  	—	    	Real Estate and Leases
	Schedule (4.7)	  	—	    	Labor Matters
	Schedule (4.8)	  	—	    	Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures
	Schedule (4.11)	  	—	    	Tax Matters
	Schedule (4.13)	  	—	    	Litigation
	Schedule (4.14)	  	—	    	Brokers
	Schedule (4.15)	  	—	    	Intellectual Property
	Schedule (4.17)	  	—	    	Hazardous Materials
	Schedule (4.19)	  	—	    	Deposit Accounts
	Schedule (4.21(a))	  	—	    	Pledged Collateral Filing Offices
	Schedule (6.13)	  	—	    	Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	Schedule (6.14)	  	—	    	Post-Closing Matters
	Schedule (7.2)	  	—	    	Existing Investments
	Schedule (7.3(d))	  	—	    	Existing Indebtedness
	Schedule (7.4)	  	—	    	Affiliate Transactions
	Schedule (7.7)	  	—	    	Liens in Existence on Closing Date

  
 -vii-

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00222-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00222-of-00352.parquet"}]]